Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
ROM	front	intro	gtn1			0		# Introduction to Romans<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Romans<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–15)<br>2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by trusting in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)<br>3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)<br>4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)<br>5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)<br>6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)<br>7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)<br>8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Romans?<br><br>The Apostle Paul wrote the book of Romans and many other books in the New Testament. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was part of a strict Jewish religious group called the Pharisees. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire, telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.<br><br>### What is the book of Romans about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” ([16:26](../16/26.md)).<br><br>In this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1–11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12–16),<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?<br><br>In Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ ([1:1](../01/01.md)), the Seed of David ([1:3](../01/03.md)), the Son of God ([1:4](../01/04.md)), the Lord Jesus Christ ([1:7](../01/07.md)), Christ Jesus ([3:24](../03/24.md)), Propitiation ([3:25](../03/025.md)), Jesus ([3:26](../03/26.md)), Jesus our Lord ([4:24](../04/24.md)), Lord of Hosts ([9:29](../09/29.md)), a Stone of Stumbling and Rock of Offense ([9:33](../09/33.md)), the End of the Law ([10:4](../10/04.md)), the Deliverer ([11:26](../11/26.md)), Lord of the Dead and the Living ([14:9](../14/09.md)), and the Root of Jesse ([15:12](../15/12.md)).<br><br>### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?<br><br>Paul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four Gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” ([5:1](../05/01.md)), “works of the law” ([3:20](../03/20.md)), “reconcile” ([5:10](../05/10.md)), “propitiation” ([3:25](../03/25.md)), “sanctification” ([6:19](../06/19.md)), and “the old man” ([6:6](../06/06.md)). If your language doesn’t have similar words, you can develop short phrases to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”<br><br>Translators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.<br><br>### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel ([11:5](../11/05.md))?<br><br>The idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”<br><br>In [11:1–9](../11/01.md), Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?<br><br>The phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in [3:24](../03/24.md); [6:11](../06/11.md), [23](../06/23.md); [8:1](../08/01.md), [2](../08/02.md), [39](../08/39.md); [9:1](../09/01.md); [12:5](../12/05.md), [17](../12/17.md); [15:17](../15/17.md); and [16:3](../16/03.md), [7](../16/07.md), [9](../16/09.md), [10](../16/10.md). Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.<br><br>These phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in [3:24](../03/24.md) (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In [8:9](../08/09.md) (“you are not in the flesh, but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In [9:1](../09/01.md) (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.<br><br>Nevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that represents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])<br><br>### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?<br><br>The Scriptures use such words to indicate any one of some various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:<br><br>* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: [1:7](../01/07.md))<br>* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: [8:27](../08/27.md); [12:13](../12/13.md); [15:25](../15/25.md), [26](../15/26.md), [31](../15/31.md); [16:2](../16/02.md), [15](../16/15.md))<br>* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: [15:16](../15/16.md))<br><br>The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Romans?<br><br>For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.<br><br>* “he \\[God\\] works all things together for good” ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”<br>* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” ([11:6](../11/06.md)). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”<br><br>The following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the book of Romans.<br><br>* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” ([16:24](../16/24.md)).<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ROM	1	intro	hn5n			0		# Romans 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–15)<br>    * Greeting (1:1–7)<br>    * Paul plans to visit Rome (1:8–15)<br>2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by having faith in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)<br>3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)<br>    * All non-Jews have sinned (1:18–32)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The gospel<br><br>This chapter refers to the contents of the book of Romans as “the gospel” ([1:2](../rom/01/02.md)). Romans is not a Gospel as are Matthew, Mark, Luke, or John, which are historical accounts of the life of Jesus. Instead, chapters 1–8 present the biblical gospel, which is the good news of salvation. The gospel contains the following true ideas: everyone has sinned, Jesus died for our sins, and Jesus came back to life again so that we might live for his glory and receive eternal life when we die.<br><br>### Universal Condemnation and the Wrath of God<br><br>In this chapter Paul explains that no one has an excuse for sinning. We all know about the true God, Yahweh, from his creation all around us. Because of our sin and our sinful nature, every person justly deserves the eternal punishment of God. The requirement for this punishment was satisfied by Jesus dying on a cross for those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### “God gave them over”<br><br>Many scholars view the phrases “God gave them over” and “God gave them up” as theologically significant. For this reason, it is important to translate these phrases with God playing a passive role in the action. God allows men to pursue their own sinful desires; he does not force them to act sinfully. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	1	1	x3em	figs-123person	Παῦλος	1	Paul	In the culture of this time, letter writers would give their own names first. Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “From Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ROM	1	1	e417	figs-distinguish	δοῦλος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, κλητὸς ἀπόστολος	1	Paul	These two phrases give further information about Paul. He describes himself as being someone whom God has given the position and authority of being Christ’s **servant** and **apostle**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person whom God has made a servant of Christ Jesus, and whom he has called to represent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	1	1	v5b9	figs-activepassive	κλητὸς ἀπόστολος, ἀφωρισμένος	1	called to be an apostle and set apart for the gospel of God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus called to be an apostle and set apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	1	1	ukts	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ	1		Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Jesus**set** him **apart**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order to preach the gospel of God” or “so that I could announce the good news from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	1	1	ji90	figs-possession	εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the gospel** that comes from **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	1	2	cu3r	figs-distinguish	ὃ	1		Here, **which** indicates that what follows is further information about “the gospel of God” mentioned in the previous verse. Paul is emphasizing that “the gospel of God” originated from **the holy Scriptures**, which also come from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	1	3	lab1	figs-distinguish	περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	concerning his Son	This phrase gives us further information about “the gospel of God.” Paul means that the message of God’s promised good news is about God’s Son, “Christ Jesus”, as mentioned in [verse 1](../01/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel about his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	1	3	lk5q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	Son	**Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
ROM	1	3	y2uy	figs-idiom	τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ	1		Here, **from a seed of David** is an idiom that refers to a descendant of David. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who was born a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	1	3	rj9f	figs-idiom	κατὰ σάρκα	1	who was a descendant of David according to the flesh	Here, **according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “with reference to physical descent.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “according to natural descent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	1	4	nhz7	figs-infostructure	τοῦ ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει κατὰ Πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν	1		In this verse, Paul places these phrases in the order he wants to emphasize. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	1	4	at5s	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ	1	he was declared with power to be the Son of God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that **God** did it. Alternate translation: “whom God designated as the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	1	4	cp80	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ	1		**Son of God** is an important title that describes the relationship between **God** and **Jesus**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
ROM	1	4	h32u	figs-explicit	ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει	1		Here, **in power** could refer to: (1) the means by which God designated Jesus as the Son of God. Alternate translation: “who was designated the Son of God by means of power” (2) a new level of power God gave to the Son of God. Alternate translation: “who was designated as the powerful Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	1	4	m89w	figs-possession	Πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης	1	Spirit of holiness	Paul is using the possessive form to describe God’s **Spirit** that is characterized by **holiness**. This refers to the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	1	4	js9m	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “by being resurrected from the dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	4	h97z	figs-idiom	νεκρῶν	1	by the resurrection from the dead	Here, the phrase translated **of dead ones** refers to dead people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from among dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	1	4	zvql	figs-possession	νεκρῶν	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the place from where **Jesus** was resurrected. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from death” or “from among the dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	1	4	brej	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1		Here, **our** refers to all Christians, so it is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	1	5	ww9a	figs-explicit	δι’ οὗ	1	we have received grace and apostleship	Here, **whom** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	1	5	jr9e	figs-abstractnouns	δι’ οὗ ἐλάβομεν χάριν καὶ ἀποστολὴν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **apostleship**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “he who acted kindly toward us and made us his apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	5	mosg	figs-exclusive	ἐλάβομεν	1		Here, **we** is exclusive, and your language may require you to mark this form. It could refer to: (1) Paul and other apostles, as in the UST. (2) Paul speaking about himself in a plural form. Alternate translation: “I received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	1	5	mv5n	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς	1		Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Jesus made Paul and other people his apostles. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	1	5	krzj	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **obedience** and **faith**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “for people to faithfully obey Jesus among all the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	5	cf3g	figs-possession	εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως	1		Here, **obedience of faith** could refer to: (1) obedience that is characterized by trust in God. Alternate translation: “for obedience by trusting in God” or “obedience that comes from trusting in God” (2) obedience that results from trusting in God. Alternate translation: “faith that results in obedience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	1	5	eem9	figs-explicit	ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		Here, **the Gentiles** could refer to: (1) the nations. Use this interpretation if you interpreted **we** to refer to all the apostles and retained it in your translation. Alternate translation: “among all people groups” (2) non-Jewish people groups. Use this interpretation if you interpreted **we** to refer only to Paul and translated it as “I”. Alternate translation: “among all non-Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	1	5	rd3v	figs-infostructure	ἐλάβομεν χάριν καὶ ἀποστολὴν εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “we received grace and apostleship for the sake of his name, for obedience of the faith among all the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	1	5	sxc7	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ	1	for obedience of faith among all the nations, for the sake of his name	Here, **name** could refer to: (1) Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “for the sake of Jesus” (2) Jesus’ reputation. Alternate translation: “for the sake of Jesus’ fame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	1	6	xurz	figs-explicit	ἐν οἷς	1		Here, **whom** refers to “the Gentiles” who were mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated “the Gentiles” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “among the nations” or “among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	1	6	sks2	figs-yousingular	ὑμεῖς	1		In this letter, with four exceptions, the words **you** and “your” are plural and refer to the recipients of this letter, who are the believers in Rome (See [1:7](../01/07.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers in Christ at Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ROM	1	6	qq9z	figs-possession	κλητοὶ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **called ones** who were called by **Jesus Christ**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “ones called by Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	1	7	z85a	figs-123person	πᾶσιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν Ῥώμῃ	1	This letter is to all who are in Rome, the beloved of God, who are called to be holy people	In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then say to whom they were writing, and they would name those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “To all of you who are in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ROM	1	7	zfwq	figs-nominaladj	ἀγαπητοῖς Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the adjective **beloved** as a noun in order to describe the church at Rome. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are loved of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM	1	7	rkdh	figs-possession	ἀγαπητοῖς Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **beloved** who are loved by **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “loved by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	1	7	v8bl	translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	May grace be to you, and peace	In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
ROM	1	7	ys4e	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	May grace be to you, and peace	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **peace**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ show his gracious acts to you and make you feel peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	7	d8pa	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	God our Father	The word **Father** here is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus and the relationship between God and believers. Alternate translation: “our Father God and the Lord Jesus, the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
ROM	1	7	j61d	figs-exclusive	Πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1		When Paul writes **our** here, he is speaking of himself and his readers, so **our** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “who is the Father of us Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	1	8	yrau	grammar-connect-logic-result	πρῶτον μὲν εὐχαριστῶ τῷ Θεῷ μου διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν καταγγέλλεται ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ.	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Because your faith is being proclaimed throughout the whole world, I first want to thank my God through Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	1	8	totr	grammar-connect-words-phrases	πρῶτον μὲν	1		**First** here indicates that Paul has finished his introduction to the letter, and what follows is the beginning of the content of the letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The first thing I want to say is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	1	8	tdsj	figs-possession	τῷ Θεῷ μου	1		Paul is using the possessive form **my God** to express that he belongs to **God**. Paul does not mean that he owns God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God I belong to” or “the God that owns me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	1	8	bphf	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the way you trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	8	efqs	figs-activepassive	ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν καταγγέλλεται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context indicates that other believers are proclaiming how great the faith of the Roman believers is. Alternate translation: “other people are proclaiming your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	1	8	k7qf	figs-hyperbole	ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **the whole world** is an exaggeration that refers to all the parts of the world that were familiar to Paul and his readers, particularly the Roman Empire. Paul is not referring to every place on the planet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “across the known world” or “wherever the Roman Empire is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ROM	1	9	c7pa	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	For God is my witness	**For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul could say in the previous verse that he thanks God for the Roman believers. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “You can be sure this is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	1	9	twht	figs-infostructure	μάρτυς & μού ἐστιν ὁ Θεός, ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὡς ἀδιαλείπτως μνείαν ὑμῶν ποιοῦμαι	1	For God is my witness	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses and make a new sentence, if you need to do so. Alternate translation: “God is my witness how I continually make mention of you. I serve him in my spirit in the gospel of his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	1	9	dx6p	figs-distinguish	μάρτυς & μού & ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	in my spirit	This phrase gives further information about **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “my witness, and I serve him in my spirit in the gospel of his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	1	9	ll1e	figs-abstractnouns	μάρτυς & μού	1	in my spirit	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **witness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the one who testifies about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	9	ydnc	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου	1		Here, **spirit** refers to the inner person, which is what a person thinks and feels. Paul means that he serves God with complete devotion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “with my whole heart” or “wholeheartedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	1	9	ih0v	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ	1		Here, **in** indicates the means by which Paul served God and **gospel** refers specifically to proclaiming the **gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by proclaiming the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	1	9	o66d	figs-possession	ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **gospel** that is about God’s **Son**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “in the gospel about his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	1	9	r2l5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ	1	Son	**Son** is an important title for Jesus, the **Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
ROM	1	9	f9p2	figs-hyperbole	ἀδιαλείπτως	1	I make mention of you	Here, **continually** is an exaggeration that emphasizes how frequently Paul prayed for the church at Rome. Paul does not mean that he spends all of his time praying for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I regularly” or “I habitually” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole)
ROM	1	9	vtuq	figs-idiom	μνείαν ὑμῶν ποιοῦμαι	1		Here, **making mention** is an idiom for praying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am … praying for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	1	10	mdc8	figs-doublet	πάντοτε ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν μου, δεόμενος	1	I always request in my prayers that … I may at last be successful … in coming to you	This phrase means the same thing as “I continually make mention of you” in the previous verse. Paul uses them to emphasize how intensely he prays that God will allow him to visit the church at Rome. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase for the similar passage in the previous verse and in this verse provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “in all my prayers, I beg God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM	1	10	oi0x	figs-hyperbole	πάντοτε	1		Here, the word **always** is an exaggeration that figuratively expresses the frequency of Paul’s prayers to God for the church at Rome. Paul does not mean that he spends all of his time praying for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “frequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ROM	1	10	b5wy	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	by the will of God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **will**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because God wills for me” or “because God wants me”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	11	ki6h	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For I desire to see you	**For** here indicates that this is a reason clause. Paul is indicating why he constantly prays to visit the church at Rome in [verses 9–10](../01/09.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “I am always requesting this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	1	11	gjdu	figs-metonymy	ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς	1		Paul uses **see** to describe not only seeing the Christians in Rome, but also visiting them and spending time with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	1	11	b23b	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		Here, **so that** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he wants to visit the believers at Rome. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	1	12	pnnm	figs-distinguish	τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν	1		Here, **and that is** gives further information about why Paul wants to share “some spiritual gift” with the believers in Rome. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “namely” or “specifically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	1	12	ux1x	figs-activepassive	συνπαρακληθῆναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	That is, I long to be mutually encouraged among you, through each other’s faith, yours and mine	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to mutually encourage each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	1	12	ddtm	figs-possession	διὰ τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις πίστεως, ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἐμοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to refer to the trust in Jesus that both he and his readers shared. Paul means that they should mutually encourage each other because they have a mutual faith in Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “by both you and I sharing with one another how we trust in God” or “through talking about our common Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	1	12	e6py	figs-abstractnouns	πίστεως	1		See how you translated **faith** in [verse 5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	13	yi1f	figs-litotes	οὐ θέλω δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν	1	I do not want you to be uninformed	Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I definitely want you to be informed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ROM	1	13	rwzn	figs-activepassive	ἀγνοεῖν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	1	13	u1cq	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Although the term **brother** is masculine, Paul is using the word here to refer to both male and female believers in Christ. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	1	13	zvrj	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐκωλύθην ἄχρι τοῦ δεῦρο	1		Paul assumes that his readers will know that **until now** means “even at the present time.” He does not mean that he was no longer **hindered** at the moment he wrote these words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I have been hindered and still am hindered now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	1	13	b92o	figs-activepassive	ἐκωλύθην	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God hindered me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	1	13	gnu7	figs-metaphor	ἵνα τινὰ καρπὸν σχῶ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	in order to have a harvest among you	Here, **fruit** could refer to: (1) people believing in the gospel as a result of Paul’s preaching, which would connect this verse to the idea in [verse 15](../01/15.md). Alternative translation: “so that I might lead people to salvation among you also” (2) strengthening the believers in Rome, in which case this would have the same meaning as “some spiritual, gracious gift” in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternative translation: “so that I might strengthen you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	1	14	s4bm	figs-metaphor	ὀφειλέτης εἰμί	1	I am a debtor both	Paul speaks of himself as if he were a **debtor** who owed money to people who were not Jews, such as **Greeks** and **barbarians**. Paul means that he was obligated to preach the gospel to non-Jews because God had commanded him to do so. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation, “I am obliged to preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	1	14	j2sz	figs-merism	Ἕλλησίν τε καὶ βαρβάροις	1		Here Paul uses **Greeks** and **barbarians** to represent all the Gentiles referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to all types of Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ROM	1	14	lio6	figs-merism	σοφοῖς τε καὶ ἀνοήτοις	1		Here Paul uses **wise ones** and **foolish ones** to represent all types of people among the Gentiles referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to all types of people among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ROM	1	14	q728	figs-doublet	Ἕλλησίν τε καὶ βαρβάροις, σοφοῖς τε καὶ ἀνοήτοις	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he is obligated to preach the gospel to every kind of Gentile. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “to each and every kind of Gentile” or “to every single non-Jewish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM	1	15	h9zv	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὕτως	1		**So** here indicates that this a reason clause. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	1	16	oa6m	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates the reason why Paul is eager to proclaim the gospel in Rome. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “I am eager to do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	1	16	mm2f	figs-litotes	οὐ & ἐπαισχύνομαι	1	I am not ashamed of the gospel	Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I am greatly honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ROM	1	16	nvkv	figs-metonymy	οὐ & ἐπαισχύνομαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	I am not ashamed of the gospel	Here, **gospel** refers specifically to the preaching of the **gospel** that was mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am not ashamed to preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	1	16	f5x9	figs-possession	δύναμις γὰρ Θεοῦ ἐστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	for the Jew first and for the Greek	Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **gospel** as the powerful way that **God** saves people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression Alternate translation: “for it is the powerful way that God saves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	1	16	sz5b	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	first	Here, **for** indicates that **salvation** is the result of the gospel. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “that results in the salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	1	16	merb	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς σωτηρίαν παντὶ	1	first	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for saving everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	16	htqe	figs-ellipsis	παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι	1	first	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to everyone who believes that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	1	16	dwtm	figs-genericnoun	Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι	1	first	Paul is speaking of Jewish people and Greek people in general, not of one particular Jew or Greek. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “both to the Jewish people first and to the Greek people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
ROM	1	16	u8on	figs-explicit	Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον	1		The phrase **the Jew first** means that the Jewish people were the first people to hear the gospel. Paul does not mean that **the Jew** is better or has a high status than **the Greek**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “both to the Jews, who first heard the gospel,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	1	16	al16	figs-explicit	Ἕλληνι	1		Here, **the Greek** refers to non-Jewish people in general. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the non-Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	1	17	of98	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows is the reason why the gospel is the power of God that leads to salvation, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “The gospel can save everyone who believes because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	1	17	wfsc	figs-activepassive	δικαιοσύνη & Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it reveals the righteousness of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	1	17	h38h	figs-metaphor	δικαιοσύνη & Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται	1	God’s righteousness is revealed from faith to faith	Paul speaks about **the righteousness of God** as if it were an object that could be **revealed**. He means that people learn about the righteousness of God when someone proclaims the gospel to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “when people preach the gospel, those who hear it learn about the righteousness of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	1	17	qr31	figs-possession	δικαιοσύνη & Θεοῦ	1		Here Paul is using the possessive form **of God** that could refer to: (1) righteousness that comes from God. Alternate translation: “the righteousness from God” (2) righteousness that characterizes God. Alternate translation: “God’s righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	1	17	gsl5	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνη & Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the way in which God causes people to become righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	17	ii3m	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῷ	1	For in it	The pronoun **it** here refers to “the gospel” that was mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	1	17	jl9i	figs-idiom	ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν	1		Here, **from faith to faith** describes how **the righteousness of God is revealed**. It is an idiom that could mean: (1) completely by faith alone. Alternate translation: “by faith from beginning to end” or “through faith from first to last” (2) by the faith that all believers share, in the way that the phrase “from sea to sea” means “from one sea to another sea.” Alternate translation: “from one person’s faith to another person’s faith” (3) by faith that leads to increasing faith. Alternate translation: “through faith for faith” or “from one degree of faith to another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	1	17	igg9	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	as it has been written	Here Paul uses **just as it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Habakkuk 2:4](../hab/02/04.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “just as it is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	1	17	bgvh	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by the prophet Habakkuk. Alternate translation: “just as the prophet Habakkuk wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	1	17	oih2	figs-quotemarks	ὁ δὲ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται	1		In this sentence Paul quotes [Habakkuk 2:4](../hab/02/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	1	17	a9y7	figs-explicit	ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται	1		Here, **live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternative translation: “will live eternally by faith” (2) the quality of one’s physical life. Alternative translation: “will truly live by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	1	17	e7eu	figs-abstractnouns	πίστεως	2		See how you translated **faith** in [verse 5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	18	c69s	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	**For** indicates that what follows is the reason why “the righteous one must live by faith,” as mentioned in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “The righteous one must live this way because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	1	18	r15v	figs-activepassive	ἀποκαλύπτεται & ὀργὴ Θεοῦ	1	For the wrath of God is revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is revealing his wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	1	18	wzy3	figs-metonymy	ὀργὴ Θεοῦ	1	the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of people	Here Paul uses **wrath** to refer to the outcome of God’s **wrath**, which is judging and punishing people because they are unrighteous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God’s wrathful punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	1	18	kjen	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **ungodliness** and **unrighteousness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “against all the ungodly and unrighteous acts of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	18	fz23	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων	1		Here, **ungodliness and unrighteousness of men** refer to the people who do ungodly and unrighteous things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “against people who do any ungodly or unrighteous deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	1	18	td8t	figs-abstractnouns	τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **unrighteousness** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “who, because they do not want to act righteously, keep holding back what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	18	rztp	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	1	18	g3qm	figs-distinguish	τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων	1		This phrase gives us further information about the nature of people, who are called **men** in the previous phrase. It is not making a distinction between different kinds of **men**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “these same people who in unrighteousness are holding back the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	1	18	k4ql	figs-personification	τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων	1		Here Paul speaks of **truth** as if it were a person who could be restrained or held back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “who in unrighteousness prevent the truth from being known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	1	19	jd85	figs-activepassive	τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what people can know about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	1	19	r6ef	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς & αὐτοῖς	1		The pronoun **them** refers to the ungodly and unrighteous people mentioned in the previous verse. Unless, otherwise noted, **them**, “their”, and “they” refer to ungodly and unrighteous people throughout [verses 19–32](../01/19.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these ungodly and unrighteous people … all these ungodly and unrighteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	1	20	fo6q	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ & ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ & καθορᾶται; ἥ τε ἀΐδιος αὐτοῦ δύναμις καὶ θειότης	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **qualities**, **power**, and **nature**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what people cannot see about God, both how eternally powerful he is and who he is are clearly seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	20	szu6	figs-metaphor	καθορᾶται	1	For his invisible qualities … have been clearly seen	Paul uses **seen** to refer to perceiving something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “are clearly perceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	1	20	abdl	figs-activepassive	καθορᾶται	1	For his invisible qualities … have been clearly seen	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people can clearly see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	1	20	uvc1	figs-synecdoche	κόσμου	1	world	Paul uses **the world** figuratively to refer to the whole universe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of all that God made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM	1	20	dr8v	figs-activepassive	τοῖς ποιήμασιν νοούμενα	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the things God has made understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	1	20	dxr6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους	1	they are without excuse	**So** indicates that this is a result clause. Use the natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “As a result, they are without excuse” or “This is why they are without excuse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	1	21	pgta	figs-explicit	γνόντες τὸν Θεὸν	1		Here Paul uses **having known** to imply that these people know about God or know that God exists. He does not mean that they know God personally. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having known about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	1	21	iasg	figs-doublet	οὐχ ὡς Θεὸν ἐδόξασαν ἢ ηὐχαρίστησαν	1		Here, **not glorify him** and **nor give him thanks** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that ungodly people dishonor God. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “they thanklessly despise God” or “they completely disregard God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM	1	21	c6v7	figs-metaphor	ηὐχαρίστησαν	1		Here Paul speaks of expressions of **thanks** as if they were something that could be given to a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did they thank him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	1	21	dant	figs-doublet	ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize how foolish these ungodly people became by refusing to honor God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “they became completely senseless in the way they think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM	1	21	xm6i	figs-activepassive	ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς αὐτῶν	1	became foolish in their thoughts	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they began to think futile things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	1	21	d2c0	figs-metaphor	ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία	1		Here Paul speaks of the **heart** as if it could mentally sense things or could become black in color. He also uses **darkened** to refer to someone losing the ability to understand something. He means that these people lack spiritual sensitivity and are unable to understand spiritual things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “their heart became incapable of feeling or understanding spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	1	21	t4p7	figs-metonymy	καρδία	1		Here Paul uses **heart** to refer a person’s inner being or mind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “inner being” or “mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	1	21	sw8q	grammar-collectivenouns	καρδία	1		The word **heart** is a singular noun that refers to the inner beings or minds of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “inner beings” or “hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	1	22	ddr2	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἐμωράνθησαν	1	They claimed to be wise, but they became foolish	The phrase **they became foolish** is in contrast to what these unrighteous people claimed about themselves in the previous clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “instead they became foolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM	1	22	ly68		ἐμωράνθησαν	1		Alternate translation: “they became fools” or “they acted like fools” or “they started acting like fools”
ROM	1	23	k9xu	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	They exchanged the glory of the imperishable God	Here, **and** indicates that what follows describes what these ungodly and unrighteous people did after they “became foolish,” as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “then they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	1	23	x2wl	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν.	1	for the likenesses of an image	Paul uses **exchanged** to describe the actions of these ungodly people as if they were exchanging goods or money. Paul means that they stopped worshiping God and started worshiping idols that resembled these creatures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “then they stopped glorifying the imperishable God in order to worship images things that God created: perishable humans, birds, four-footed animals, and creeping things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	1	23	qb7f	figs-parallelism	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1		The two phrases **the glory of the imperishable God** and **a likeness of an image of perishable man** mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing with similar phrases to emphasize the contrast between **God** and **man**. Use a natural way in your language to express a contrast that uses parallel ideas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM	1	23	r14e	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ	1	of perishable man	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what glorifies the imperishable God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	23	u971	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ	1	of birds, of four-footed beasts, and of creeping things	Paul is using the possessive form to describe the relationship between **glory** and **the imperishable God**. This phrase could refer to: (1) the glory that characterizes God. Alternate translation: “the glory that characterizes the imperishable God” (2) the glory that belongs to God. Alternate translation: “the glory that belongs only to the imperishable God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	1	23	rfez	figs-possession	ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος	1		The words translated as **likeness** and **image** were used in the Greek translation of the Old Testament to refer to the same thing ([Genesis 1:26](../gen/01/26.md)). Here Paul is using the possessive form to indicate that **image** is an explanation of **likeness**. Use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation or elaboration in your language. Alternate translation: “a likeness, that is, an image” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	1	23	osrt	figs-ellipsis	καὶ πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “and likenesses of birds, and likenesses of four-footed animals, and likenesses of creeping things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	1	23	rq7h		τετραπόδων	1		The phrase **four-footed beasts** refers to animals that walk on four feet. Use the most natural form to describe this kind of animal in your language. Alternate translation: “of quadrupeds” or “of four-legged beasts”
ROM	1	24	fvv6	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1	Therefore	The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is a logical conclusion. **Therefore** here introduces a result clause. Paul is stating the result of people rejecting the glory of God in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “This is why” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	1	24	ec9q	figs-metaphor	παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν	1	God gave them over to	Paul speaks of these people as if **God** were physically giving them to **lusts**. He means that God is allowing them to have what they desire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “God permitted them to become controlled by the lusts of their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	1	24	tlv5	figs-possession	ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν	1	them … their … themselves	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **lusts** that come from **their hearts**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the lusts that come from their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	1	24	le2o	figs-metonymy	τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν	1		See how you translated “heart” in [verse 21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	1	24	rkou	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν	1		This is a result clause. Paul is stating the result of people indulging in **the lusts of their hearts**. Use the natural way in your language to express result. Alternate translation: “resulting in uncleanness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	1	24	ze8i	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **uncleanness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to become unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	24	g0r4	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν	1		Here Paul uses **uncleanness** to refer to sexual immorality as if it were something dirty. He means that these lustful people become spiritually impure as a result of doing sexually immoral acts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “to become sexually immoral” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	1	24	puad	grammar-connect-logic-goal	τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι	1		Here, **to dishonor** could refer to: (1) the result of God giving the people **over to their lusts**. Alternate translation: “which results in them dishonoring” (2) the purpose for which **God gave them over to their lusts**. Alternate translation: “in order to dishonor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	1	24	a8pm	figs-euphemism	τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τὰ σώματα αὐτῶν	1	for their bodies to be dishonored among themselves	In this clause Paul uses **dishonor their bodies** figuratively to refer to sexually immoral acts. This is a polite way of referring to a shameful act. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to commit sexually immoral acts” or “to indulge in sexually immoral activity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
ROM	1	25	dv6h	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες μετήλλαξαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ψεύδει	1	they	Paul uses **exchanged** to describe the actions of these ungodly people as if they were exchanging goods or money. Paul means that they stopped believing what is true about God and started believing in idols, which are false gods. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated **exchanged** in [verse 23](../01/23.md). Alternative translation, “these people refused to trust what God says is true and accepted what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	1	25	koee	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ψεύδει	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **truth** and **lie**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is correct about God for what is incorrect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	25	e9pj	figs-possession	τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	who worshiped and served the creation	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **truth** that is about **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	1	25	bl7p	figs-doublet	ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that these people completely rejected worshiping the true **God**. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “wholeheartedly worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM	1	25	x3t4	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ κτίσει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **creation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what was created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	25	xrsa	figs-distinguish	ὅς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας	1		This phrase gives further information about **the Creator**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “God who is blessed to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	1	25	m8zg	translate-blessing	ὅς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας	1		After naming **the Creator**, Paul adds a blessing. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “may he be blessed to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
ROM	1	25	v1ex	figs-nominaladj	εὐλογητὸς	1		Paul is using the adjective **blessed** as a noun in order to describe **the Creator**. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the blessed one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM	1	26	sk6f	figs-metaphor	παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 24](../01/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	1	26	hw81	figs-possession	πάθη ἀτιμίας	1	dishonorable passions	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **passions** that are characterized by **dishonor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “dishonorable passions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	1	26	lk73	figs-abstractnouns	πάθη ἀτιμίας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **passions** and **dishonor**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “dishonor themselves by doing what they are passionate about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	26	j4ni	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	for their women	The word translated **for** introduces an explanation of **passions of dishonor**. This explanation begins after the word **for** and continues through the end of the next verse. Use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation or elaboration in your language. Alternate translation: “That is,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	1	26	jqyi	figs-metaphor	μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν	1		Paul uses **exchanged** to describe the actions of ungodly women as if they were exchanging goods or money. Paul means that they stopped doing **natural** sexual acts with men and started doing sexual acts with other women, which is **contrary to nature**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated **exchanged** in [verses 23](../01/23.md) and [25](../01/25.md). Alternative translation, “stopped doing natural sexual acts with men and started doing unnatural sexual acts with women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	1	26	vs4a	figs-euphemism	τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν	1	exchanged natural relations for those that were unnatural	Paul uses **the natural use** figuratively to refer to sexual activity between women and men. This is a polite way of referring to something that would be offensive in some cultures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sexual activity with males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
ROM	1	26	qvr5	figs-euphemism	τὴν παρὰ φύσιν	1	exchanged natural relations for those that were unnatural	Paul uses **contrary to nature** figuratively to refer to sexual activity between women and other women. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “sexual activity with other females” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
ROM	1	27	ji3l	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὁμοίως τε καὶ οἱ ἄρσενες	1		This phrase emphasizes that what follows is similar to [1:26](../01/26.md). Alternate translation: “in the same way, even the males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	1	27	gn3f	figs-metaphor	ἀφέντες	1	committed shameless acts	Paul speaks of these men as if they were leaving their location to go to another one. He means that they are abandoning or rejecting the way God intended for people to do sexual acts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “having abandoned” or “having rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	1	27	g3ja	figs-euphemism	τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας	1	men also left their natural relations with women	See how you translated **the natural use** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
ROM	1	27	qvi3	figs-possession	τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας	1	men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the natural use** that is associated with **the female**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the natural use associated with the female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	1	27	pqpo	figs-genericnoun	τῆς θηλείας	1	men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error	Paul is speaking of these females in general, not of one particular **female**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “of females” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
ROM	1	27	yvm1	figs-metaphor	ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους	1	error	Paul speaks of **lust** as if it were something that could burn like a fire. He means that their **lust** is out of control like a burning fire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “passionately lusted after one another” or “intensely desired each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	1	27	ylj6	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lust**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “burned lustfully for one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	27	kxwj	figs-euphemism	ἄρσενες ἐν ἄρσεσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι	1		This phrase refers to men doing sexual acts with other men. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “males shamelessly engaging in sexual activity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
ROM	1	27	u2hh	figs-metaphor	κατεργαζόμενοι	1		Paul speaks of men doing sexual acts with each other as if it could produce something. He means that what they are doing is morally shameful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “committing” or “engaging in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	1	27	sjhb	figs-infostructure	καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες	1		In the original language the phrase **the penalty** is at the front of the clause for emphasis. If it would be more natural in your language, you could arrange the order of these phrases to show that emphasis. Alternate translation: “and the penalty, which was necessary for their perversion, receiving in themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	1	27	jtru	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	2		Here, **and** indicates that what follows is the result of the **shameless acts**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “and as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	1	27	raet	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες	1		Paul speaks of **the penalty** for their sinful activity as if it were something that they could receive inside of themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “experiencing in their own bodies” or “receiving among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	1	27	x6fz	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **penalty**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the punishing act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	27	dbtt	figs-abstractnouns	ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **perversion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “which was necessary for their perverted acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	28	bt7u	figs-idiom	οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν, τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει	1		Here, **having God in their full awareness** is an idiom that refers to thinking about God or acknowledging God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “they did not approve of thinking about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	1	28	f53x	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **full awareness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being fully aware of God” or “fully acknowledging that God exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	28	yy1c	figs-metaphor	παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς	1	he gave them up to a depraved mind	See how you translated this phrase in [verses 24](../01/24.md) and [26](../01/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	1	28	p8z2	figs-genericnoun	εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν	1	not proper	Paul is speaking of the minds of these ungodly people in general, not of one particular **mind**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “to disapproved minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
ROM	1	28	r1pt	figs-explicit	εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν	1	not proper	Here, **mind** refers to a person’s will and moral reasoning. The **mind** of one of these ungodly people is **disapproved**, which means that it has been rejected by God as worthless. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to a mind that has become worthless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	1	28	ie4l	grammar-connect-logic-result	ποιεῖν	1		Here, **to do** could refer to: (1) the result of **a disapproved mind**. Alternate translation: “and as a result they do” or “causing them to practice” (2) the purpose of **a disapproved mind**. Alternate translation: “so that they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	1	28	aye6	figs-explicit	τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα	1		The phrase **those things that are not proper** refers to what Paul describes in [verses 29–31](../01/29.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those improper things that follow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	1	29	v0zj	figs-metaphor	πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ	1		Paul uses **filled with** to refer to these ungodly people as if they were a container **filled with** the sins that Paul lists in this clause. Like a container that has been **filled with** something, the people are completely controlled by these sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully controlled by unrighteousness, wickedness, covetousness, and malice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	1	29	t4qm	figs-activepassive	πεπληρωμένους	1	They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intentions	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they filled themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	1	29	uqks	figs-abstractnouns	πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ;	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **unrighteousness**, **wickedness**, **covetousness**, and **malice**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “filled with all unrighteous, wicked, covetous, and malicious thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	29	a7s3	figs-metaphor	μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας	1		Paul uses **full of** to refer to these ungodly people as if they were a container **full of** the sins that Paul lists in this clause. Like a container that is **full of** something, the people are completely controlled by these sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully controlled by envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	1	29	dzda	figs-abstractnouns	μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **envy**, **murder**, **strife**, **deceit**, and **evil intent**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “they are full of envious, murderous, contentious, and deceitful thoughts, and they intend to do evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	30	f4tt	figs-nominaladj	θεοστυγεῖς, ὑβριστάς, ὑπερηφάνους, ἀλαζόνας & ἀπειθεῖς	1	slanderers	Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who hate God, people who are insolent, people who are arrogant, people who are boastful … people who are disobedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM	1	30	th8q	figs-abstractnouns	καταλάλους & ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν	1	inventing ways of doing evil	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **slanderers** and **inventors**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “people who speak against others … people who invent ways to do evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	30	qq50	figs-possession	ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **inventors** who invent **evil things**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “they invent evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	1	31	i7ix	figs-nominaladj	ἀσυνέτους, ἀσυνθέτους, ἀστόργους, ἀνελεήμονας	1		Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are senseless, faithless, heartless, and merciless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM	1	32	cxx8	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ δικαίωμα	1	They understand the righteous regulations of God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **decree**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is rightly decreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	32	ytu6	figs-possession	τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **the righteous decree** that comes from **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “God’s righteous decree” or “what God decrees is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	1	32	z12q	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι	1	are deserving of death	Here, **that** indicates that what follows is the content of the **the righteous decree of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “in other words,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	1	32	iqg1	writing-pronouns	τὰ τοιαῦτα & αὐτὰ & τοῖς πράσσουσιν	1	who do them	The pronouns **such things** and **things** and **them** refer to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [verses 28–31](../01/28/md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “such improper things … these improper things … those who keep doing these improper things” or “these kinds of evil things … these evil things … those who keep doing these evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	1	32	p9e9	figs-nominaladj	ἄξιοι θανάτου	1		Paul is using the adjective **worthy** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who deserve death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM	1	32	t0ls	figs-abstractnouns	ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “are worthy to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	1	32	awth	figs-explicit	ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν	1		Here, **death** refers to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are worthy to die spiritually” or “are worthy of spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	2	intro	dse2			0		# Romans 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)<br>    * All non-Jews have sinned (1:18–32)<br>    * All Jews have sinned (2:1–3:8)<br><br>In this chapter Paul shifts his audience from Roman Christians to people who “judge” other people and do not believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “The Law”<br><br>In this chapter Paul uses the singular noun “the law” to refer to the group of laws that God gave Israel through Moses. Paul says that those who try to obey the Law of Moses will not be justified by trying to obey it. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>In [verses 1–5](../02/01.md) Paul uses the singular pronoun “you” and the singular noun “man” to refer to all people in general. If your language does not use singular pronouns or singular nouns to refer to a group of people, you can use a different expression. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	2	1	y6ts	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1		**Therefore** here marks a new section of the letter. It also introduces a result clause that summarizes the consequences of the behavior that Paul described in [1:18–32](../01/18.md). Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “So then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	2	1	d7pj	figs-youcrowd	εἶ & κρίνεις & σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις & πράσσεις, ὁ κρίνων	1	Therefore you are without excuse	Paul uses the singular pronoun **you** here to refer to all people in general. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “every one of you is … every one of you judges … every one of you condemns yourself … every one of you who judges practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM	2	1	atxo		ἀναπολόγητος	1	Therefore you are without excuse	See how you translated this phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md).
ROM	2	1	md5e	figs-exclamations	ὦ ἄνθρωπε	1	you	**O man** here is an exclamation that is meant to convict every judgmental person in the human race. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM	2	1	x3mi	grammar-collectivenouns	ἄνθρωπε	1	you are	Here, **man** is a singular noun that refers to humanity in general. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	2	1	n2mu	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. In the rest of the verse Paul gives the reasons why **everyone judging** is **without excuse**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	2	1	jt4b	writing-pronouns	ἐν ᾧ	1	you person, you who judge	The word translated **that which** is a pronoun that refers to any way or any time a person might judge someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “anytime” or “in anything that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	2	1	ybp2	figs-genericnoun	τὸν ἕτερον	1	for what you judge in another you condemn in yourself	Here, **the other** refers to any other person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “any other person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
ROM	2	1	nz11	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, **for** introduces a clause that explains why these judgmental people are self-condemned. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “this is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	2	1	wumc	writing-pronouns	τὰ & αὐτὰ	1		The phrase **the same things** refers to acts for which people judge one another. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the very same deeds” or “the same things you judge them for doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	2	2	jr4i	figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1	But we know	Here, **we** could refer to: (1) Paul and the church at Rome. Alternate translation: “all of us believers in Christ” (2) mankind in general. Alternate translation: “all people” Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	2	2	qca8	figs-possession	τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the judgment** that **God** does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “God’s judgment” or “how God judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	2	2	kfy1	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν	1	God’s judgment is according to truth when it falls on those	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **judgment** and **truth**, you could express the ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how God judges is according to what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	2	lfqn	figs-explicit	κατὰ ἀλήθειαν	1	God’s judgment is according to truth when it falls on those	This phrase indicates the manner in which God will judge those who act sinfully. He will judge them according to the sins they truly committed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “based on the facts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	2	2	j46f		τοὺς & πράσσοντας	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:32](../01/32/.md).
ROM	2	2	mjao	figs-explicit	τὰ τοιαῦτα	1		Here, **such things** refers to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [1:28–32](../01/28/md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “such improper things” or “these kinds of evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	2	3	zwg7	figs-rquestion	λογίζῃ δὲ τοῦτο, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ὁ κρίνων τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας, καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά, ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	person	Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that these judgmental people should know that God will finally judge them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But you should not think, O man, who judges those who are practicing such things and you are doing the same things, that you will escape from the judgment of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	2	3	jct9	writing-pronouns	τοῦτο	1		The pronoun **this** refers to the final clause of this verse **that you will escape from the judgment of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	2	3	ysys	figs-infostructure	τοῦτο, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ὁ κρίνων τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας, καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά, ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “that you will escape from the judgment of God, O man, who judges those who are practicing such things and you are doing the same things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	2	3	rk75	figs-exclamations	ὦ ἄνθρωπε	1	you who judge those who practice such things although you do the same things	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM	2	3	mo4p	figs-explicit	τὰ τοιαῦτα & αὐτά	1		The phrases **such things** and **the same things** refer to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [1:28–32](../01/28/md). See how you translated **such things** in [verse 2](../02/02.md) and **the same things** in [verse 1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	2	3	bd82	figs-personification	ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here Paul speaks of **judgment** as if it were a person from whom someone could **escape**. Paul means that no one can avoid God’s judgment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that you will not prevent God’s judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	2	3	hpej	figs-explicit	τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	2	4	pex3	figs-rquestion	ἢ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας καταφρονεῖς, ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει?	1	Or do you think so little of the riches of his goodness, his delayed punishment, and his patience … repentance?	Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that these judgmental people should know that **the kindness of God leads** them **to repentance**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You who scorn the wealth of his kindness and forbearance and patience surely know that the kindness of God leads you to repentance!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	2	4	v9yf	figs-youcrowd	καταφρονεῖς & σε	1		In this verse Paul uses the singular pronoun **you** here to refer to all of humanity in general. See how you translated **you** in [verses 1](../02/01.md) and [3](../02/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM	2	4	w537	figs-metaphor	τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας	1	Do you think so little of the riches … patience	Paul speaks of God’s **kindness and forbearance and patience** as if they were wealth that could be acquired or rejected. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “acquiring his wonderful kindness and forbearance and patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	2	4	swj9	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας	1	Do you not know that his goodness is meant to lead you to repentance?	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **kindness**, **forbearance**, and **patience**, you could express these ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of how kind, forbearing, and patient he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	4	pplt	figs-possession	τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας & τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **kindness**, **forbearance**, and **patience** that characterize **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of God’s kindness, forbearance, and patience … God’s kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	2	4	acip	figs-personification	τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει	1		Paul speaks of **the kindness of God** as if it were a person who could lead someone **to repentance**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God uses his kindness to cause you to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	2	4	u0io	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει	1		Here, **to repentance** is a goal clause. Paul is stating the goal of **the kindness of God**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a goal clause. Alternate translation: “leads you to repent” or “guides you to deeply change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	2	4	jamv	figs-abstractnouns	μετάνοιάν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **repentance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to deeply change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	5	agl8	figs-metaphor	κατὰ δὲ τὴν σκληρότητά σου	1	But it is to the extent of your hardness and unrepentant heart	Paul speaks of these people as if they were a hard substance. He means that these people stubbornly refuse to repent from their judgmental way of life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “But according to your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	2	5	v6z1	figs-metonymy	ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν	1		Here, **heart** refers to a person’s will or inner being. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “unrepentant will” or “unwillingness to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	2	5	fv4k	figs-metaphor	θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν	1	you are storing up for yourself wrath	Here Paul speaks of **wrath** as if it were an object that someone could store up. He means that the longer people refuse to repent, the greater is God’s wrath against them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “you are increasing how much wrath God has against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	2	5	s7cs	figs-metonymy	ὀργὴν & ὀργῆς	1	you are storing up for yourself wrath	Here Paul uses **wrath** to refer to the outcome of God’s **wrath**, which is judging and punishing people because they are unrighteous. See how you translated the same use of this word in [1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	2	5	pck0	figs-explicit	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul assumes that his readers will know that both **the day of wrath** and **the revelation of the righteous judgment of God** refer to the time in the future when God will punish all wicked people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time God finally punishes wicked people and reveals his righteous judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	2	5	uz3k	figs-possession	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **day** that is characterized by **wrath** and by **the revelation of the righteous judgment of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “on the day characterized by God’s wrath and the revelation of his righteous judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	2	5	ay1h	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wrath**, **revelation**, and **judgment**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “on the day of God’s wrathful acts, when he reveals how righteously he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	5	fnpj	figs-possession	ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the righteous judgment of God** as what **the revelation** reveals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “when God reveals his righteous judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	2	5	sume	figs-possession	δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the righteous judgment** that is carried out by **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of God judging righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	2	6	frov	figs-quotations	ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1		This clause is a quotation from the Old Testament ([Psalm 62:12](../psa/062/012.md)). If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ROM	2	6	jwcx	figs-metaphor	ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1		Here Paul uses **pay back** to refer to appropriately punishing or rewarding someone as if the punishment or reward was reciprocal payment for that person’s deeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appropriately punish or reward each one according to his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	2	6	gj1q	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1	to every person according to his actions	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **deeds**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how he acts” or “what he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	7	ylpm			0	General Information:	In [verses 7–10](../02/07.md) Paul explains what he means when he said in [verse 6](../02/06.md) that God will “pay back to each according to his deeds.”
ROM	2	7	rrbf	figs-infostructure	τοῖς & καθ’ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ, δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν ζητοῦσιν, ζωὴν αἰώνιον;	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “eternal life to those who are seeking glory and honor and incorruptibility according to endurance of good work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	2	7	gec6	figs-ellipsis	ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	seeking	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “eternal life is what God pays back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	2	7	sqdo	figs-metaphor	τοῖς & ζητοῦσιν	1		Paul uses **seeking** to refer to these people as if they were trying to find something. He means that they are trying to live in such a way as to obtain **glory and honor and incorruptibility**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “to those who … keep trying to attain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	2	7	zyff		τοῖς & καθ’ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ & ζητοῦσιν, ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		Here, **according to** could indicate: (1) the means by which these people **are seeking glory and honor and incorruptibility**. Alternate translation: “everlasting life to those who, by means of endurance of good work, are seeking glory and honor and incorruptibility” (2) the reason why God gives these people **everlasting life**. Alternate translation: “because they endure in good work and are seeking glory and honor and incorruptibility, everlasting life”
ROM	2	7	d2gw	figs-abstractnouns	καθ’ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **endurance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to the fact that they keep on doing good work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	7	ub51	figs-abstractnouns	δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν	1	praise, honor, and incorruptibility	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory**, **honor**, and **incorruptibility**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “for God to glorify, honor, and cause them to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	8	j1e6	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξ ἐριθείας	1	wrath and fierce anger will come	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **ambition**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from being selfishly ambitious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	8	fcb4	figs-doublet	καὶ ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ	1	disobey the truth but obey unrighteousness	These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize how sinful these people are. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who are disobedient to all that is true and right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM	2	8	xhtm	figs-personification	ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ	1		Here Paul speaks of **the truth**as if it were a person whom someone could disobey, and he speaks of **unrighteousness** as if it were a person whom someone could obey. Paul means that these people reject what God says is true and right by **disobeying** him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who reject what God says is true and right by disobeying him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	2	8	m7pm	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀληθείᾳ & τῇ ἀδικίᾳ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **truth** and **unrighteousness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to what is true … to what is unrighteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	8	ytny	figs-ellipsis	ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the [verse 6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: “wrath and anger are what God pays back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	2	8	exor	figs-metonymy	ὀργὴ	1		Here Paul uses **wrath** to refer to the outcome of God’s **wrath**, which is judging and punishing people because they are unrighteous. See how you translated the same use of this word in [1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	2	8	wa6f	figs-abstractnouns	ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός	1	self-seeking	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wrath** and **anger**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “God is wrathful and angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	8	blwx	figs-doublet	ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός	1		The words **wrath** and **anger** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize God’s intense anger toward people who are **disobedient to the truth**. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “fierce wrath” or “angry wrath” or “wrathful anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM	2	9	ospb	figs-metaphor	θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου τοῦ κατεργαζομένου τὸ κακόν	1		Paul speaks of **Tribulation and distress** as if these ideas were located on top of a person. He means that every **evil** person will experience **Tribulation and distress**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Every human soul that produces the evil will experience tribulation and distress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	2	9	qonf	figs-abstractnouns	θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **Tribulation** and ** distress**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “Difficult and distressing times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	9	u8f7	figs-doublet	θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία	1	tribulation and distress on	These two words mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize how intense God’s judgment will be against these people. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Distressing tribulation” or “Intense distress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM	2	9	ck9i	figs-synecdoche	πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου	1		Paul uses **soul of man** to refer to the whole life of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM	2	9	msox	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπου	1		Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	2	9	n7q4	figs-nominaladj	τὸ κακόν	1	has practiced evil	Paul is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to describe things people do. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “what is evil” or “things that are evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM	2	9	a9s5	figs-explicit	Ἰουδαίου τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνος	1	to the Jew first	This phrase could mean: (1) the Jews will have greater responsibility because God offered salvation to them first. Alternate translation: “especially for the Jewish person and also for the non-Jewish person” (2) the Jews will be judged before non-Jews, which is the same meaning as in [1:16](../01/16.md). Alternate translation: “first for the Jewish person and then for the non-Jewish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	2	9	csnc	figs-explicit	Ἕλληνος	1	to the Jew first	See how you translated this phrase in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	2	10	i9tg	figs-abstractnouns	δόξα & καὶ τιμὴ	1	practices good	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **honor**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “God will glorify and honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	10	t2od	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνη	1	practices good	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Here, **peace** could refer to: (1) feeling calm and secure. Alternate translation: “a peaceful feeling” (2) being at peace with God. Alternate translation: “a peaceful relationship with God” (3) both a peaceful feeling and a peaceful relationship with God. “a peaceful feeling and a peaceful relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	10	ib56	figs-nominaladj	τὸ ἀγαθόν	1	first	Paul is using the adjective **good** as a noun in order to describe things people do. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “good deeds” or “things that are good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM	2	10	u06j	figs-explicit	Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	2	11	eol0	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ & ἐστιν προσωπολημψία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **favoritism**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God does not honor one type of person above another” or “God is not more favorable toward one person than another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	12	wkx8	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For as many as have sinned	**For** here indicates that what follows in [verses 12–16](../02/12.md) gives the reason for the phrase “there is no favoritism with God” in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	2	12	ecsk	figs-explicit	ὅσοι & ἀνόμως ἥμαρτον	1		Paul uses this phrase to refer to non-Jews, whom he calls “the Greek” in [verses 9–10](../02/09.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as many non-Jewish people as have sinned without the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	2	12	t3qs	grammar-collectivenouns	ἀνόμως & ἀνόμως & νόμῳ & νόμου	1		The word **law** is a singular noun that refers to a group of laws that God gave Israel by dictating them to Moses. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “without God’s laws … without God’s laws … God’s laws … God’s laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	2	12	m6cy	figs-idiom	ἀνόμως & ἀνόμως	1	as many as have sinned	Here, **without the law** refers to not knowing God’s **law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without knowing God’s law” or “in ignorance of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	2	12	qkh4	figs-metonymy	καὶ ἀπολοῦνται	1		Here Paul uses **perish** to refer to eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will also be punished eternally” or “will also experience eternal punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	2	12	jwvz	figs-explicit	ὅσοι ἐν νόμῳ ἥμαρτον	1		Paul uses this phrase to refer to Jews, who are the people to whom God gave his law. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as many Jewish people as have sinned with the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	2	12	w4cp	figs-activepassive	διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will judge by his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	2	12	a0k4	figs-explicit	διὰ νόμου	1		Here, **by** indicates that **the law** is the standard by which God will judge those who know his law. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to what the law requires” or “by what the law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	2	13	sw8x	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that this verse gives the reason why God judges both groups of people mentioned in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “God judges both groups of people impartially because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	2	13	a8ra	grammar-collectivenouns	νόμου & νόμου	1		See how you translated **the law** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	2	13	eg4h	figs-metaphor	οὐ & δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1	who are righteous before God	Paul uses **with God** here to describe **righteous** people as if they were located in the presence of **God**. He means that God makes them right with himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “are not made righteous by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	2	13	c1bu	figs-activepassive	οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου δικαιωθήσονται	1	who will be justified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Paul implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “God will justify the doers of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	2	14	q2id	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	they do not have the law	**For** here indicates that [verses 14–16](../02/14.md) give another reason why God judges both groups of people mentioned in [verse 12](../02/12.md). [Verses 14–16](../02/14.md) explain why **Gentiles** who do not know God’s law are still sinners. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “God also judges both groups of people impartially because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	2	14	vlum	figs-metaphor	τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα & νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες	1		Paul speaks of these people as if they own or possess **the law**. He means that they are unaware of the law that God gave to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated “without the law” in [verse 12](../02/12.md). Alternative translation: “who are unaware of God’s law … who are unaware of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	2	14	zhmw	grammar-collectivenouns	νόμον & τοῦ νόμου & νόμον	1		See how you translated **the law** in [verse 12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	2	14	h53h	figs-abstractnouns	φύσει & ποιῶσιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **nature**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “naturally do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	14	atda	figs-possession	τὰ τοῦ νόμου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the specific rules that make up **the law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the rules within the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	2	14	symg	figs-personification	ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος	1		Here Paul speaks of **Gentiles** as if they were **a law**. Paul means that the non-Jewish people still have their own rules about what is right and wrong that are also part of God’s **law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plainly. Alternate translation: “are actually obeying the God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	2	15	xl6v	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	By this they show	Paul speaks of the non-Jewish people obeying some basic rules from the law of Moses as if they were showing **the work of the law** to other people. He means that non-Jewish people demonstrate that they naturally understand some rules of the law by obeying those rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “who make others aware that they understand the work of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	2	15	wtit	figs-metaphor	τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	By this they show	Here Paul speaks of **the works of the law** as if they can be written on the surfaces of peoples’ hearts. He means that God has enabled non-Jewish people to know generally what is right or wrong even though they do not know the law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they know the work of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	2	15	x35c	figs-possession	τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου	1	the actions required by the law are written in their hearts	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the work** that characterizes obeying **the law**. This phrase has a similar meaning to “the things of the law” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the work that the law requires a person to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	2	15	v60q	figs-activepassive	γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God wrote on their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	2	15	ja5s	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1		See how you translated “heart” in [1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	2	15	jmeo	figs-genericnoun	συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν τῆς συνειδήσεως	1	bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them	Paul uses the singular **conscience** figuratively to refer to the individual consciences of these people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “their consciences bearing witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
ROM	2	15	z28q	figs-personification	συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν τῆς συνειδήσεως	1	bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them	Here Paul speaks of **conscience** as if it were a person **bearing witness** in a courtroom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their conscience confirms that this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	2	15	ub8t	figs-distinguish	συνμαρτυρούσης & καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων	1		This clause explains what **bearing witness** means. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer or begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “bearing witness, namely, the thoughts of each person both accusing or even defending them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	2	15	qk53	figs-personification	καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων	1		Here Paul speaks of **thoughts** as if they were a person who could accuse or defend someone in court. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation (remove preceding comma): “by accusing or defending them in the way they think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	2	16	o6kx	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **day** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 24-hour length of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a point in time is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	2	16	c5fp	figs-explicit	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε κρίνει ὁ Θεὸς	1	on the day when God will judge	Paul assumes that his readers will know that **the day when God will judge** refers to the time in the future when God will judge everyone, as Paul also mentioned in [verses 2](../02/02.md) and [5](../02/05.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the future time when God finally judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	2	16	lyvd	figs-possession	τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **secrets** that **men** have. These **secrets** are specifically secret thoughts that people have, as indicated by the word “thoughts” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “men’s secrets” or “the secrets that men keep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	2	16	gxet	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **secrets**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what men secretly think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	16	r8hz	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of human beings” or “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	2	16	xb7t	figs-infostructure	κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, διὰ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “through Christ Jesus, according to my gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	2	16	e9bp	figs-metaphor	κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου	1		Paul speaks of the **gospel** as if it belongs to him. He means that this is the **gospel** God has entrusted him to preach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “according to God’s gospel that I preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	2	17	lc6m	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Connecting Statement:	**But** here indicates that in [verses 17–29](../02/17.md) Paul changes topics from talking about non-Jewish people who don’t know the law of Moses to Jews who know the law. He explains why the Jews as well cannot escape God’s judgment. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	2	17	cnq7	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1	if you call yourself a Jew	Here, **if** indicates the beginning of a conditional sentence that extends from this verse to [verse 21](../02/21.md). Paul speaks as if these descriptions of Jews were hypothetical possibilities, but he means that they are actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	2	17	kfe8	figs-youcrowd	σὺ	1		Even though Paul is speaking to Jewish people, he is hypothetically addressing an individual, so **you** and **your** and **yourself** is singular throughout [2:17–27](../02/17.md) unless otherwise noted. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** and **yourself** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM	2	17	pglg	figs-metaphor	σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ	1		Paul speaks of the Jews as if they named themselves. He means that they consider themselves to be Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “you call yourself Jewish” or “you regard yourself as truly Jewish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	2	17	gz6j	figs-ellipsis	ἐπαναπαύῃ νόμῳ,	1	rest upon the law	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context, which is God’s judgment of sinners. Alternate translation: “rely upon the law to escape God’s judgment” or “rely upon the law to save you from God’s judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	2	17	dapj	figs-metaphor	καυχᾶσαι ἐν Θεῷ	1		Paul speaks of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **God**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation that knows God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “brag that you are the only ones who know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	2	18	xn6w	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ γινώσκεις τὸ θέλημα, καὶ δοκιμάζεις τὰ διαφέροντα, κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου,	1	because you have been instructed from the law	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “and because you are instructed from the law, you know his will and approve of what is excellent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	2	18	qxkt	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ θέλημα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **will**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what God wills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	18	aqbh	figs-activepassive	κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “others having instructed you from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	2	19	nk76	figs-rpronouns	πέποιθάς τε σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι	1		Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how **convinced** the Jews are that they are the only ones who can spiritually guide others. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “and you have convinced yourself that you alone are a guide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ROM	2	19	wi7z	figs-metaphor	ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν	1	you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness	Paul uses **guide** to refer to the Jews as if they were the only people who could clearly see. He also uses **blind** to refer to non-Jews as if they were unable to see. He means that the Jews think they are the only ones who can teach others God’s truth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “that you are the only ones who can teach others what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	2	19	beop	figs-abstractnouns	ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **guide**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that you can guide blind men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	19	ql0b	figs-gendernotations	τυφλῶν	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “to blind people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	2	19	j76c	figs-doublet	ὁδηγὸν & τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize how strongly the Jews believed that non-Jews were ignorant about God’s truth. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the two ideas into one. Alternate translation: “the only ones who can guide those who are unaware of what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM	2	19	xlge	figs-metaphor	φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει	1		Here Paul uses **light** to refer to a Jewish person, and he uses **those in darkness** figuratively to refer to non-Jews. He means that the Jews think they can teach non-Jews about God the way that a **light** shines on people who are in a dark place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone who can reveal what is true about God to those who do not know about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	2	20	ymey	grammar-connect-logic-result	παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων, ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases, since the third phrase gives the reason for the result that the first two phrases describe. Alternate translation: “since having in the law the form of the knowledge and of the truth, you believe you should be an instructor of foolish men, a teacher of little children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	2	20	pf6v	figs-doublet	παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize how strongly the Jews believed that non-Jews were ignorant about God’s truth. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the only people who can instruct those people who are as foolish as children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM	2	20	ar5a	figs-metaphor	διδάσκαλον νηπίων	1	a teacher of little children	Paul speaks of the non-Jews as if they were **little children**. He means that they are ignorant about God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “people who are spiritually ignorant” or “people who are like uneducated infants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	2	20	ose0	figs-metaphor	ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ	1		Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a physical shape that someone could possess. He means that **the law** contains God’s true knowledge that the Jews think they exclusively own. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “understanding through God’s law how a person can truly know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	2	20	ua61	figs-possession	τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας	1		Paul is using the possessive forms **of the knowledge** and **of the truth** to describe the **form** of **the law**. Here, **of knowledge** and **of the truth** could indicate: (1) what **the law** contains. Alternate translation: “the form that contains the knowledge and the truth” (2) what **the law** represents. Alternate translation: “what represents knowledge and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	2	20	y6i5	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **knowledge** and ** truth**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of what we know about God and what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	21	vy0h	figs-rquestion	ὁ οὖν διδάσκων ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις? ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν, κλέπτεις?	1		In [verses 21–23](../02/21.md) Paul transitions from his description of the Jews in [verses 17–20](../02/17.md) to a series of rhetorical questions. These questions emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews, who thought they were superior to non-Jews because they knew the law of Moses. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “then you, who teach another, do not teach yourself! You, who preach not to steal, actually steal!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	2	21	rftq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1		Here, **then** indicates that what follows is the second half of the factual conditional statement that Paul began with “if you name yourself a Jew” in [verse 17](../02/17.md). Paul wants to show that what the Jews believe and how they live are in contrast. If you divided [verses 17–21](../02/17.md) into separate sentences, then you may need to include a short form of the “if” statement here. Alternate translation: “if all this is really true, then” or “since all this is really true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	2	21	uq9y	grammar-collectivenouns	ἕτερον	1	You who teach others, do you not teach yourself?	Here, **another** is a singular pronoun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	2	21	abq0	figs-explicit	σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις	1		Here Paul implies that the Jews need to **teach** themselves, because they do not actually obey the laws that they teach. They act as if they do not know the law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you don’t obey the law, do you not teach yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	2	22	parm	figs-rquestion	ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις? ὁ βδελυσσόμενος τὰ εἴδωλα, ἱεροσυλεῖς?	1	You who preach against stealing, do you steal?	Like in the previous verse, Paul is not asking for information here, but is using the question form twice to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You who say not to commit adultery actually commit adultery! You who abhor idols actually rob temples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	2	22	dmpg	figs-explicit	ἱεροσυλεῖς	1	You who preach against stealing, do you steal?	Here Paul implies that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshiped. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	2	23	z80m	figs-rquestion	ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου, τὸν Θεὸν ἀτιμάζεις	1		As in the previous two verses, Paul is not asking for information here, but is using the question form to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You who boast in the law actually dishonor God through the transgression of the law!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	2	23	grr3	figs-metaphor	ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι	1	You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law?	Paul uses **in the law** as if it were something that people could boast inside of. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who knows God’s law, which has similar meaning to “boast in God” in [verse 17](../02/17.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	2	23	ob98	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgression**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by transgressing the law” or “by breaking the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	24	yp4l	figs-infostructure	τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, καθὼς γέγραπται	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “For, just as it is written, ‘the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles because of you.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	2	24	z54i	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous statement is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “These things that I have said about you are true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	2	24	lk5n	figs-quotemarks	τὸ & ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		In this clause Paul quotes part of [Isaiah 52:5](../isa/52/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	2	24	c4sk	figs-possession	τὸ & ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to indicate the **name** that belongs to **God**. Paul does not mean that **God** is a **name**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “God’s name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	2	24	mvwq	figs-synecdoche	τὸ & ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul uses **the name of God** figuratively to refer to**God** himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM	2	24	ccm9	figs-activepassive	τὸ & ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles blaspheme the name of God because of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	2	24	m2bq	grammar-connect-logic-result	τὸ & ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because of you the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	2	24	pg0g	figs-explicit	δι’ ὑμᾶς	1		Paul quotes Isaiah implying that the bad behavior of the Jews is what causes **the Gentiles** to blaspheme **the name of God**. Since the Jews were supposed to represent God to the world, their bad behavior misrepresented God so that the Gentiles blasphemed him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result of how you act” or “because of the way you behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	2	24	e144	figs-yousingular	δι’ ὑμᾶς	1		Here, **you** is the plural and refers to the Jewish people. This is the only occurrence of plural **you** in [verses 17–27](../02/17.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ROM	2	24	edrf	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something Isaiah wrote, you could indicate Isaiah as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	2	24	end9	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	2	25	vdu7	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that [verses 25–29] provide another reason why both Jews and Gentiles will be punished for their sins, as stated in [verse 12](../02/12.md). Paul is arguing against the idea that circumcision guaranteed a Jew’s salvation, which some Jews believed. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Jews will be judged along with Gentiles because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	2	25	vp6o	figs-abstractnouns	περιτομὴ & ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **circumcision** and **uncircumcision**, you could express the same ideas in a different way. Alternate translation: “being circumcised … your being circumcised has become being uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	25	wm24	figs-ellipsis	ὠφελεῖ	1		Paul is leaving out a word here that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “benefits you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	2	25	pqhz	figs-possession	παραβάτης νόμου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a person who transgresses **the law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “one who transgresses the law” or “one who breaks the law”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	2	25	xq62	figs-hyperbole	ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν	1	your circumcision becomes uncircumcision	Here, **your circumcision becomes uncircumcision** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how important it is for God’s people to **practice the law**. Paul does not mean that the person who transgresses God’s **law** is no longer physically circumcised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is as if you are not circumcised” or “it is the same as if you were never circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ROM	2	26	vt7f	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν οὖν	1	the uncircumcised person	Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the benefits for **the uncircumcised one** who **keeps the requirements of the law**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Let’s suppose then that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
ROM	2	26	r9i4	figs-nominaladj	ἡ ἀκροβυστία	1	the uncircumcised person	Paul is using the adjective **uncircumcision** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who are uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM	2	26	nf3j	figs-idiom	φυλάσσῃ	1	keeps the requirements of the law	Here, **keeps** is an idiom that refers to obeying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is obedient to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	2	26	mkhr	figs-possession	τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **requirements** found in **the law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “what the law requires” or “the law’s requirements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	2	26	be71	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται	1	will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision?	Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what **the law** requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will consider his uncircumcision to be circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	2	26	rjb5	figs-activepassive	οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Paul implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “will God not consider his uncircumcision to be circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	2	26	gjuy	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ & περιτομὴν	1		See how you translated **uncircumcision** and **circumcision** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	27	rkxz	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1		**And** here could indicate that what follows is continuing the rhetorical question in the previous verse. If you choose to the translate the passage in this way, then replace the ending exclamation point with a question mark. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	2	27	lqz2	grammar-connect-logic-result	κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα	1	And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law?	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “since he is fulfilling the law, the uncircumcised by nature will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	2	27	tpno	figs-nominaladj	ἡ & ἀκροβυστία	1	And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law?	See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM	2	27	h2lj	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **nature**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the naturally uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	27	zwh8	figs-idiom	τελοῦσα	1		Here, **fulfilling** is an idiom that refers to fully obeying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is fully obedient to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	2	27	sv4b	figs-explicit	διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς	1		Here, **through** could mean: (1) the Jews will be judged despite having the **letter and circumcision**. Alternate translation: “despite having letter and circumcision” (2) the Jews will be judged while having the **letter and circumcision**. Alternate translation: “while having letter and circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	2	27	nxa1	figs-metonymy	γράμματος	1		Paul is describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	2	27	lkll	figs-abstractnouns	περιτομῆς	1		See how you translated **circumcision** in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	27	q795	figs-abstractnouns	παραβάτην νόμου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for **transgressor**, you could express the idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “someone who transgresses the law” or “someone who breaks God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	2	28	g2vh	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that what follows is the reason for what has just been stated. This verse is Paul’s conclusion to the statements he made in [verses 25–27](../02/25.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	2	28	lfuj	figs-metonymy	Ἰουδαῖός	1		Here Paul uses **Jew** to refer to someone who is one of God’s people because he truly trusts in God for salvation, as Abraham did. **Jew** here does not refer to someone who only has Jewish ancestors. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a spiritual Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	2	28	rohy	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ φανερῷ	1		Here, **visibly** refers to the Jewish religious practices that other people can see, such as circumcision or wearing special clothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does externally visible Jewish rituals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	2	28	n34i	figs-metonymy	ἡ & περιτομή	1	flesh	Here Paul uses **circumcision** to refer to the change in thinking and attitude that happens when God saves a person. It can also be considered an inward mark of belonging to God’s people, like how circumcision was an outer mark of being Jewish. This was called “circumcision of the heart” in the Old Testament ([Deuteronomy 30:6](../deu/30/06.md); [Jeremiah 4:4](../jer/04/04.md)). Here, **circumcision** does not refer to the Jewish ritual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this spiritual circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	2	28	s44m	figs-synecdoche	ἐν σαρκὶ	1	flesh	Paul uses **the flesh** figuratively to mean “the whole body,” which is made of **flesh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM	2	29	b6ag	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος	1		The word translated **secretly** refers to something that other people cannot see or that is hidden. The meaning here is the opposite of “visibly” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a Jew in an inward way not seen by others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	2	29	u7b6	figs-metonymy	Ἰουδαῖος	1		Here Paul uses **Jew** in the same way he did in the previous verse. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	2	29	d1go	figs-possession	περιτομὴ καρδίας	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **circumcision** that is performed in **the heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “circumcision is performed in the heart” or “circumcision is an inward change” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	2	29	hbiv	figs-idiom	περιτομὴ καρδίας	1		The phrase **circumcision of the heart** is an idiom that refers to the change in thinking and attitude that happens when God saves a person. It can also be considered an inward mark of belonging to God’s people, just as circumcision was an outer mark of being Jewish. This expression first occurred in the Old Testament ([Deuteronomy 30:6](../deu/30/06.md); [Jeremiah 4:4](../jer/04/04.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated “this circumcision” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “truly belonging to God’s people is by removal of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	2	29	n4pp	figs-metonymy	καρδίας	1		See how you translated this word in [1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	2	29	ffa3	figs-explicit	ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι	1		Here, both occurrences of **in** indicate the means by which something happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit, not by means of the letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	2	29	kjc9	figs-explicit	ἐν Πνεύματι	1		Here, **the Spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, who changes a person’s thoughts and attitude when God saves that person, as in the UST. (2) a person’s spirit, which would require interpreting **in** to refer to a place. Alternate translation: “in one’s spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	2	29	gcoq	figs-metonymy	γράμματι	1		See how you translated **letter** in [verse 27](../02/27.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	2	29	dlac	writing-pronouns	οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος	1	in the Spirit	The pronoun **whose** refers to **the one who is inwardly a Jew**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that inward Jew’s praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	2	29	qa6b	figs-possession	οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος	1	in the Spirit	Paul is using the possessive form **whose** to indicate who receives **the praise**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “his praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	2	29	r4gm	figs-gendernotations	ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1	in the Spirit	Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “from people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	3	intro	y2kb			0		# Romans 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)<br>    * All non-Jews have sinned (1:18–32)<br>    * All Jews have sinned (2:1–3:8)<br>    * Everyone has sinned (3:9–20)<br>4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)<br>    * God’s righteousness is received through faith (3:21–26)<br>    * No one can boast in works (3:27–31)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses [10–18](../03/10.md) of this chapter, which are quotations from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>In [verses 1–9](../03/01.md) and [27–31](../03/27.md) Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to answer objections that Jews might make about what he is saying. You may need to indicate that Paul is asking these questions as if he were a non-Christian Jew responding to these arguments. When Paul asks the rhetorical questions, he is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. When Paul answers those questions, he is speaking as himself. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this change in speakers with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	3	1	v788			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 1–9](../03/01.md) Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions and answers in order to emphasize that both “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.”
ROM	3	1	a1l0	grammar-connect-logic-result	τί οὖν	1		Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous chapter, especially what he said in [2:28–29](../02/28.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If these things are true, then what is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	3	1	dawv	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς?	1		This verse contains two rhetorical questions connected by **or**. Paul is not asking for information, but here he is using these two questions to express the objections that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous chapter, especially what he said in [2:28–29](../02/28.md). If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then the Jew certainly has no advantage, and circumcision certainly has no benefit!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	3	1	b7ls	figs-quotemarks	τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς	1		In this verse Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	3	1	bjfo	figs-abstractnouns	τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **advantage** or **benefit**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “How then is being a Jew advantageous, or how is being circumcised beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	3	1	h4h3	figs-possession	τοῦ Ἰουδαίου	1		Paul is using the possessive form **of the Jew** to describe for whom there is **the advantage**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for the Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	1	l79f	figs-possession	τῆς περιτομῆς	1		Paul is using the possessive form **of the circumcision** to describe from where **the benefit** comes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “that comes from circumcision” or “from being circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	2	eq3o	figs-explicit	πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον	1	It is great in every way	In this verse Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘Great in every way!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	3	2	rri9	figs-ellipsis	πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον	1	It is great in every way	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The advantage of the Jew and the benefit of the circumcision are great in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	3	2	kzlh	figs-hyperbole	πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον	1		**Great in every way** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to emphasize the value of being Jewish and being circumcised. Paul does not mean that everything about being a Jew and being circumcised is beneficial. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “Great in many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ROM	3	2	f2fa	figs-explicit	πρῶτον μὲν & ὅτι	1		Here, **indeed first, that** could indicate that: (1) what follows is the first reason in a list of several reasons why being a Jew is beneficial, in which case Paul does not continue the list in this chapter. Alternate translation: “the first of many benefits is indeed that” or “one benefit is indeed that” (2) what follows is the most important reason why being a Jew is beneficial. Alternate translation: “the primary benefit is indeed that” or “the most important thing is indeed that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	3	2	mrej	figs-activepassive	ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God entrusted them with his sayings” or “God trusted them with the sayings of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	3	2	jkgk	figs-metonymy	τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **the sayings of God** could refer to: (1) the entire Old Testament. Alternate translation: “with what God said in the Scriptures” (2) direct speech from God recorded in the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “with the messages that God announced to them in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	3	2	qide	figs-possession	τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, the possessive form **of God** could refer to: (1) **sayings** that came from **God**. Alternate translation: “with the sayings from God” (2) **says** that are about **God**. Alternate translation: “with the sayings about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	3	d9k3	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1		**For** here indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If these things are true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	3	3	mclv	figs-rquestion	τί & εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει?	1		In this verse Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to express the objections that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But some of them were unfaithful! Their unfaithfulness surely cannot nullify the faithfulness of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	3	3	fd0w	figs-quotemarks	τί γάρ εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει?	1		In this verse Paul is speaking as if he himself were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	3	3	i36p	writing-pronouns	τινες	1		The pronoun **some** refers to some Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	3	3	pkae	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **unfaithfulness** or **faithfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “The fact that they are unfaithful will not nullify God’s faithful acts, will it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	3	3	moq7	figs-possession	τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the faithfulness** that characterizes **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the faithfulness that characterizes God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	4	djn7	figs-explicit	μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	In this verse Paul responds to the rhetorical questions he wrote in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	3	4	z465	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	**May it never be** is an exclamation that communicates a strong prohibition. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong prohibition. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM	3	4	kz4j	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Instead, let be found	**Instead** here indicates that what follows is a contrast to the idea in the previous verse that unfaithful Jews could “nullify the faithfulness of God.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM	3	4	ld9h	figs-imperative	γινέσθω & ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής	1	let God be found to be true	Here, **let God be true** is an imperative phrase, but this is not a command. Instead, Paul is exclaiming that people must consider that God is always truthful regardless of what people think. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “let people always know that God is true” or “may people always declare that God is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ROM	3	4	nud9	figs-abstractnouns	πᾶς & ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης	1	even though every man is a liar	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **liar**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “every man lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	3	4	fesk	figs-ellipsis	πᾶς & ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης	1		Paul is leaving out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “let every man be a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	3	4	hfdf	figs-gendernotations	πᾶς & ἄνθρωπος	1		Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	3	4	te39	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	As it has been written	See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	3	4	b8gv	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	As it has been written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by David. Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	3	4	f0oq	figs-quotemarks	ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε	1	As it has been written	This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 51:4](../psa/051/004.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	3	4	xli0	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅπως	1		**So that** indicates that what follows is the result of what David had written previously in [Psalm 51:4](../psa/051/004.md), which is about how David had sinned. Paul assumes that his readers would be familiar with the earlier part of that verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “I have sinned so that” or “Because of my sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	3	4	h0ne	figs-yousingular	ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε	1		In this sentence, **you** and **your** refer to God and are singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ROM	3	4	lnnr	figs-activepassive	δικαιωθῇς & ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people would acknowledge how righteous you are … when people attempt to judge you” or “you would prove yourself to be righteous … when others try to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	3	4	tj8g	figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου	1		Paul records David using **words** to describe the things that God said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in what you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	3	5	gw3a	grammar-connect-words-phrases	εἰ δὲ	1		In this verse, Paul is speaking as if he were an unbelieving Jew and is challenging the statement that Paul made in the previous verse. **But** here indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verse. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If indeed that is true” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	3	5	putf	figs-quotemarks	εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν?	1		In these sentences Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	3	5	hjyp	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ & ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν?	1		Paul is using a hypothetical situation to develop the argument that an unbelieving Jew would make. Alternate translation: “suppose our unrighteousness commends the righteousness of God. Then what will we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
ROM	3	5	y6vv	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν & ἐροῦμεν	1		Here, **our** and **we** are used exclusively to speak of Paul and other Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Jewish … will we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	3	5	y0r5	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **unrighteousness** or **righteousness**, you could express these ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how unrighteous we are … how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	3	5	ho67	figs-rquestion	μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν?	1		In this sentence Paul is not asking for information, but is using this question here to express an objection that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. This sentence is also the answer to the hypothetical question that precedes it. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “God certainly cannot be unrighteousness for imposing his wrath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	3	5	v30z	figs-infostructure	εἰ & ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν?	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could combine the hypothetical conditional statement of the first sentence with the rhetorical question of the second sentence. Alternate translation: “if our unrighteousness commends the righteousness of God, then we certainly cannot say that God is unrighteousness for imposing his wrath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	3	5	e9ux	figs-metonymy	τὴν ὀργήν	1		Here Paul uses **wrath** to refer to the outcome of God’s **wrath**, which is judging and punishing people because they are unrighteous. See how you translated the same use of **wrath** in [1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	3	5	j631	figs-aside	(κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.)	1	I am using a human argument	Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to show that he is not trying to challenge **the righteousness of God**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses, as seen in the ULT, or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “I am reasoning like a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
ROM	3	5	sd4g	figs-idiom	(κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.)	1		Here, the phrase **according to men** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I speak based on how human beings perceive things” or “I speak according to mere human reasoning”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	3	6	gd5f	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	See how you translated this in [verse 4](../03/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM	3	6	zg9s	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον	1	For then how would God judge the world?	Here Paul is giving the reason why God is “not unrighteous for imposing his wrath,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Because if God were unrighteous, how would he judge the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	3	6	x1y3	figs-rquestion	πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον	1		In this clause Paul is not asking for information, but is using his question to emphasize that **God** could not **judge the world** if he were unrighteous. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “God certainly could not judge the world!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	3	6	lnp3	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον	1	the world	Here Paul uses **world** to refer to the people who live in the **world**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	3	7	htfa			0	General Information:	In [verses 7–9](../03/07.md), Paul is speaking as if he were an unbelieving Jew and is challenging the statement Paul made in [verse 6](../03/06.md). A note will inform you of the one parenthetic statement within these verses in which Paul interjects his own voice into the argument.
ROM	3	7	b9k1	grammar-connect-words-phrases	εἰ δὲ	1	But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner?	**But** here indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verse. In this verse, Paul is speaking as if he were an unbelieving Jew and is challenging the statement Paul made in the previous verse. See how you translated this in [verse 5](../03/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	3	7	c2u5	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ & ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι	1	But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner?	Paul is using a hypothetical situation to develop the argument an unbelieving Jew would make. Alternate translation: “suppose the truth of God through my lie abounds to his glory. Then why am I still being judged as a sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
ROM	3	7	xysz	figs-infostructure	εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But if the truth of God abounds to his glory through my lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	3	7	j9ji	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “how truthful God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	3	7	lbji	figs-possession	ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the truth** that characterizes **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “God’s truthfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	7	fa7j	figs-exclusive	ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι & κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς	1		Here Paul uses **my** and **I** to refer to a Jewish person who might give this hypothetical response. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews act falsely … are we … as sinners” or “when we Jews lie … are we … as sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	3	7	o3po	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lie**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “when I act falsely” or “when I lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	3	7	je41	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **to** indicates that this is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “with the result that he is glorified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	3	7	h61j	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “to demonstrate how glorious he is” or “to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	3	7	yv5j	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι	1		In this clause Paul is not asking for information, but is using this question to express an objection that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse, which was also repeated in the previous clause. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “surely I should not still be judged as a sinner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	3	7	iiqc	figs-activepassive	ἔτι κἀγὼ & κρίνομαι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that “God” does it. Alternate translation: “does God still judge me” or “should God keep on judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	3	7	pgus	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτωλὸς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sinner**, you could express the same idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “someone who sins” or “as if I were sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	3	8	vw1x	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	as we are falsely reported to say	**And** here indicates that in this verse Paul continues speaking as if he were an unbelieving Jew and is challenging the statement he made in [verse 6](../03/06.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Furthermore” or “In addition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	3	8	kb9d	figs-infostructure	καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά?	1	as we are falsely reported to say	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And not, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come,’ just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm we say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	3	8	wr3g	figs-ellipsis	καὶ μὴ	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And why not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	3	8	pr4u	figs-rquestion	μὴ & ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά	1		In this sentence Paul is not asking for information, but is using an elided question here to emphasize that God could not judge the world if he were unrighteous. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should say … ‘Let us do the evil things, so that the good things may come!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	3	8	o3pz	figs-aside	καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν	1		Paul is saying this as an aside in order to show that people have been falsely accusing him of teaching that people should sin in order to show how good God is. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “Some people blaspheme us and affirm that we are saying such things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
ROM	3	8	veic	figs-exclusive	βλασφημούμεθα & ἡμᾶς	1		When Paul says **we** and **us**, he could be (1) speaking only of himself in a formal manner. Alternate translation: “I am blasphemed … me” (2) speaking of himself and all other Christians. Alternate translation: “we Christians are blasphemed … us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	3	8	klaa	figs-activepassive	βλασφημούμεθα	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people blaspheme us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	3	8	vbpa	figs-quotations	μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “not say (just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say) that we should do the evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
ROM	3	8	pe2c	figs-aside	ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν	1		Paul is saying this as an aside to show that the people who have been falsely accusing him of teaching people to “do the evil things, so that the good things may come” are the ones who deserve to be judged by God. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses as in the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
ROM	3	8	re0k	writing-pronouns	ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν	1		The pronoun **whose** here refers to the people who slander Paul by claiming that he teaches people to “do the evil things, so that the good things may come.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the judgment of those who say this is just” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	3	8	g87e	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who are justly judged” or “whom God justly judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	3	9	z3wu	grammar-connect-logic-result	τί οὖν? προεχόμεθα?	1		Here Paul concludes his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase **What then** he used to begin this discussion. See how you translated this phrase in [verse 1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	3	9	y6uz	figs-rquestion	προεχόμεθα?	1		Paul is using the question form to express an objection that a Jew might have to what Paul has said previously. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely we are not better off!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	3	9	ajj8	figs-exclusive	προεχόμεθα	1		Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Are we Jews better off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	3	9	g85q	figs-exclamations	οὐ πάντως	1	Not at all	**Not at all** is an exclamation that communicates a strong negative response to the previous statement. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not!” or “In no way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM	3	9	cbgq	figs-ellipsis	οὐ πάντως	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not better off at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	3	9	a01e	grammar-connect-logic-result	προῃτιασάμεθα γὰρ	1	Not at all	**For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous statement is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “We are not better off because we have already accused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	3	9	qvjy	figs-exclusive	προῃτιασάμεθα	1	Not at all	Here, **we** could mean: (1) Paul is speaking only of himself in a formal manner. Alternate translation: “I have already accused” (2) Paul is speaking of himself and other Christians. Alternate translation: “we Christians have already accused” See how you translated **we** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	3	9	hgs3	figs-explicit	Ἕλληνας	1	Not at all	Here, **Greeks** refers to non-Jewish people in general. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “non-Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	3	9	x4eb	figs-idiom	ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν	1		The phrase **under sin** is an idiom that means “under the power of sin” or “controlled by one’s desire to sin.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “controlled by sin” or “unable to stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	3	10	u88n	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	This is as it is written	See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	3	10	zkzr	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	This is as it is written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Just as the prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	3	10	ju1k	figs-quotemarks	οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς	1	This is as it is written	This sentence is Paul’s paraphrase of [Psalm 14:3](../psa/014/003.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	3	10	yt5d	figs-parallelism	οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not even one** person is **righteous**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There is not even one person who is righteous” or “Absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM	3	10	bscu	figs-nominaladj	οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς	1		Paul is using the singular adjectives **none righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM	3	11	b0m7	figs-quotemarks	οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν	1		This sentence is Paul’s paraphrase of [Psalm 14:2](../psa/014/002.md) and [Psalm 53:3](../psa/053/003.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	3	11	kqs5	figs-nominaladj	οὐκ ἔστιν & οὐκ ἔστιν	1		Paul is using the adjectives **none** as nouns in order to describe all people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There are no man … There are no man” or “There is no person … There is no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM	3	11	h9e9	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων	1	There is no one who understands	Here, **who understands** refers to someone who is able to think wisely or correctly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “There is none who is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	3	11	mn84	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν	1		Here, Paul quotes David using **seeks** to describe people attempting to know God as if God were lost and people needed to find him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who attempts to know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	3	12	lg0i	figs-quotemarks	πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν; οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός	1	They have all turned away	This sentence is quotation of [Psalm 14:3](../psa/014/003.md) and [Psalm 53:4](../psa/053/004.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	3	12	cen3	figs-metaphor	ἐξέκλιναν	1	They have all turned away	Paul quotes David using **turned away** to describe these people as if they had left a path that leads to where God is. David means that they refuse to live according to God’s rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “refused to live the way God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	3	12	a72h	figs-explicit	ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν	1	They have all turned away	Here, **useless** implies that these sinful people are so sinful that they benefit neither God nor humankind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They together became worthless for benefitting anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	3	12	na87	figs-parallelism	οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not even one** type of person can continually do **kindness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There is not even one person who does kindness” or “Absolutely no one is doing kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM	3	12	v9ed	figs-nominaladj	οὐκ & ἑνός	1		See how you translated **none** and **one** in [verse 10](../03/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM	3	12	b3g1	figs-abstractnouns	χρηστότητα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kindness**, you could express the same idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “what is kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	3	13	xr4g	figs-quotemarks	τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν; ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν	1		These two sentences are a quotation from [Psalm 5:10](../psa/005/010.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	3	13	c7rh	figs-parallelism	τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν; ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν; ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν	1		These three sentences mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing three times, in slightly different ways, to show how harmful the words are that these people say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “The things they say are deadly, deceptive, and damaging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM	3	13	nmrs	figs-genericnoun	ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν	1		Paul quotes David speaking of these people’s throats in general, not of one particular **throat**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “throats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
ROM	3	13	sx6y	figs-metonymy	ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν	1		Here Paul quotes David using **throat** to describe something people would say by using their throats to say it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	3	13	bbq5	figs-metaphor	τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν	1	Their throat is an open grave	Paul quotes David using **opened grave** to describe these people’s **throat** as if it were a deep hole containing rotting corpses. He means that the things these people say are morally corrupt and offend God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Their words express moral corruption” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	3	13	pemg	figs-metonymy	ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν	1		Here Paul quotes David using **tongues** to describe something people would say to deceive someone, using their tongues to say it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	3	13	d82g	figs-quotemarks	ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 140:3](../psa/140/003.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	3	13	b4bp	figs-possession	ἰὸς ἀσπίδων	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **poison** that comes from **asps**, which are venomous snakes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	13	qk16	figs-metaphor	ἰὸς ἀσπίδων	1	The poison of snakes is under their lips	Paul quotes David using **poison of asps** to refer to what people say as if what they say contained **poison**. He means that the things they say harm people as does deadly venom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “What hurts people like a poisonous snake bite” or “Speech that hurts people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	3	13	u40o	figs-metonymy	ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν	1	The poison of snakes is under their lips	Here Paul quotes David using **lips** to describe something people would say to harm someone by using their **lips** to say it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is in what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	3	14	ucnr	figs-quotemarks	ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 10:7](../psa/010/007.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	3	14	ujjd	figs-genericnoun	τὸ στόμα	1		Paul quotes David speaking of these people’s mouths in general, not of one particular **mouth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “speech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
ROM	3	14	sqr5	figs-metonymy	ὧν τὸ στόμα	1	Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness	Here Paul quotes David using **mouth** to describe people speaking curses and bitter things by using their **mouth** to say them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what they say” or "whose speech" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	3	14	j0sg	figs-metaphor	ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει	1		Paul quotes David using **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were things with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “habitually curses and says bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	3	15	e67d	figs-quotemarks		0	General Information:	Verses 15–17 are Paul’s paraphrase of [Isaiah 59:7–8](../isa/59/07.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	3	15	vds1	figs-synecdoche	οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν	1	Their feet are swift to pour out blood	Paul quotes Isaiah using **feet**, a part of the human body, to refer to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM	3	15	quph	figs-metaphor	ἐκχέαι αἷμα	1		Paul quotes Isaiah using **pour out blood** to refer to violently murdering people, which usually causes blood to come out of the people who are murdered. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “to murder others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	3	16	bc96	figs-abstractnouns	σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **Destruction** and **suffering**, you could express the same ideas with other expressions. Alternate translation: “Demolishing lives and making people suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	3	16	rrgr	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν	1		Here, **ways** is an idiom meaning “wherever they go” or “how they behave.” It refers to a person’s daily life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “characterize how they behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	3	17	zbrd	figs-idiom	ὁδὸν	1		See how you translated “ways” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	3	17	jb6b	figs-possession	ὁδὸν εἰρήνης	1	a way of peace	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a way** that is characterized by **peace**. He means that these people do not understand how to live peacefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a peaceful way” or “a peaceful way to behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	18	wr0x	figs-quotemarks	οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 36:1](../psa/036/001.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	3	18	bx27	figs-abstractnouns	οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ	1	There is no fear of God before their eyes	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “They are not afraid of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	3	18	frt1	figs-possession	φόβος Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that people should feel toward for **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “fear for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	18	m89o	figs-idiom	ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν	1		Here,**before their eyes** is an idiom that refers to thinking about something. Paul means that these people do not think at all about how terrifying God is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	3	19	lrdp	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		**Now** here indicates that what follows summarizes Paul’s teachings about **the law** and “the righteousness of God” in [verses 1–9](../03/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	3	19	gc8t	figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1		Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and other Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	3	19	e8h2	figs-personification	ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει & λαλεῖ	1	whatever the law says, it speaks	Here Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a person who could speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as many things as God says in the law, he speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	3	19	n399	figs-metonymy	ὁ νόμος & τῷ νόμῳ	1	the ones who are under the law	Here Paul uses **the law** to refer to the entire Old Testament, which includes the law. Here he is not referring to only the law of Moses, as he did earlier in the chapter. We know this because in [verses 10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quoted verses from parts of the Old Testament that are not in the law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures … the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	3	19	b0g5	figs-explicit	τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ	1		Paul uses **those with the law** to refer to the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:12](../02/12.md). Alternative translation: “to Jews” or “to those who know the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	3	19	end8	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for what **the law says**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	3	19	cy5r	figs-idiom	πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ	1		Here, **every mouth may be shut** is an idiom that means “no one can say anything to excuse themselves.” Paul means that no one can defend themselves before God, because everyone has sinned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no human being can excuse himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	3	19	js71	figs-activepassive	φραγῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may stop talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	3	19	w12y	figs-synecdoche	πᾶς ὁ κόσμος	1	the whole world held accountable to God	Paul uses**all the world** figuratively to refer to **all** the people living in **the world**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM	3	19	wwq3	figs-explicit	ὑπόδικος γένηται & τῷ Θεῷ	1		The phrase **may become accountable to God** means that God will judge everyone at the final judgment according to how they lived their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “may fall under God's judgment of guilt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	3	20	ezbo	grammar-connect-logic-result	διότι	1		Here. **because** introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why all humanity is “accountable to God,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. You may need to begin a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” or “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	3	20	vzot	figs-activepassive	οὐ δικαιωθήσεται πᾶσα σὰρξ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Paul implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “God will not justify any flesh” or “God will not make any flesh righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	3	20	xs9x	figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ	1	flesh	Paul uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to a human being, who is made of flesh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM	3	20	d6vi	figs-personification	ἐξ ἔργων νόμου & διὰ & νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας	1		In this verse Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a person who could justify someone or give them **full awareness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires in his law … God gives full awareness of sin through his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	3	20	w5qb	figs-possession	ἐξ ἔργων νόμου	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:15](../02/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	20	i7zi	grammar-collectivenouns	νόμου & νόμου	1		In this verse **law** is a singular noun that refers to a group of laws that God gave Israel by dictating them to Moses. It does not refer to the entire Old Testament, as in the previous verse. See how you translated this use of **law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	3	20	llh9	figs-idiom	ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **before him** is an idiom meaning “in his presence.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	3	20	xgpp	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **full awareness** and **sin**, you could express the same ideas in a different way. Alternate translation: “fully aware of being sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	3	20	aety	figs-possession	ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **full awareness** about the **sin** a person has committed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “full knowledge about sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	20	jdw9	figs-explicit	διὰ & νόμου	1		Here, **through law** indicates the means by which a person becomes fully aware of sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	3	21	fqz4	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	νυνὶ δὲ	1		**But now** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to Paul’s discussion about **the law** in [2:1–3:20](../02/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Yet now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM	3	21	y3te	figs-infostructure	νυνὶ δὲ χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται	1	now	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But now, the righteousness of God has been made known apart from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	3	21	e5ky	figs-explicit	νόμου & τοῦ νόμου	1	now	While the first occurrence of **the law** in this verse refers to the laws that God gave the Jews through Moses, the second occurrence refers to the first five books in the Old Testament that were written by Moses. The ULT shows this difference by using **the law** and **the Law** respectively. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the laws that God gave Israel … the part of Scripture that Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	3	21	nlj0	figs-possession	χωρὶς νόμου	1		Here, **apart from the law** could mean: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what the law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what the law says” or “differently than what the law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	21	e4qe	figs-activepassive	δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται	1	apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has made his righteousness visible” or “God has revealed his righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	3	21	qkis	figs-possession	δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	21	gvca	figs-activepassive	μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Law and the Prophets bearing witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	3	21	tnf8	figs-personification	μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets	Here Paul uses **the Law and the Prophets** as if they were people who could witness or testify in a courtroom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God says in the Law and the Prophets is a written testimony to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	3	21	bgyx	figs-synecdoche	ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1		Paul is using the name of two parts of the Hebrew Scriptures, **the Law and the Prophets**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM	3	22	pec5	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		Here, **but** indicates that what follows explains how a person receives “the righteousness of God”. It does not indicate a contrast. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “even” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	3	22	cvhy	figs-possession	δικαιοσύνη & Θεοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	22	q4m1	figs-possession	διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, **faith in Jesus Christ** is a possessive form that indicates **faith** that is associated with **Jesus Christ**. This could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in Jesus Christ” or “by believing in Jesus Christ” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “through the faithfulness that Jesus Christ possesses” or “through how faithful Jesus Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	22	c4mg	figs-ellipsis	τοὺς πιστεύοντας	1		Paul is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “those who believe in him” or “those who believe in Jesus for salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	3	22	o6qe	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1		Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why **the righteousness of God** is **for all those who believe**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	3	22	daa3	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ & ἐστιν διαστολή	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **distinction**, you could express the same idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “God does not discriminate” or “God is not partial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	3	23	x1hu	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why “there is no distinction,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	3	23	akn9	figs-nominaladj	πάντες	1		Here Paul uses the adjective **all** as a noun that refers to **all** the people who have ever existed or ever will exist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM	3	23	jbe9	figs-metaphor	ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul speaks of **all** people as if they were something that fails to reach its destination. He means that they lack or do not attain **the glory of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “lack the glory of God” or “fail to attain the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	3	23	vwsf	figs-possession	τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here the possessive form **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) the glory that God shared with humans when he created them, but which they lost when the first humans sinned. Alternate translation: “the glory God once gave them” or “the glory from God” (2) glorifying God, as in the similar phrase “the glory of the imperishable God” in [1:23](../01/23.md). Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	24	ibi2	figs-personification	δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι	1		Here Paul speaks of **grace** as if it were a person who could **justify** someone. Paul means that God graciously makes people righteous as a gift. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and are gifted with becoming righteous because God is gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	3	24	evs8	figs-explicit	δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν	1		Paul assumes that his readers know that those who are **being justified freely** are “all” those who “have sinned” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all people are being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	3	24	jgcu		δωρεὰν	1		Alternate translation: “as a gift” or “without payment”
ROM	3	24	atij	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with different forms. Alternate translation: “by God being gracious through redeeming them in Christ Jesus” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	3	24	hyeb	figs-explicit	ἀπολυτρώσεως	1		The word translated as **redemption** refers to rescuing someone from captivity by paying a ransom. Your language may require you to indicate what the people are redeemed from. This could mean: (1) Jesus redeems people from eternal punishment. Alternative translation: “redemption from eternal punishment” (2) Jesus redeems people from being enslaved to sin. Alternative translation: “redemption from enslavement to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	3	24	lno6	figs-metaphor	τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		Here, Paul speaks of **redemption** as if it were an object that could be inside Jesus. Paul means that God redeemed all people who believe in Jesus by uniting them to **Christ Jesus**. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “that comes through union with Christ Jesus” or “that is through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	3	25	ci0v	figs-metaphor	ὃν προέθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἱλαστήριον	1		Here Paul uses **presented** as if Jesus were an Old Testament atonement sacrifice that was **presented** to God in the temple. He means that Jesus’ death was a sacrifice for the sins of humankind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “whom God offered to atone for the sins of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	3	25	t2d8	figs-abstractnouns	ἱλαστήριον, διὰ πίστεως & εἰς ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **propitiation**, **faith**, **demonstration**, or **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with different forms. Alternate translation: “to atone for people’s sins by trusting … to demonstrate how he makes people righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	3	25	m159	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι	1	in his blood	Here Paul uses **his blood** to refer to Jesus’ death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in Christ’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	3	25	ieq9	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ἔνδειξιν	1	disregard	Here, **for** indicates that the phrase that follows is the purpose for which God **presented** Jesus as **a propitiation**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order to demonstrate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	3	25	ze9m	figs-possession	τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ	1		See how you translated “the righteousness of God” in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	25	siri	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **overlooking**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “because he overlooked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	3	25	ydoj	figs-abstractnouns	τῶν προγεγονότων ἁμαρτημάτων	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sin**, you could express the same idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “how they had sinned previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	3	26	b2f6	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐν	1		Here, **in** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason for God “overlooking of the sins that happened previously,” as stated in the previous verse. Starting a new sentence, use a natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	3	26	lm1r	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **forbearance**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “because God is so forbearing” or “since God forbears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	3	26	cg55	figs-possession	ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** as being characterized by **forbearance**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “in God’s forbearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	26	b1xa	figs-possession	πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	26	v1c9		ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ	1		Alternate translation: “at this time in history” or “currently”
ROM	3	26	jjwq	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν	1		Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God now demonstrates **his righteousness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that he would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	3	26	x6cf	figs-genericnoun	τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ	1		Paul is speaking of all people who have **faith in Jesus**, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “anyone who is from faith in Jesus” or “every person who trusts in Jesus”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
ROM	3	26	qdkw	figs-possession	τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ	1		Here Paul is using the possessive form to describe a person who is characterized by **faith in Jesus**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is characterized by faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	26	ab0w	figs-possession	πίστεως Ἰησοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 22](../03/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	27	emwi			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 27–31](../03/27.md) Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions and answers in order to emphasize that God alone makes people righteous through faith in Jesus. Like in [verses 1–9](../03/01.md), Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew when he asks the rhetorical questions, but he is speaking as himself when he answers those questions.
ROM	3	27	e0wc	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in [verses 21–26](../03/21.md). If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, inserting a parenthetical phrase between commas. Alternate translation: “, if it is God who makes people righteous through faith in Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	3	27	fjm4	figs-rquestion	ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις?	1	Where then is boasting? It is excluded	Paul is not asking for information, but is using this question to express an objection that a Jew might have to what Paul said in [verses 21–26](../03/21.md). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There then is no grounds for boasting!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	3	27	mvs0	figs-metaphor	ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις	1		Here Paul speaks of **boasting** as if it were an object that could be in a location. He means that no one can boast, because only God makes people righteous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Then can anyone boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	3	27	pub7	figs-abstractnouns	ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **boasting**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “Who then can boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	3	27	px29	figs-explicit	ἐξεκλείσθη	1		In this sentence Paul responds to the rhetorical question in the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘It is excluded!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	3	27	eufl	figs-activepassive	ἐξεκλείσθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has excluded it” or “God does not allow it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	3	27	v3ut	figs-ellipsis	διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? & διὰ νόμου πίστεως	1	On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith	Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Through what kind of law is a person made righteous? Is a person made righteous through the works of the law? … a person is made righteous through a law of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	3	27	dpny	figs-rquestion	διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων?	1		In these two sentences Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions to express the objections that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous sentence and in [verses 21–26](../03/21.md). If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely through a kind of law! Surely through the works!” or “Surely a person is made righteous through a kind of law! Surely a person is made righteous through works!”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	3	27	bgyy	figs-possession	τῶν ἔργων?	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that is characterized by **works**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Through a law characterized by works?” or “By doing what the law requires?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	27	h9wb	figs-explicit	οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως	1		In this sentence Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous two sentences. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘No! But through a law of faith.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	3	27	tg79	figs-exclamations	οὐχί	1		**No!** is an exclamation that communicates a strong contrast to the previous statement. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Not at all!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM	3	27	ynz1	figs-possession	διὰ νόμου πίστεως	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that is characterized by **faith**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “through a law characterized by faith” or “by doing what faith requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	27	mlcq	figs-abstractnouns	πίστεως	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	3	28	qe9p	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, what follows explains what “the law of faith” means in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	3	28	jtqq	figs-exclusive	λογιζόμεθα	1		Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and other Christian Jews, as indicated in [verse 9](../03/09.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we believing Jews consider” or “we believing Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	3	28	t8um	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1	a person is justified by faith	Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “humankind” or “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	3	28	ph88	figs-activepassive	δικαιοῦσθαι & ἄνθρωπον	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “that God justifies a man” or “that God makes a man righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	3	28	jb14	figs-abstractnouns	πίστει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “by believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	3	28	s747	figs-possession	χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου	1	without works of the law	See how you translated “apart from the law” in [verse 21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	28	ycx2	figs-possession	ἔργων νόμου	1	without works of the law	Paul is using the possessive form to refer to **the works** that God requires in **the law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works that the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	29	hdbq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἢ	1		**Or** here indicates that the next two sentences are the responses that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Or you Jews might say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	3	29	ineu	figs-ellipsis	οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Is he not also God of Gentiles? Yes, he is also God of Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	3	29	m8eo	figs-explicit	ἐθνῶν & ἐθνῶν	1		See how you translated **Gentiles** in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	3	29	ch7p	figs-rquestion	Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν?	1		Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to express the responses that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “God is surely not only the God of Jews! He is surely also the God of Gentiles!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	3	29	rq5m	figs-explicit	ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν	1		In this sentence Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous two sentences. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘Yes, also of Gentiles’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	3	29	gp74	figs-exclamations	ναὶ	1		**Yes** is an exclamation that communicates enthusiasm. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating enthusiasm. Alternate translation (change the period to an exclamation point): “Of course!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM	3	30	vur7	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἴπερ	1		Paul uses **if** as if the rest of the verse were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation, (without either comma preceding): “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	3	30	qdiu	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἴπερ	1		This phrase introduces the reason why Paul could say in the previous verse that God is also the God of the Gentiles. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason clause. Alternate translation: “since, indeed” or “we know this is true because, indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	3	30	ux30	figs-metaphor	εἷς ὁ Θεός	1		Paul speaks of **God** as if he were a number. He means that **God** is the **one** and only true **God** for both Jews and Gentiles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “there is only one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	3	30	rjxp	figs-distinguish	ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως	1		This phrase gives further information about **who** our **God** is. It is not making a distinction between the one true **God** and false gods. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will justify the circumcision by faith, and he will justify the uncircumcision through the same faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	3	30	kw62	grammar-collectivenouns	περιτομὴν & ἀκροβυστίαν	1	he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith	The words **circumcision** and **uncircumcision** are singular nouns that refer to groups of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the circumcised people … the uncircumcised people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	3	30	gk5d	figs-metonymy	περιτομὴν & ἀκροβυστίαν	1	he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith	Here Paul uses **the circumcision** to refer to the Jews by associating them with **circumcision**, and he uses **the uncircumcision** figuratively to refer to the Gentiles by associating them with **uncircumcision**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people … the non-Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	3	30	s9i4	figs-possession	ἐκ πίστεως & διὰ τῆς πίστεως	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 26](../03/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	31	vj40	grammar-connect-words-phrases	νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν	1	we uphold	Here, **then** indicates that this sentence is the response that a Jew might have made to what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then you Jews might say, ‘Do we nullify the law’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	3	31	y6qx	figs-rquestion	νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως	1	we uphold the law	Paul is not asking for information, but is using this question to express the response that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then we surely nullify the law through the same faith!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	3	31	nzr7	figs-exclusive	οὖν καταργοῦμεν	1	we uphold	Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of the unbelieving Jews on whose behalf Paul is speaking. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Do we Jews then nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	3	31	cw0k	figs-explicit	νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν	1		Here, **nullify the law** means to make **the law** useless or no longer applicable to anyone. Paul is stating that the Jews might worry that he is teaching that the law of Moses does not have any function at all because God makes people righteous by faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do we make the law useless” or “Do we throw away the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	3	31	aj6s	figs-possession	διὰ τῆς πίστεως	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	3	31	pjgc	figs-explicit	μὴ γένοιτο! ἀλλὰ νόμον ἱστάνομεν	1		In these two sentences Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be! Instead, we establish the law’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	3	31	rhy5	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 6](../03/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM	3	31	ppvo	figs-exclusive	νόμον ἱστάνομεν	1		Here, **we** is used exclusively to refer to Paul and other Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Christians uphold the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	3	31	c295	figs-metaphor	νόμον ἱστάνομεν	1		Paul uses **uphold** to refer to **the law** as if it were an object that people could hold up high. The meaning of **uphold** here is the opposite meaning of **nullify**, used earlier in the verse. It could mean: (1) Christians fulfill the requirements of the law by trusting in Jesus, who fulfilled the law for them. Alternate translation: “we fulfill the law by faith” (2) Christians value **the law** and affirm that it is useful. Alternative translation: “we confirm that the law is useful” or “we affirm that the law has value”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	4	intro	f9jc			0		# Romans 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)<br>    * God’s righteousness is received through faith (3:21–26)<br>    * No one can boast in works (3:27–31)<br>    * The examples of Abraham and David (4:1–25)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 7–8](../04/07.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The purpose of the law of Moses<br><br>In this chapter Paul continues to develop his argument based on what he wrote in the previous chapter. He explains how God made Abraham, the ancestor of all Jews, righteous a long time before God gave the law of Moses to the Jews. Even Abraham could not become righteous by what he did. Rather, God made Abraham righteous on the basis of Abraham’s faith. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person righteous. People have always become righteous only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, being circumcised never made anyone righteous. In this chapter Paul uses “circumcision” to refer to Jews and “uncircumcision” to refer to non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>In [verses 1](../04/01.md), [3](../04/03.md), and [9–10](../04/09.md) Paul continues using rhetorical questions like he did in the previous chapter. He does this in order to answer objections that Jews might make about what he is saying.
ROM	4	1	q7wc			0	Connecting Statement:	[Verses 1–12](../04/01.md) are a series of rhetorical questions and answers that Paul uses to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made righteous by God “through faith.”
ROM	4	1	gxv3	grammar-connect-logic-result	τί οὖν	1		Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous chapter, especially what he said in [3:27–31](../03/27.md). See how you translated **What then** in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	4	1	gw29	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα?	1		In this verse Paul is not asking for information, but is using a question to express the objections that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous chapter, especially what he said in [3:27–31](../03/27.md). If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then we will say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, has surely discovered something!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	4	1	rhrp	figs-quotemarks	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα?	1		In this verse and the first part of the next verse, Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	4	1	s4b5	figs-exclusive	ἐροῦμεν	1		In [verses 1–9](../04/01.md) Paul uses **we** exclusively to speak of himself and other Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “will we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	4	1	ot88	figs-infostructure	εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	4	1	fk5t	figs-idiom	κατὰ σάρκα	1		See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	4	2	pmua	figs-quotemarks	εἰ γὰρ Ἀβραὰμ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἔχει καύχημα	1		These clauses continue the the statements that a Jew might have to against Paul that began in the previous verse. You may need to indicate this with a closing quotation mark at the end of these clauses or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	4	2	ka9b	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that what follows is the reason for the statement in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This must be the case because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	4	2	oe12	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ & Ἀβραὰμ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἔχει καύχημα	1		Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that the unbelieving Jew might think that this is actually true. In Paul’s time some Jewish teachers taught that Abraham had a right to boast because of his faith. However, since translating this as if it were true might confuse your readers, it is best to use a hypothetical sentence, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	4	2	wvmh	figs-activepassive	Ἀβραὰμ & ἐδικαιώθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God justified Abraham” or “God made Abraham right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	4	2	sibe	figs-explicit	ἐξ ἔργων	1		Paul assumes that his readers would understand that **works**means “works of the law” as in [3:28](../03/28.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	2	mefy	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν	1		In this clause Paul begins to respond to the rhetorical questions he wrote in the previous clauses and previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘But not before God!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	2	me3d	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν.	1		What follows the word **but** here is an emphatic contrast to what was just stated. Paul is negating the argument that he presented earlier in this verse and in the previous verse. You could make this emphasis explicit by replacing the period with an exclamation point or another natural way in your language for introducing am emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly not before God!” or “however, not from God’s perspective!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM	4	2	z9wx	figs-metaphor	πρὸς Θεόν	1		Paul speaks of **Abraham** as if he were located in the presence of **God**. He means that Abraham could not **boast** to God about his **righteousness** if it was **righteous by works**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	4	3	w9i5	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For what does the scripture say	**For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the reason why Paul said in the previous verse that Abraham cannot boast “before God.” Use a natural way in your language to introduce a reason clause. Alternative translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	4	3	hih3	figs-rquestion	τί & ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει	1		Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the scripture surely says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	4	3	g1wz	figs-personification	τί & ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει	1		Here Paul uses **say** as if **the scripture** were a person who could speak. He means that the scripture he is about to quote contains information related to the topic he is discussing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what information is in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	4	3	r9te	writing-quotations	τί & ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει?	1		Here Paul uses **what does the scripture say** to indicate a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 15:6](gen/15/06.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what is written in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	4	3	xdtx	figs-explicit	ἡ Γραφὴ	1		Here, **the scripture** refers specifically to the quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../gen/15/06.md) that follows in this verse. It does not refer to the Scriptures in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the scripture that Moses wrote in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	3	smc6	figs-activepassive	ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	it was counted to him as righteousness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God credited it to him as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	4	3	az65	writing-pronouns	ἐλογίσθη	1	it was counted to him as righteousness	The pronoun **it** refers to Abraham’s faith, which was implied by the statement that **Abraham believed God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his faith was credited” or “his trust in God was credited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	4	3	qked	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “being righteous” or “being right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	4	4	ihul	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		**Now** here indicates that what follows in verses 4–5 is an explanation of the scripture quotation in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Certainly,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	4	4	oojx	figs-extrainfo	τῷ & ἐργαζομένῳ	1		Here, **the one who works** refers to a hypothetical person who obeys the laws God gave through Moses and is “made righteous by works” (see [verse 2](../04/02.md)). However, since the meaning of verses 4–5 is given in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
ROM	4	4	dsl8	figs-activepassive	ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν	1	what he is paid is not counted as a gift	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he does not consider his wage as grace” or “he does not regard his pay as grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	4	4	xo4x		κατὰ χάριν & κατὰ ὀφείλημα	1		Alternate translation: “as a matter of grace … as a matter of obligation” or “as a gift … as an obligation”
ROM	4	4	ossx	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ χάριν & κατὰ ὀφείλημα	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **obligation**, you could express the same ideas with different forms. Alternate translation: “as what is gracious … as what is owed” or “as something gifted … as something owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	4	5	ynp2	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		**Now** here indicates that what follows in this verse is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to express contrasting ideas. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM	4	5	j3ir	figs-explicit	τῷ & μὴ ἐργαζομένῳ	1		Here, **the one who does not work** refers to a person who does not obey the laws God gave through Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the one who is does not obey God’s laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	5	fezj	figs-explicit	τὸν δικαιοῦντα	1		Here, **the one who justifies** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who justifies” or “God who makes righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	5	tovp	figs-nominaladj	τὸν ἀσεβῆ	1		Paul is using the singular adjective phrase **the ungodly** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungodly” or “people who do ungodly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM	4	5	va3e	figs-activepassive	λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	his faith is counted as righteousness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that “God” does it. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 3](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “God credited his faith as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	4	5	s00l	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with different forms. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being righteous” or “how he trusts in God … as being right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	4	6	hil6	writing-quotations	καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει	1		Paul uses **David also speaks of** here to introduce a scripture quotation from [Psalm 31:1–2](../psa/031/001.md), which David wrote. This occurs in [verses 7–8](../04/07.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “David also wrote in the Old Testament of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	4	6	s0v1	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessedness**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “how blessed the man is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	4	6	vyse	figs-possession	τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the man** that is characterized by **blessedness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the blessed man” or “the happy man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	4	6	x40j	figs-genericnoun	τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1		Paul is speaking of people in general, not of one particular **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “of a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
ROM	4	6	c6zs	figs-distinguish	ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων	1		This phrase gives further information about the **the man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the man God credits as righteous apart from works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	4	6	lilj	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being righteous” or “being right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	4	6	o260	figs-possession	χωρὶς ἔργων	1		See how you translated this phrase in [3:28](../03/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	4	7	zqwl	figs-quotemarks	μακάριοι, ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι καὶ ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1		This verse is the beginning of a quotation from [Psalm 31:1–2](../psa/031/001.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	4	7	dur6	figs-parallelism	μακάριοι, ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι καὶ ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered	These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how **Blessed** these people are. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How blessed are those people whom God forgives completely for all their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM	4	7	lq4w	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν & αἱ ἀνομίαι & ὧν & αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **lawless deeds** and **sins**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the lawless things they have done … the sins they have committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	4	7	d4f4	figs-activepassive	ἀφέθησαν & ἐπεκαλύφθησαν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God forgives … God covers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	4	7	hj2w	figs-ellipsis	ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1		Paul quotes David leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “blessed are those whose sins have been covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	4	7	hqfm	figs-metaphor	ἐπεκαλύφθησαν	1		Paul quotes David using **covered** to refer to God forgiving sins as if he covers sins so that he no longer sees them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	4	8	jjov	figs-quotemarks	μακάριος ἀνὴρ, οὗ οὐ μὴ λογίσηται Κύριος ἁμαρτίαν	1		The end of this verse is the end of a quotation from [Psalm 31:1–2](../psa/031/001.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	4	8	yox7	figs-parallelism	μακάριος ἀνὴρ, οὗ οὐ μὴ λογίσηται Κύριος ἁμαρτίαν	1		This verse means the same thing as the two clauses in the previous verse. Paul says the same thing here in a slightly different way to emphasize how **Blessed** people are whom God forgives for their sins. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “How truly blessed is a man whose sin the Lord does certainly not count!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM	4	8	kpfe	figs-genericnoun	ἀνὴρ	1		Paul quotes David speaking of people in general, not of one particular **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
ROM	4	8	y21b	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sin**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “sinful deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	4	8	jdrm	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ λογίσηται	1		Paul quotes David using **count** to refer to God remembering or regarding people’s sins after he has forgiven them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does certainly not regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	4	8	yxh2	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1		The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Paul quotes David using them together to emphasize how certain it is that God does not regard people’s sin after he has forgiven them. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “never” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ROM	4	9	qtgb	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Then** here introduces a result clause. This verse indicates the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in [verses 6–8](../04/06.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	4	9	g4f6	figs-rquestion	ὁ μακαρισμὸς & οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν?	1		Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “this blessedness is surely upon the circumcision and also upon the uncircumcision!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	4	9	alrb	figs-explicit	ὁ μακαρισμὸς & οὗτος	1		Here, **this blessedness** refers to the joyful state of those people whom God forgives and makes righteous, as mentioned in [verses 6–8](../04/06.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is this blessed state of being forgiven by God” or “is this blessed forgiveness from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	9	jmym	figs-metaphor	ὁ μακαρισμὸς & οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν & ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν	1		Paul speaks of **blessedness** as if it were an object that could be put **upon** someone. He means that both circumcised and uncircumcised people can receive the blessing of forgiveness from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is this blessedness given to the circumcision … to the uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	4	9	dn7v	grammar-collectivenouns	τὴν περιτομὴν & τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν	1		See how you translated these words in [3:30](../03/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	4	9	mrsm	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γάρ	1		**For** here indicates that what follows answers the rhetorical question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Indeed, ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	4	9	w2xt	figs-exclusive	λέγομεν	1		Here Paul uses **we** exclusively to refer to Paul and other Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jewish people say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	4	9	o51f	writing-quotations	λέγομεν	1		Paul uses **we say** here to introduce a modified scripture quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../gen/15/06.md), which Moses wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “we say what Moses wrote in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	4	9	m3uh	figs-activepassive	ἐλογίσθη τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	Faith was counted to Abraham as righteousness	See how you translated the similar clauses in [verses 3](../04/03.md) and [5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	4	10	trz4	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη? ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ?	1		In these two sentences Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions to emphasize that Abraham was made righteous without being circumcised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. You may need to combine these sentences. Alternate translation: “Then you surely know how it was credited to him! You surely know whether it was in circumcision or in uncircumcision!” or “Then you surely know how it was credited to him, whether in circumcision or in uncircumcision!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	4	10	unuf	grammar-connect-logic-result	πῶς οὖν	1		Here, **then** introduces a result clause that is in the form of a rhetorical question. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “How, as a result,” or “So then, how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	4	10	uj5i	figs-idiom	πῶς	1		**How** here means “in what circumstances.” Paul is not asking how God made Abraham righteous, but is asking whether or not Abraham was circumcised when God made him righteous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In what circumstances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	4	10	bw38	writing-pronouns	ἐλογίσθη & οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ	1		In this verse the pronoun **it** refers to Abraham’s faith, as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “was Abraham’s faith credited … His faith was not in circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	4	10	p5rp	figs-activepassive	πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη	1	It was not in circumcision, but in uncircumcision	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “How then did God credit it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	4	10	wbta	figs-ellipsis	ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ? οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1		Here Paul is leaving out some the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Was it credited being in circumcision, or was it credited being in uncircumcision? It was not credited in circumcision, but it was credited in uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	4	10	zj6b	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ? οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **circumcision** and **uncircumcision**, you could express the same ideas in a different way. Paul implies that Abraham is the subject of these sentences. Alternate translation: “While Abraham was circumcised, or while he was uncircumcised? It was not while he was circumcised, but while he was uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	4	11	unmg	figs-abstractnouns	περιτομῆς & ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ & δι’ ἀκροβυστίας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **circumcision** and **uncircumcision**, you could express the same ideas in a different way. Alternate translation: “of being circumcised … while being uncircumcised … through being uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	4	11	d564	figs-possession	σημεῖον & περιτομῆς	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the sign** that is **circumcision**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the sign that is circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	4	11	rjhr	figs-distinguish	σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1		This phrase gives further information about **the sign of circumcision**. Circumcision is not only a **sign**, but also a **seal**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these clauses clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, a seal of the righteousness of the faith that he had in his uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	4	11	wm54	figs-possession	σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a seal** that proves **the righteousness** to be real. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a seal that proves the righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	4	11	n31z	figs-possession	τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **righteousness** that comes from **faith**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of the righteousness from faith” or “of being right with God that comes from trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	4	11	zlwg	figs-distinguish	τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1		This clause gives further information about **the faith** that Abraham had. Paul is referring to **the faith** that Abraham had before he was circumcised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that Abraham had in his uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	4	11	mob7	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1		Here Paul speaks of **uncircumcision** as if it were a location someone could be **in**. He means that Abraham was in the state of being uncircumcised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while he was uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	4	11	f5vv	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν	1		Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God required Abraham to become circumcised. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that he would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	4	11	ue6v	figs-metaphor	πατέρα πάντων τῶν πιστευόντων δι’ ἀκροβυστίας	1		Paul uses **father** to refer to Abraham as if he physically produced **all those who believe** in God. Paul means that Abraham spiritually represents all uncircumcised non-Jews who trust in God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “the spiritual representative of all those who believe through uncircumcision” or “like the father of all those who believe through uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	4	11	etyl	figs-explicit	δι’ ἀκροβυστίας	1		Here the word translated as **through** refers to going through a time period. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “during uncircumcision” or “throughout the time they were uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	11	hm61	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1		Here, **so that** indicates that this clause could refer to: (1) the purpose of Abraham being **the father of all those who believe**. Alternate translation: “in order that the righteousness would be credited to them” (2) the result of Abraham being **the father of all those who believe**. Alternate translation: “resulting in the righteousness being credited to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	4	11	y88e	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1		See how you translated **counted** in [verses 3–5](../04/03.md) and [9–10](../04/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	4	11	ehib	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “being righteous” or “being right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	4	12	v9bu	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ πατέρα περιτομῆς	1	And he became the father of the circumcision	Here, **and** indicates that what follows is another purpose for God commanding Abraham to be circumcised after he trusted in God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could repeat some of the information from the previous sentence and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “and also so that he would be the father of circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	4	12	u8j3	figs-explicit	πατέρα περιτομῆς & τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1	And he became the father of the circumcision	Paul uses **father of circumcision** to indicate that Abraham is both the physical ancestor and spiritual ancestor of Jewish people. They are both physically circumcised and have the “circumcision of the heart,” which Paul refers to in [2:29](../02/29.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spiritual representative of those who are physically and spiritually circumcised … our spiritual representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	12	krkf	figs-explicit	τοῖς οὐκ ἐκ περιτομῆς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ	1		Paul assumes that his readers will know that these two clauses refer to those Jews who are **not only** circumcised in their bodies, but also have the same **faith** in God that Abraham had before he was circumcised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those Jews who are not only circumcised, but who also follow in the steps of the faith of our father Abraham in uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	12	s9jt	figs-idiom	καὶ τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς & πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ	1	who follow in the steps of faith of our father Abraham	Here, **follow in the steps** is an idiom that means to follow someone’s example. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who follow the example of the faith of our father Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	4	12	btrd	figs-possession	τῆς & πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the faith** that **our father Abraham** had. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of our father Abraham’s faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	4	12	u5ur	figs-exclusive	τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ	1		Here, **our** refers to Paul and his fellow believing Jews, as in [3:9](../03/09.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “of our Jewish father Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	4	12	ykdc	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1		Here, **in uncircumcision** has the same meaning as “through circumcision” stated in the previous verse. See how you translated the phrase there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	13	i6xc	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here gives the reason why Abraham is the spiritual “father” of both non-Jews and Jews, as stated in [verses 11–12](../04/11.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	4	13	e0a3	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἐπαγγελία & τὸ κληρονόμον αὐτὸν εἶναι	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **promise** and **heir**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “God promised … that he would inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	4	13	yqxx	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἢ	1		Here, the world translated **or** indicates that **the promise** is **to Abraham** and **his seed**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	4	13	ew13	figs-metaphor	τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ	1		Here Paul uses **seed** to refer to “offspring.” Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	4	13	ct1f	figs-synecdoche	κόσμου	1		Here **the world** could refer to: (1) all the land of **the world**. Although God had promised to give the land of Canaan to Abraham’s descendants, the Jews in Paul’s time understood that this promise included the whole earth. This will indeed take place when Jesus, a descendent of Abraham, rules over the whole world. Alternate expression: “of all the land in the world” (2) the people who live in the world, as in [3:19](../03/19.md). Alternate translation: “of the people who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM	4	13	pjyt	figs-explicit	οὐ & διὰ νόμου & ἀλλὰ διὰ δικαιοσύνης	1		Here the word translated as **through** indicates the means by which God gave **the promise**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “was not by means of the law but by means of the righteousness” or “was not on the basis of the law but on the basis of the righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	13	kquo	figs-explicit	νόμου	1		See how you translated **the law** in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	13	iqsm	figs-possession	δικαιοσύνης πίστεως	1		See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 11](../04/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	4	14	hba4	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that [verses 14–15](../04/14.md) give the reasons why God’s promise to Abraham was given “through the righteousness of faith” and not “through the law,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing reasons. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	4	14	n0x6	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ & οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι, κεκένωται ἡ πίστις	1		Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the serious implications of how people inherit God’s promises. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “suppose the heirs are from the law, then the faith has been emptied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
ROM	4	14	ksui	figs-abstractnouns	οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι & ἡ πίστις & ἡ ἐπαγγελία	1		See how you translated “heir”, **the law**, and **faith** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	4	14	k4ip	figs-explicit	κληρονόμοι	1		Here, **heirs** refers to “Abraham” and “his seed” from the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the heirs, Abraham or his seed, are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	14	w977	figs-explicit	οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι	1		Here, **from the law** refers to those who try to obey the law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the heirs are those who try to obey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	14	hxvd	figs-metaphor	κεκένωται ἡ πίστις	1		Paul speaks of **faith** as if it were a container that could be emptied. He means that **faith** would become powerless or useless to make a person righteous if simply obeying**the law** allows a person to inherit God’s promises. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “then it would be impossible to become righteous by trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	4	15	v1ow	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that the rest of the verse gives the reason why inheriting God’s promise by obeying the law would nullify faith and the promise, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	4	15	qma4	figs-personification	ὁ & νόμος ὀργὴν κατεργάζεται	1		Here Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a person who could produce something. He means that the **law** causes God to punish people because they cannot obey it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the law results in wrath for those who do not obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	4	15	h1x1	figs-metonymy	ὀργὴν	1		See how you translated the same use of this word in [1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	4	15	px0m	figs-metaphor	οὗ δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν νόμος, οὐδὲ παράβασις	1		Paul speaks of **the law** and **transgression** as if they were located in a specific place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “but where the law is not present, neither is transgression present” or “but in a place where God’s law does not exist, transgression also does not exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	4	15	t0wx	figs-abstractnouns	παράβασις	1		See how you translated the same use of **transgression** in [2:23](../02/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	4	16	defl	figs-explicit	ἐκ πίστεως	1		Here, **it** refers to **the promise** mentioned later in the verse and introduced in [verse 13](../04/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise is by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	16	nchm	figs-explicit	ἐκ πίστεως	1		Here, **by faith** indicates the means by which someone acquires **the promise**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person acquires God’s promise by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	16	bc5k	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God makes **faith** the means for acquiring **the promise**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	4	16	fvax		κατὰ χάριν	1		Alternate translation: “by grace” or “on the basis of grace”
ROM	4	16	cgpq	figs-abstractnouns	χάριν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	4	16	v8it	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ εἶναι βεβαίαν, τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν	1		Here, **so that** could indicate: (1) a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order for the promise to be certain” (2) a result clause. Alternate translation: “with the result that the promise might be certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	4	16	qalp	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν	1		See how you translated **promise** in [verse 13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	4	16	r8ji	grammar-collectivenouns	παντὶ τῷ σπέρματι	1		The phrase **all the seed** is singular but refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “all the descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	4	16	xzsp	figs-metaphor	παντὶ τῷ σπέρματι	1		See how you translated **seed** in [4:13](../04/13.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	4	16	a4ai	figs-distinguish	οὐ τῷ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ	1		These clauses give further information about the phrase **all the seed**. They distinguish between a **seed** associated with **the law** and a **seed** associated with **the faith**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “both from those believers associated with Abraham through the law and those associated with the faith of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	4	16	ns6r	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ νόμου	1	those who are under the law	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 14](../04/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	16	qctv	figs-explicit	ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ	1	those who are under the law	Here, **from the faith of Abraham** refers to those who trust in God the way Abraham did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who has the same faith as Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	16	welr	figs-metaphor	ὅς ἐστιν πατὴρ πάντων ἡμῶν	1		Paul uses **father** to refer to Abraham as if he physically produced all human beings. Paul means that Abraham is the physical ancestor of all believing Jews and the spiritual ancestor of all believing non-Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “who spiritually represents all of us who believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	4	16	kd6g	figs-exclusive	πάντων ἡμῶν	1		Here, **us all** refers to **all the seed** and so is inclusive of all believing Jews and non-Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “of all believers in God” or “of all of us who trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	4	17	nuj8	figs-infostructure	καθὼς γέγραπται, ὅτι πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε	1		Here Paul interrupts the sentence he began in the previous verse and inserts these two clauses in order to support his argument. If it would be helpful in your language, you could mark these clauses in a way that shows they are inserted into the middle of a sentence, as in the UST. You could also move these clauses to the end of the verse so that they do not divide the main sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	4	17	ibwm	figs-explicit	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		Here Paul uses a quotation from the Old Testament in order to support the statement in the previous verse that Abraham “is the father of us all.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between this verse and the previous verse clearer. Alternate translation: “The fact that Abraham is the father of us all is written in the Scriptures, which say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	17	iju4	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	as it is written	See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	4	17	sjm0	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	as it is written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by Moses. Alternate translation: “just as Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	4	17	peaf	figs-quotemarks	πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε	1	I have made you	In this clause Paul quotes [Genesis 17:5](../gen/17/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	4	17	mxm5	writing-pronouns	τέθεικά σε & ἐπίστευσεν	1	I have made you	The pronoun **I** refers to **God**, and **you** and **he** refer to Abraham. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, have appointed you, Abraham, as … Abraham trusted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	4	17	n6l7	figs-metaphor	πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν	1		Paul quotes God using **father** to refer to Abraham as if he were going to physically produce children who would comprise **many nations**. God means that Abraham would become the spiritual ancestor of a large number of people from **many nations** who trust in God as does Abraham. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the spiritual representative of numerous groups of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	4	17	ph37	figs-explicit	κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν Θεοῦ,	1	in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to the dead	Here Paul continues the sentence from the previous verse that he had interrupted with the first two clauses in this verse. This clause completes the previous statement from the previous verse, “who is the father of us all.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. You made need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Abraham is the father of us all in the presence of God whom he trusted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	17	ifwu	figs-metaphor	κατέναντι & Θεοῦ	1		Paul uses **in the presence of** to refer to Abraham as if he were physically present with **God**. Paul means that **God** personally considers Abraham to represent the believers that come from **many nations**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “according to what God thinks” or “in God’s view” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	4	17	s67j	figs-distinguish	οὗ ἐπίστευσεν & τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς, καὶ καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα	1		These clauses give further information about **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer by making new sentences or by another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the God whom he trusted. It is this God who makes the dead live and calls the things not existing as existing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	4	17	tg2e	figs-metaphor	καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα	1		Paul speaks of **the things not existing** as if **God** were calling to them. Paul means that **God** creates things by commanding them to exist, as Moses describes in [Genesis 1:3–27](../gen/01/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “summons into being things that did not previously exist” or “by speaking, creates things that did not previously exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	4	18	emih	writing-pronouns	ὃς & αὐτὸν & σου	1		The pronouns **who** and **he** and **your** refer to Abraham, not God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	4	18	g8fm	figs-idiom	ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν	1	In hope he believed against hope	Here, **against hope** is an idiom meaning “despite what seemed hopeless.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “although it seemed hopeless, he believed on the basis of hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	4	18	auah	figs-abstractnouns	ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “who hopefully believed although it seemed hopeless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	4	18	n62i	figs-ellipsis	ἐπίστευσεν	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “believed in God” or “believed what God had promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	4	18	bs6y	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτὸν	1		Here, **so that** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the result of Abraham believing **on the basis of hope**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “which resulted in him becoming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	4	18	qbdq	figs-metaphor	πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 17](../04/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	4	18	b92q	writing-quotations	τὸ εἰρημένον	1	according to what he had been told	Here Paul uses **what was said** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 15:5](../gen/15/05.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what was said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	4	18	cryi	figs-activepassive	τὸ εἰρημένον	1	according to what he had been told	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was spoken by God. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	4	18	p5el	figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου	1	So will your descendants be	Paul assumes that his readers would know the rest of what God said in the verse he is quoting ([Genesis 15:5](../gen/15/05.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Look now at the heavens and count the stars, if you are able to count them. So will your seed be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	18	i2ev	figs-metaphor	τὸ σπέρμα	1		See how you translated **seed** in [verse 16](../04/16.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	4	19	ycte	figs-infostructure	καὶ μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει, κατενόησεν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα ἤδη νενεκρωμένον, ἑκατονταετής που ὑπάρχων, καὶ τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “He considered his own body as already having died (being about a hundred years old)—and the deadness of the womb of Sarah—but he was not weakening in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	4	19	m9gq	figs-litotes	καὶ μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει	1	Without becoming weak in faith,	Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “And being strengthened in the faith” of "And being strong in the faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ROM	4	19	s6u1	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει	1	Without becoming weak in faith,	Paul speaks of Abraham’s **faith** as if it were something in which a person could be **weakening**. He means that Abraham kept trusting God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not ceasing to trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	4	19	b3w6	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ πίστει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “in how he trusted God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	4	19	bn9k	figs-metaphor	ἤδη νενεκρωμένον	1		Paul speaks of Abraham as if he actually thought his body was **dead**. Paul means that Abraham knew he was too old to produce a child. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “unable to father a child” or “useless for procreating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	4	19	bfsr	writing-background	ἑκατονταετής που ὑπάρχων	1		Here Paul provides background information about Abraham’s age to help his readers understand why Abraham **considered his own body as already being dead**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “since he was about 100 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
ROM	4	19	hro2	figs-ellipsis	τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας	1		Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “he also considered the deadness of the womb of Sarah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	4	19	ghhm	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **deadness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that the womb of Sarah was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	4	19	qil5	figs-metaphor	τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας	1		Paul speaks of Sarah’s **womb** as if it were dead. He means that she was unable to conceive children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “how Sarah was unable to conceive” or “that Sarah could not bear children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	4	19	yx92	figs-explicit	τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας	1		Paul assumes that his readers would know that Sarah had been unable to become pregnant throughout her life, as described in the Old Testament book of Genesis. This fact makes Abraham’s faith even more amazing. If your readers would be unfamiliar with the story of Abraham and Sarah, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the deadness of the womb of Sarah, since she could never become pregnant before” or “the deadness of the womb of Sarah, which had always been dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	20	qn5h	figs-infostructure	εἰς δὲ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not waver in unbelief about what God promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	4	20	kicf	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		**But** here indicates that what follows emphasizes Abraham’s **faith** in **the promise of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Nonetheless," or “In fact,”
ROM	4	20	o3zu	figs-explicit	εἰς & τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The word translated as **toward** could also mean “with regard to” or “regarding.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with regard to the promise of God” or “regarding the promise of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	20	qcod	figs-possession	τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the promise** that comes from **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the promise that came from God” or “the promise from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	4	20	wgmc	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “the things God promised” or “the things God said would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	4	20	ep2z	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1	did not hesitate in unbelief	Here, **did not waver** and **unbelief** form a double negative expression. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “he did not waver in believing” or “his belief did not waver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ROM	4	20	th2x	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ & τῇ πίστει	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **unbelief** and **faith**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “by distrusting … by trusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	4	20	zdj5	figs-activepassive	ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει	1	he was strengthened in faith	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God strengthened him in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	4	20	a4g4	figs-metaphor	ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει	1		Paul speaks of Abraham’s **faith** as if it were something in which a person could be **strengthened**. He means that God enabled Abraham to continue trusting him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was enabled to keep on trusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	4	20	ew3r	figs-abstractnouns	δοὺς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “having glorified God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	4	21	y2sh	figs-activepassive	πληροφορηθεὶς	1	He was fully convinced	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God fully convinced him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	4	21	plbf	writing-pronouns	ἐπήγγελται & ἐστιν	1		The pronoun **he** refers to God, not Abraham. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God had promised, God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	4	21	j12r	writing-pronouns	ὃ ἐπήγγελται	1		Here, **what he had promised** refers to the promise Paul describes in [verse 13](../04/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things God promised to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	4	22	ympp	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ καὶ	1		Here, **therefore** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “And for this reason” or “And this is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	4	22	wlnh	figs-quotemarks	ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1		This clause is a quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../gen/15/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	4	22	i56a	figs-activepassive	ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness	See how you translated this in [verse 3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	4	23	zdc0	figs-infostructure	οὐκ ἐγράφη & δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον, ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ	1	Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases and combine them. Alternate translation: “Now the phrase ‘it was credited to him,’ was not written only for his sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	4	23	r65c	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν & αὐτῷ	1	only for his benefit	The pronouns **his** and **him** refer to Abraham. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham’s … to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	4	23	bfiw	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἐγράφη & δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Moses wrote the quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses did not write it only for Abraham’s sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	4	23	bmlm		δι’ αὐτὸν	1		Alternate translation: “for him” or “regarding him”
ROM	4	23	ae1u	figs-quotemarks	ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ,	1		This clause is a quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../gen/15/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	4	23	jft0	figs-activepassive	ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ	1		See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	4	24	pfc9	figs-exclusive	δι’ ἡμᾶς, οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	for us	Here, **our** and **whom** refer to all **those who believe** in **Jesus**. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “for the sake us believers who are about to be credited, to us who believe in the one who raised from the dead ones Jesus, the Lord of us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	4	24	ffdm		δι’ ἡμᾶς	1		See how you translated “for his sake” in the previous verse.
ROM	4	24	nh4k	figs-activepassive	οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι	1	also for us, for whom it will be counted, we who believe	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Paul implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “to whom God is about to credit it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	4	24	bu1m	writing-pronouns	μέλλει	1		Here the pronoun **it** refers to the “faith” mentioned in [verses 5](../04/05) and [20](../04/20). Previously **it** referred to Abraham’s faith, but in this verse **it** refers to **our** faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “our faith is about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	4	24	mujr		λογίζεσθαι	1		See how you translated **credited** in the previous verse.
ROM	4	24	artt	figs-explicit	τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		This clause refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who raised Jesus our Lord from the dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	4	24	i6vl	figs-idiom	ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν	1		Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who caused Jesus our Lord to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	4	24	iq69	figs-idiom	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		Here, the phrase translated **the dead ones** refers to dead people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where dead people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	4	25	irue	writing-pronouns	ὃς & ἡμῶν & τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν	1		Here the pronoun **who** refers to Jesus, and **our** refers to all “those who believe” in him, as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus … we believers’ … the justification of us believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	4	25	cca1	figs-activepassive	ὃς παρεδόθη & ἠγέρθη	1	who was delivered up for our trespasses and was raised for our justification	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “whom God gave up … God raised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	4	25	b999	figs-metaphor	ὃς παρεδόθη	1		Paul speaks of Jesus as if he were a thing that could be **given up** to another person. Paul means that God allowed people to arrest and kill Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “who was allowed to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	4	25	op41	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν & διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **trespasses** and **justification**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because we trespassed … to make us righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	4	25	imvc	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν	1		Here Paul uses **for the sake of** differently than he did in [verses 23–24](../04/23.md). Here Paul uses this phrase to indicate the reason why Jesus **was given up**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because of our trespasses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	4	25	gmbd	figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη	1		See how you translated **raised** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	4	25	hzop	grammar-connect-logic-goal	διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν	1		Here Paul uses **for the sake of** differently than he did in the first part of this verse. Here Paul uses this phrase to indicate one of the purposes for Jesus being **raised**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of our justification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	5	intro	i1dt			0		# Romans 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)<br>    * God’s righteousness is received through faith (3:21–26)<br>    * No one can boast in works (3:27–31)<br>    * The examples of Abraham and David (4:1–25)<br>    * The blessings of justification (5:1–11)<br>    * Adam and Christ are compared (5:12–5:21)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The second Adam<br><br>Adam was the first man. He was created by God and called the first “son” of God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. In this chapter Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” and the true son of God. Jesus brings eternal life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Inclusive language<br><br>In this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Paul calls these people those who have been “justified by faith” in [verse 1](../05/01.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	5	1	age4	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		The word **Therefore** here marks a new section of the letter. It also introduces a result clause that summarizes the blessed results of a person becoming righteous by trusting in Jesus, which Paul just discussed in [1:18](../01/18.md)–[4:25](../04/25.md). Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “Since all these things are true” or “As a result of everything that I have just told you being true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	5	1	xmp3	grammar-connect-logic-result	δικαιωθέντες & ἐκ πίστεως, εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “let us have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, because we have been justified by faith” or “we can have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, since we have been justified by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	5	1	xott	figs-activepassive	δικαιωθέντες	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “because God makes us righteous” or “since God makes us right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	5	1	wbwx	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ πίστεως	1		See how you translated this phrase in [4:16](../04/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	1	ldru	translate-textvariants	εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν	1		Some ancient copies say “we have peace,” which makes sense, since [verses 1–5](../05/01.md) are a list of blessings that belong to those people who have been **justified by faith**. If the reading **let us have peace** is correct, this phrase may be indicating Paul’s desire that his fellow believers continue to experience the peace they have with God. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the readings of ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ROM	5	1	kjpb	figs-imperative	ἔχωμεν	1		Paul uses the phrase **let us have peace** to exhort his Christian readers to continue living peacefully with God. It is not a command. This phrase does not imply that those who have been **justified by faith** do not yet have peace with God. Use a form in your language that communicates an exhortation. Alternate translation: “we must continue to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ROM	5	1	hi12	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	1	o2yr	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν	1		Paul speaks of these people as if they could possess or own **peace**. He means that they can live peacefully with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “let us live in a peaceful manner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	5	1	s6xd	figs-exclusive	ἔχωμεν & ἡμῶν	1	we … our	Here and throughout this chapter, **us** and **our** inclusively refer to all those **having been justified by faith** in Jesus. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “let us believers have … our” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	5	1	xaeg	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, **through** indicates that **our Lord Jesus Christ** is the means by which believers have **peace with God**. This refers to what Jesus did for believers in order for them to have **peace with God**, as briefly mentioned in [4:25](../04/25.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through what our Lord Jesus Christ did for us” or “which was caused by our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	5	2	slyh	figs-abstractnouns	δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **access**, **faith**, or **grace**, you could express the same ideas another way. Alternate translation: “through whom we also access and stand in how gracious God is by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	2	tsbo	writing-pronouns	οὗ	1		The pronoun **whom** refers to “our Lord Jesus Christ,” as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	5	2	i50u	figs-exclusive	καὶ & ἐσχήκαμεν & ἑστήκαμεν & καυχώμεθα	1		The pronoun **we** in this verse refers inclusively to all believers in Christ. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “we believers also have … we believers stand … we believers boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	5	2	af0n	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν	1		Paul speaks of **grace** as if it were a location that someone could access and stand within. He means that trusting in Jesus allows believers to confidently experience how gracious God is toward his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “to confidently experience how kind God is” or “to safely experience how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	5	2	dxcu	figs-abstractnouns	καυχώμεθα ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **hope** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “we may boast because we are confident that we will be glorified with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	2	zp5p	figs-possession	τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using possessive forms to describe how **glory** relates to **God**. This could refer to: (1) the glory that God shares with believers. This was the same glory that God shared with humans when he created them, but which they lost when the first humans sinned, as mentioned in [3:23](../03/23.md). Alternate translation: “of sharing in the glory God has” or “of the glory from God” (2) glorifying God, as in the similar phrase “the glory of the imperishable God” in [1:23](../01/23.md). Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	5	3	q5p7	writing-pronouns	οὐ μόνον δέ	1	Not only this	The pronoun **this** here refers to boasting about “the hope of the glory of God,” as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And we not only boast on the basis of the hope of the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	5	3	c644	figs-metaphor	καὶ καυχώμεθα ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν	1		Here, **in our sufferings** could mean: (1) believers can **boast** about their **sufferings**. Alternate translation: “we can also boast about our sufferings” (2) believers can boast while they are experiencing **sufferings**. Alternate translation: “we can also boast when we are distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	5	3	xeak	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδότες	1		Here, **knowing** indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse are the reasons why believers can **boast in our sufferings**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing reasons. Alternate translation: “since we know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	5	3	c0rl	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν & ἡ θλῖψις & ὑπομονὴν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sufferings**, **suffering**, and **endurance**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “when we suffer … when we suffer, it … a way to endure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	3	lo57	figs-metaphor	ἡ θλῖψις ὑπομονὴν κατεργάζεται	1		Paul speaks of **endurance** as if it were an object that could be produced. He means that when Christians trust in God while **suffering**, they develop greater **endurance** than they had before experiencing **suffering**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “this suffering helps us know how to endure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	5	4	w7c2	figs-ellipsis	ἡ δὲ ὑπομονὴ δοκιμήν, ἡ δὲ δοκιμὴ ἐλπίδα	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and endurance produces character, and this character produces hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	5	4	dt8w	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ & ὑπομονὴ	1		See how you translated **endurance** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	4	gjvh	figs-abstractnouns	δοκιμήν, ἡ δὲ δοκιμὴ	1		The word translated **character** refers specifically to the mental and moral qualities of someone who has been approved by God because they have successfully endured testing. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **character**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “qualities of which God approves, and the approved qualities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	4	eh9c	figs-abstractnouns	ἐλπίδα	1		See how you translated **hope** in [verse 2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	5	u4xh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει, ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “And because the love of God has been poured into our hearts through the Holy Spirit, who has been given to us, that hope does not disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	5	5	rctz	figs-explicit	ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς	1		Here, **that hope** refers to "the hope of the glory of God" in [verse 2](../05/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And being confident in God’s glory” or “And the hope of the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	5	5	qka8	figs-metaphor	ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν	1	because the love of God has been poured into our hearts	Paul speaks of **love** as if it were something that could be **poured** out of a container, and he speaks figurative of **our hearts** as though they were containers that could be filled. He means that the Holy Spirit has completely revealed to God’s people how much God loves them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “because the Holy Spirit, who was given to us, has deeply revealed how much God loves his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	5	5	dc95	figs-activepassive	ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, whom God gave us, has poured the love of God into our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	5	5	clmb	figs-possession	ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **love** relates to **God**. Here, **the love of God** could refer to: (1) God’s love for us. Alternate translation: “God’s love” or “God’s love for us” (2) our love for God. Alternate translation: “our love for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	5	5	glt1	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν	1		See how you translated this word in [1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	5	6	x5eg	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	we	**For** here indicates that what follows in [verses 6–8](../05/06.md) explains “the love of God” in [verse 5](../05/05.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	5	6	a7s7	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ἔτι & ὄντων ἡμῶν ἀσθενῶν	1		In this clause Paul is describing something that was true during the time period he is describing in the rest of the verse. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “during the time we were still being weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
ROM	5	6	xqr3	figs-explicit	ἔτι & ὄντων ἡμῶν ἀσθενῶν	1		Here, **weak** means that people are completely unable to make themselves righteous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we still being powerless to make ourselves righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	5	6	xl85	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ ἀσεβῶν	1		Here, **ungodly ones** refers to the **we** mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on behalf of us ungodly ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	5	7	o92c	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here,**For** introduces an explanation, by contrast, of how surprising it is that Christ would die on behalf of ungodly sinners, as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	5	7	h089	figs-hypo	μόλις γὰρ & τις ἀποθανεῖται & γὰρ & τάχα τις	1		Paul uses **someone** twice in this verse in two hypothetical situations. He does this to help his readers recognize how rare it is for someone to voluntarily die on behalf of another person. Use the natural form in your language for expressing hypothetical situations. Alternate translation: “Let us consider how rare it would be for someone to die … Let us, though, suppose that perhaps someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
ROM	5	7	x60d	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	γὰρ & τάχα τις	2		What follows the word **though** here is in contrast to what Paul stated in the previous sentence. Although **someone will hardly die** for **a righteous person**, **someone** might possibly be willing to die for a **good person**. Although Paul does not state the difference between **a righteous person** and **a good person**, he contrasts both examples to emphasize how unlikely it is for a person to willingly die on behalf of another person. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast, perhaps someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM	5	7	mqyq	figs-metaphor	καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν	1		Paul speaks of dying as if it were a **dare** or challenge for **someone** to overcome. He means that **someone** would be brave enough to give their life for the sake of someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “might even be willing to die” or “would even be brave enough to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	5	8	qh0h	figs-rpronouns	ἑαυτοῦ	1		Paul uses the word **his own** to emphasize how much **God** loves his people. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “his very own” or “his personal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ROM	5	8	vh6y	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀγάπην εἰς ἡμᾶς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much God loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	8	c8vd	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν	1		In this clause Paul is describing something that was true during the time period he is describing in the rest of the verse. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “during the time we were still being sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
ROM	5	8	fel5	figs-infostructure	ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν, Χριστὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀπέθανεν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation (omitting the preceding comma): “Christ died for us while we were still being sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	5	9	vnxd	grammar-connect-logic-result	πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον	1		Here, **then** indicates that what follows is the result of what Paul described in [verses 6–8](../05/06.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “Much more, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	5	9	tewt	grammar-connect-words-phrases	πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον	1		**Much more then** here strongly emphasizes that what follows is another important result of what Christ did for us. Use a natural way in your language to express strong emphasis. Alternate translation: “It is then much more certain that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	5	9	zp4v	grammar-connect-logic-result	δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ	1		This clause states the reason why **we** can be **much more** certain that **we will be saved**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because we have now been justified by his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	5	9	x9yi	figs-activepassive	δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express these ideas with active forms or in other ways that are natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his blood having now justified us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	5	9	nvs3	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ	1	blood	See how you translated **his blood** in [3:25](../03/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	5	9	jbaz	figs-activepassive	σωθησόμεθα δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express these ideas with active forms or in other ways that are natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	5	9	bev3	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ὀργῆς	1	his wrath	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **the wrath**, you could use a different expression. Here, **the wrath** refers specifically to “the day of wrath”, which is mentioned in [2:5](../02/05.md). Alternate translation: “when God finally judges sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	10	wply	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **For** introduces an explanation of what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	5	10	mz06	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ & ἐχθροὶ ὄντες	1		Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since, being enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	5	10	rnc5	figs-activepassive	κατηλλάγημεν τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	we were reconciled to God through the death of his Son	If your language does not use passive forms in this way, you could express these ideas with active forms or in other ways that are natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the death of his Son reconciled us to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	5	10	cu3c	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	Son	**Son** is an important title for Jesus, the **Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
ROM	5	10	o1m6	grammar-connect-words-phrases	πολλῷ μᾶλλον	1		Here, **much more** strongly emphasizes that what follows is an important result of **having been reconciled** with **God**. See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “it is much more certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	5	10	n817	figs-activepassive	καταλλαγέντες	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea with an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he having reconciled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	5	10	e4ug	grammar-connect-logic-result	καταλλαγέντες	1		This clause states the reason why **we** can be **much more** certain that **we will be saved**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because we have been reconciled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	5	10	tmxf	figs-activepassive	σωθησόμεθα ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea with an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his life will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	5	10	gcto	figs-ellipsis	σωθησόμεθα	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the similar statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “when God finally judges people, we will be saved ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	5	10	eeo4	figs-explicit	τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ	1		Here **life** implies the **life** that Jesus has after God made him alive again. This resurrection **life** showed that God had accepted Jesus’ death as the payment for the sins of everyone who trusts in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ life after God caused him to become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	5	10	b3z4	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “him being alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	11	a0vk	writing-pronouns	οὐ μόνον δέ	1		The pronoun **this** could refer to: (1) what Paul said in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Not only are we saved by his life, but” (2) what Paul said in [verses 2–10](../05/02.md). Alternate translation: “Not only are all these things true, but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	5	11	zp36	figs-metaphor	καὶ καυχώμενοι ἐν τῷ Θεῷ	1		Paul speaks of these people as if they were boasting inside of God. Paul means that these believers in Christ **boast** about how great God is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “we also are boasting about how great God is” or “we also are boasting because of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	5	11	uukm	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, **through** indicates that **our Lord Jesus Christ** is the means by which believers can boast. This refers to what Jesus did for believers in order for them to be able to boast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through what our Lord Jesus Christ did for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	5	11	r0zj	figs-explicit	δι’ οὗ νῦν τὴν καταλλαγὴν ἐλάβομεν	1		Here, **through** indicates that Jesus is the means by which believers **have received the reconciliation**. This refers to what Jesus did for believers in order for them to have peace with God, as briefly mentioned in [4:25](../04/25.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through what he did for us that caused us to receive the reconciliation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	5	11	xjes	figs-abstractnouns	νῦν τὴν καταλλαγὴν ἐλάβομεν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **reconciliation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “we have now been reconciled with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	12	hjx4	grammar-connect-words-phrases	διὰ τοῦτο	1		The phrase **For this reason** indicates that what follows in [verses 12–21](../05/12.md) is Paul’s explanation of the relationship between human **sin** and God’s grace. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	5	12	wf9f	figs-metaphor	ὥσπερ δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος; καὶ οὕτως εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὁ θάνατος διῆλθεν	1	through one man sin entered … death entered through sin	Here Paul speaks of **sin** and **death** as if they were objects that could enter a place or spread within people. Paul means that the way God intended for **the world** and human beings to function became thoroughly corrupted by **sin** and **death**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “just as through one man sin began to exist in the world, and that sin would result in that man’s death, so also all men born after that man would die too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	5	12	pa8s	figs-explicit	δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου	1		Paul uses the phrase **one man** to refer to Adam, the first human being. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in [verse14](../05/14.md). Alternate translation: “through the first man, Adam,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	5	12	smc2	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἁμαρτία & τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος; καὶ οὕτως & ὁ θάνατος	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sin** and **death**, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “sinful things … sinful things, living things could die, so also the ability to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	12	uxcs	figs-ellipsis	διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and through sin death entered into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	5	12	xhbv	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπους	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	5	12	jy25	writing-pronouns	ἐφ’ ᾧ πάντες ἥμαρτον	1		Here the pronoun **which** could refer to: (1) the fact that Paul states in the next phrase. Alternate translation: “because of this fact, namely, that all sinned” (2) the **one man** mentioned earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “because of the one man, all sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	5	12	si2i	figs-nominaladj	πάντες	1		Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all men” or “all humanity” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM	5	13	at4i	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that what follows in [verses 13–14](../05/13.md) explains what came before it. Here it explains how death and **sin** existed before the **law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	5	13	e6bx	figs-ellipsis	ἄχρι γὰρ νόμου & μὴ ὄντος νόμου	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “For until the law came … as that was when there was no law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	5	13	abjg	grammar-collectivenouns	νόμου & νόμου	1		In this verse **law** refers to the laws that God gave the Jews. See how you translated **law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	5	13	v51t	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτία & ἁμαρτία	1		See how you translated **sin** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	13	uyd4	figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ	1		Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were an object that could exist in a place. Paul means that people sinned **in the world** before God gave his laws to Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people sinned in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	5	13	juq7	figs-activepassive	ἁμαρτία & οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται	2	but there is no accounting for sin when there is no law	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God did not charge them with sinning” or “God did not reckon it as sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	5	13	izno		ἁμαρτία & οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται	2		Alternate translation: “a record of sin is not kept” or “no account is kept of sins”
ROM	5	13	v5l9	grammar-connect-logic-result	μὴ ὄντος νόμου	1		Here, **being** could indicate: (1) the reason why **sin is not charged**. Alternate translation: “because there was no law” (2) the time when **sin is not charged**. Alternate translation: “when there was no law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	5	13	j04c	figs-explicit	μὴ ὄντος νόμου	1		Here, **no law** implies that God had not yet given people his laws that could help them identify what sin is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “being no law to identify to people what sin is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	5	14	bd3q	figs-personification	ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωϋσέως, καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς	1	death ruled from Adam until Moses	Here Paul speaks of **death** as if it were a king who **ruled** **over** people. Paul means that nobody could prevent themselves from dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no human from Adam until Moses could escape dying, even those” or “human life from Adam until Moses inevitably ended in death, even the lives of those” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	5	14	u66m	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ θάνατος	1		See how you translated **death** in [verse 12](../05/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	14	pdrh	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωϋσέως	1		Here, **Adam** refers to the period of time when Adam lived and **Moses** refers to the period of time when **Moses** lived. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the time when Adam lived until the time when Moses lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	5	14	w24g	figs-distinguish	καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μὴ ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ	1		This phrase gives further information about over whom **death ruled**. It is not making a distinction between those who lived during the time of **Adam** and **Moses**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “even over the people who did not disobey God in the same way as did Adam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	5	14	skns	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ, ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **likeness**, **transgression**, and **pattern**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the same way that Adam transgressed, who typifies the one who is coming” or “exactly how Adam transgressed, who resembles the one who is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	14	k2w7	figs-possession	ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the likeness** relates to the **transgression**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “like Adam’s transgression” or “in the same way Adam transgressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	5	14	e4ze	figs-metaphor	Ἀδάμ, ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος	1		Paul speaks of **Adam** as if he were a model or **pattern**. Paul means that **Adam**’s role is similar to the role of **the one who is coming** because both people do things that affect all human beings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Adam, who is a replica of the one who is coming” or “Adam, who models the one who is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	5	14	mu4s	figs-explicit	τοῦ μέλλοντος	1		The phrase **the one who is coming** refers to Jesus. Paul means that Adam represents the ideal human being, Jesus, who would come in the future. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “representing Jesus, who would come in the future” or “prefiguring Jesus, who was destined to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	5	15	x37x	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ παράπτωμα & τὸ χάρισμα & τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι & ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **trespass**, **gracious gift**, **grace**, and **gift**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how Adam trespassed … what God graciously gave … when the one man trespassed … how gracious God is and what he graciously gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	15	ieb0	figs-infostructure	οὐχ ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “the gracious gift is not like the trespass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	5	15	sful	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, it introduces an explanation of the difference between the **trespass** and the **gracious gift**. Use a connection word or other way to indicate that the second sentence of this verse explains the first one. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “You see,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	5	15	yxej	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1		Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that the benefits of **the gracious gift** are superior to the consequences of **the trespass**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	5	15	kdhb	figs-possession	τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the trespass** that was committed by the **one** man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “by one man’s trespass” or “because one man trespassed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	5	15	e9me	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πολλοὶ & τοὺς πολλοὺς	1		Here Paul is using the adjective **many** as a noun in order to describe a large group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM	5	15	h6c3	grammar-connect-words-phrases	πολλῷ μᾶλλον	1		Here, **how much more** strongly emphasizes the difference between the results of **the trespass** of Adam and the **grace of God** that comes through **Jesus Christ**. Use a natural way in your language to express strong emphasis. Alternate translation: “even more certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	5	15	tfhj	figs-infostructure	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι, τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “abounded to the many the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	5	15	ejxz	figs-possession	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that comes from **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “God’s grace” or “the grace from God” or “how kind God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	5	15	wn36	figs-possession	τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the grace** that comes from **the one man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from the one man” or “associated with the one man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	5	16	ns9a	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ οὐχ ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος, τὸ δώρημα; τὸ μὲν γὰρ κρίμα ἐξ ἑνὸς, εἰς κατάκριμα, τὸ δὲ χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “Indeed, because the judgment came from one man unto condemnation, but the gift came from many trespasses unto justification. This is why the gift is not the same as through the one man who sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	5	16	rmpt	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ δώρημα & τὸ δὲ χάρισμα	1		See how you translated these two phrases in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	16	ok2k	figs-ellipsis	ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the same as what came through one who sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	5	16	muum	figs-explicit	ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος	1		Here, **one who sinned** refers to Adam, as mentioned in [verses 12–15](../05/12.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Adam, the one who sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	5	16	ub9s	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ & κρίμα	2		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	16	eusx	figs-explicit	ἐξ ἑνὸς	1		Here, **one** refers to the **one** sin Adam committed. It does not refer to Adam himself, as the previous **one** does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from Adam’s trespass” or “from the sin Adam committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	5	16	xza3	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐξ ἑνὸς	1		Here, **from one** could indicate: (1) that **the judgment** happened after the **one** trespass. Alternate translation: “after one” (2) that **the judgment** happened because of the **one** trespass. Alternate translation: “because of one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	5	16	t4t8	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κατάκριμα & παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **condemnation**, **trespasses**, and **justification**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to cause God to condemn … sinful deeds people have done, to cause God to justify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	16	s82t	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς κατάκριμα	1		Here, **to** indicates that was follows is the result of God’s **judgment**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation (omitting the comma): “to the resulting condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	5	16	m5k4	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων	1		Here, **from many trespasses** could indicate: (1) that **the gracious gift** happened after **many trespasses**. Alternate translation: “after many trespasses” (2) that **the gracious gift** happened because of **many trespasses**. Alternate translation: “because of many trespasses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	5	16	jarb	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς δικαίωμα	1		Here, **to** indicates that was follows is the result of God’s **gracious gift**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “to the resulting justification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	5	17	n5zx	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, it introduces a further explanation of the difference between the trespass and the gracious gift, as discussed in [verses15–16](../05/15.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	5	17	mhtc	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1		Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that the benefits of **the gift** are superior to the consequences of **the trespass**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	5	17	lcyd	figs-possession	τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 15](../05/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	5	17	whbf	figs-nominaladj	τοῦ ἑνὸς & τοῦ ἑνός & τοῦ ἑνὸς	1		See how you translated the first occurrence of **one** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM	5	17	yvq5	figs-abstractnouns	τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι, ὁ θάνατος & τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης & ἐν ζωῇ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because the one man trespassed, the fact that people die … how abundantly kind God is and how he makes people righteous … by living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	17	kz6z	figs-personification	ὁ θάνατος ἐβασίλευσεν	1	death ruled	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 14](../05/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	5	17	mtr9	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦ ἑνός	1	death ruled	Here, **through** indicates that **the one** is the reason why **death ruled**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because of the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	5	17	lf7t	grammar-connect-words-phrases	πολλῷ μᾶλλον	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verses 10](../05/10.md) and [15](../05/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	5	17	hfvt	figs-infostructure	ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν, διὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ.	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “through the one man Jesus Christ will … rule in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	5	17	xy6h	figs-metaphor	οἱ & ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν	1		Paul speaks of these people as if they were kings who **rule** in a location called **life**. This could mean: (1) they will have control over their sinful desires while physically alive. Alternate translation: “will those … have control over their sinfulness while alive” (2) they **will rule** with **Jesus Christ** while living eternally. Alternative translation: “will those … rule and live eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	5	17	nr25	figs-distinguish	οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες	1		This clause describes the people who will **rule in life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “those who receive the abundance of the grace and the gift of the righteousness as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	5	17	fodc	figs-possession	οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος & λαμβάνοντες	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **abundance** that relates to **grace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “those who receive God’s abundant grace” or “those who experience how abundantly gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	5	17	o8c3	figs-possession	τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **righteousness** is a **gift**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the gift, which is that of being made righteous,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	5	17	ehbk	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, **through** indicates that **the one, Jesus Christ** is the reason why his people will **rule in life**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because of the one, Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	5	17	uifs	figs-explicit	τοῦ ἑνὸς, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		The phrase **the one, Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did for believers in order for them to **rule in life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what the one, Jesus Christ has done for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	5	18	e7cq	figs-ellipsis	ἄρα οὖν ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς παραπτώματος, εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς κατάκριμα, οὕτως καὶ δι’ ἑνὸς δικαιώματος, εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς δικαίωσιν ζωῆς	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “So then, as one man trespassed and this trespass caused all men to become condemned, so also one man acted righteously and this act caused all men to become justified for living eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	5	18	mccf	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἄρα οὖν	1		**So then** indicates that what follows in [verses 18–21](../05/18.md) summarizes the ideas of [verses 12–17](../05/12.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a clearer expression. Alternate translation: “Finally” or “In summary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	5	18	sfwg	grammar-connect-logic-result	δι’ & δι’	1		See how you translated **through** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	5	18	z0jq	figs-abstractnouns	παραπτώματος & κατάκριμα & δικαίωσιν	1		See how you translated **trespass**, **condemnation**, and **justification** in [verse 16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	18	n8pr	figs-gendernotations	πάντας ἀνθρώπους	-1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See how your translated **all men** in [verse 12](../05/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	5	18	bcm2	figs-possession	δικαίωσιν ζωῆς	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **justification** relates to **life**. This could mean: (1) **justification** that leads to **life**. Alternate translation: “justification that brings eternal life” (2) **justification** that is **life**. Alternate translation: “justification, which is eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	5	18	bmey	figs-explicit	ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to “eternal life.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” or “for living forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	5	19	hj69	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	5	19	sjek	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὥσπερ & οὕτως καὶ	1		See how you translated the similar connective words **just as** and **so also** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	5	19	rgji	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ & διὰ	1		See how you translated **through** in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	5	19	z8r8	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς παρακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου & τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **disobedience** and **obedience**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. You may need to supply an object for the verbs, such as “God” or “God’s command.” Alternate translation: “the one man disobeying God … the one man obeying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	19	qpsm	figs-explicit	τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου	1		Here, **the one man** refers to “Adam.” See how you translated the similar use of **one man** in [verse 12](../05/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	5	19	q8lj	figs-activepassive	διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, ἁμαρτωλοὶ κατεστάθησαν οἱ πολλοί	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the disobedience of the one man caused the many to become sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	5	19	huig	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πολλοί	-1		See how you translated **the many** in [verse 15](../05/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM	5	19	px2r	figs-nominaladj	ἁμαρτωλοὶ	1		See how you translated **sinners** in [verse 8](../05/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM	5	19	bhra	figs-activepassive	διὰ τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς, δίκαιοι κατασταθήσονται οἱ πολλοί	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the obedience of the one caused the many to become righteous ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	5	19	haks	figs-explicit	τοῦ ἑνὸς	2		Here, **the one** refers to “Jesus Christ.” See how you translated the third occurrence of **the one ** in [verse 17](../05/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	5	20	lah6	grammar-collectivenouns	νόμος	1		See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	5	20	w958	figs-personification	παρεισῆλθεν	1	the law came in	The word translated **slipped in** can refer to sneaking in unnoticed, as in [Jude 1:4](../jud/01/04.md). Paul may be stressing how the coming of **the law** was like an unwelcome person secretly intruding at some location. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “intruded like a person sneaking in unnoticed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	5	20	ttcw	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ παράπτωμα & ἡ ἁμαρτία & ἡ χάρις	1		See how you translated **trespass** in [verses 15–18](../05/15.md), **sin** in [verses 12–13](../05/12.md), and **grace** in [verses 15](../05/15.md) and [17](../05/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	20	relk	figs-metaphor	πλεονάσῃ τὸ παράπτωμα & ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία, ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις	1		Paul speaks of **the trespass**, **sin**, and **grace** as if they were objects that could increase in amount. He means that the power or influence of these concepts expanded throughout humanity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the trespass might be more evident … sin became more evident, the grace became even more obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	5	20	wbh3	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα πλεονάσῃ τὸ παράπτωμα	1		This clause could refer to: (1) one of God’s purposes for giving **the law**. Alternate translation: “in order to increase the trespass” (2) the result of God giving **the law**. Alternate translation (with preceding comma): “resulting in the trespass increasing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	5	20	godn	figs-metaphor	οὗ	1		Here Paul uses **where** to refer to **sin** and **grace** as if they were located somewhere. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	5	21	ycy7	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		The phrase **so that** here introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God caused grace to abound, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	5	21	ymxy	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὥσπερ & οὕτως καὶ	1		See how you translated **just as** and **so also** in the [verse 19](../05/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	5	21	leu9	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ & ἡ χάρις & δικαιοσύνης & ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		See how you translated **sin** and **grace** in the previous verse, **death** and **righteousness** in [verse 17](../05/17.md), and **eternal life** in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	5	21	wmy8	figs-personification	ἐβασίλευσεν ἡ ἁμαρτία	1	as sin ruled in death	Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a king ruling over people. Paul means that everyone was controlled by their sinful desires. While death **ruled** in [verse 14](../05/14.md), **sin ruled** after God gave the law. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone was controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	5	21	wuh2	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ	1	as sin ruled in death	Here, **in death** could refer to: (1) the location in which **sin ruled**. Alternate translation: “in the place where death exists” (2) the means by which **sin ruled**. Alternate translation: “by means of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	5	21	kc21	figs-personification	χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης	1	as sin ruled in death	Here Paul speaks of **grace** as if it were a king ruling over people. Paul means that God’s **grace** allows people to become righteous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “how gracious God is might make people become righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	5	21	bk72	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ & διὰ	1		See how you translated **through** in the [verses 17–19](../05/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	5	21	c9nj	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		Here, **to** indicates that was follows is the result of God’s **grace** ruling **through righteousness**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “resulted in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	5	21	axr9	figs-explicit	Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1		The phrase **Jesus Christ our Lord** refers to what Jesus did for believers in order for them to have **eternal life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what Jesus Christ our Lord has done for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	6	intro	v522			0		# Romans 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)<br>    * Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14)<br>    * Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Slavery<br><br>In this chapter Paul frequently uses the metaphor of the relationship between slaves and their masters. He speaks figuratively of people who live sinfully as if they were slaves to sin and the death it causes ([6:6](../06/06.md), [16–17](../06/16.md), [20](../06/20.md)). He also speaks figuratively of Christians as if God has freed them from being enslaved to sin and has himself or righteousness as their master ([6:18](../06/18.md), [22](../06/22.md)). Because Christians are no longer controlled by their desire to sin, they should instead serve God and live in a way that glorifies him ([6:12–14](../06/12.md), [19](../06/19.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/servant]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>In [verses 1–3](../06/01.md), [15–16](../06/15.md), and [21](../06/21.md) Paul uses rhetorical questions in order to answer objections that people might make about what he is saying.<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Inclusive language<br><br>In this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Paul calls these people those who have been “baptized into Christ Jesus” in [verse 3](../06/03.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	6	1	fxgw	grammar-connect-logic-result	τί οὖν	1		Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous chapter, especially what he said in [5:20](../05/20.md). See how you translated **What then** in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	6	1	pvg3	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ?	1	What then will we say? Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound?	In this verse Paul is not asking for information, but is using a question to address rumors some people may have been spreading that misrepresent his teachings. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation or communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then we will say that we should continue in the sin so that the grace might increase!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	6	1	t8tl	figs-quotemarks	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ?	1	we say	In this verse and the first part of the next verse, Paul is speaking as if he were a Christian who misunderstood what Paul had taught in the previous chapter. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	6	1	fj9e	figs-exclusive	ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν	1	we say	Here, **we** includes all those of whom Paul spoke as those “who were baptized into Christ Jesus,” as mentioned in [6:3](../06/03.md), so **we** is inclusive of all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	6	1	ngpt	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ & ἡ χάρις	1		See how you translated **sin** and **grace** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	6	1	sa16	figs-metaphor	ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ	1		Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a location. He is referring to the idea of people continuing to live sinfully after they have become Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Should we continue to live sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	6	1	ju6f	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ	1		Paul speaks here of **grace** as if it were an object that could **increase** in amount, as he also does in [5:20](../05/20.md). He is referring to the idea of Christians experiencing the power or influence of **grace** in their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “so that we can experience more grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	6	1	f5qt	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ	1		The phrase **so that** here introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the supposed purpose for which someone would **sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order to increase the grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	6	2	e82n	figs-explicit	μὴ γένοιτο	1		In this verse Paul responds to the rhetorical questions he wrote in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	6	2	pa6g	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1		See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM	6	2	wvhg	figs-rquestion	οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ?	1		Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We who died to sin surely cannot still live in it!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	6	2	rgte	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ?	1		Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a location where Christians could live or die. Here, **died to sin** refers to the idea that Christians are no longer controlled by their sinful desires. By contrast, **live in** sin means to continue being controlled by sinful desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “We who are no longer controlled by our desire to sin, how could we still live as though we are controlled by that desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	6	3	wwaw	figs-rquestion	ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ὅτι ὅσοι ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν?	1		Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely know that as many as were baptized into Christ Jesus were baptized into his death!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	6	3	wh26	figs-ellipsis	ὅσοι	1		Paul is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as many people as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	6	3	yy94	figs-activepassive	ὅσοι ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as many people as someone baptized into Christ Jesus someone also baptized into his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	6	3	bd11	figs-metaphor	ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν	1		Paul speaks of **Christ Jesus** and **his death** as if they were locations into which someone could be **baptized**. Here, **into Christ Jesus** refers to being united with **Christ Jesus**, and **into his death** refers to sharing in the spiritual benefits of **his death**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of these two phrases plainly. Alternative translation: “were baptized are united with Christ Jesus and also share in the benefits of his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	6	3	tcve	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν θάνατον	1		See how you translated **death** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	6	4	m43r	grammar-connect-logic-result	συνετάφημεν οὖν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “We were buried, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	6	4	f4va	figs-metaphor	συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ	1	We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death	Paul speaks of Christians as if they **were buried** with Jesus when they were baptized. Paul mentions burial because it emphasizes that Jesus did indeed die. Here he means that Christians are indeed united with Christ’s **death** and share in its spiritual benefits. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “We are indeed united, then, with Christ’s death” or “We are so united, then, with Christ’s death that it is as if we were really buried with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	6	4	vva7	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον	1	We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death	Here, **through** indicates that the following phrase is the means by which Christians **were buried** with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the baptism into his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	6	4	kmn3	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸν θάνατον	1	We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	6	4	y71v	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν θάνατον & τῆς δόξης & ζωῆς	1		See how you translated **death** in [6:3](../06/03.md), **glory** in [5:2](../05/02.md), and **life** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	6	4	k1el	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν	1		Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is a purpose clause. Paul is stating one purpose for which God instituted **baptism**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “in order for us to walk in newness of life, just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	6	4	kado	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὥσπερ & οὕτως καὶ	1		See how you translated **just as** and **so also** in the [5:19](../05/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	6	4	z6zk	figs-simile	ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν	1		The point of this comparison is that the new way a Christian should live after being baptized is similar to being **raised** from the dead, as Christ was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we should live in a new way, similar to when Christ was raised from death through the glory of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ROM	6	4	dpy2	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the glory of the Father raised Christ from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	6	4	t47r	figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life	See how you translated this phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	6	4	ce9z	figs-idiom	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		See how you translated this phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	6	4	gblc	figs-possession	διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **glory** that comes from or characterizes **the Father**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “through the glory from the Father” or “through the Father’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	6	4	y29w	figs-explicit	τῆς δόξης	1		Here, **the glory** refers specifically to God’s glorious power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the glorious power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	6	4	r3hn	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
ROM	6	4	gtns	figs-metaphor	ἡμεῖς & περιπατήσωμεν	1		Here Paul uses **walk** to refer to how a person lives and behaves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “we … might act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	6	4	hyab	figs-possession	ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **life** that is characterized by **newness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “with a new life” or “like those made newly alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	6	5	msbq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “So then,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	6	5	jdzp	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	6	5	p6xk	figs-metaphor	σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	Here Paul speaks of **death** as if it were something with which Christians could be physically **planted together**. He means that by being baptized, Christians show that they participate in the spiritual benefits obtained by Christ’s death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “we participate in Christ’s death through baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	6	5	z8wa	figs-abstractnouns	τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ & τῆς ἀναστάσεως	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **likeness** and **resurrection**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in what is like his death … his resurrecting from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	6	5	hg5y	figs-explicit	τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	Here Paul implies that **likeness of his death** refers to the “baptism” referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the likeness of his death that is represented by baptism” or “in baptism, which represents dying with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	6	5	kfvs	figs-metaphor	ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐσόμεθα	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	Here Paul speaks of **resurrection** as if it were something of which Christians could **become part**. He means that Christians will one day rise from the dead like Christ did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “we will also certainly be resurrected like Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	6	6	fhvh	figs-activepassive	ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God crucified our old man together with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	6	6	lu12	figs-metaphor	ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη	1		Paul speaks of **our** sinful human nature as if it were an **old man** who was nailed to the same cross as Christ. Paul means that when Christ was **crucified**, he destroyed the power of **sin** and death that controlled all humans. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “God destroyed the power of sin that controlled people when Christ was crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	6	6	y0ib	writing-pronouns	συνεσταυρώθη	1		The pronoun **him** refers to Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “was crucified with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	6	6	n6o6	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		Here, **in order that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God **crucified our old man**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	6	6	jpge	figs-activepassive	καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	the body of sin	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God might nullify the body of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	6	6	jw00	figs-metaphor	καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	the body of sin	Paul speaks of **the body of sin** as if it were a condition of slavery that could be cancelled. He means that Christ’s crucifixion removed the ability of sinful desires to control people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “God might completely end how living sinfully controls people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	6	6	l6pd	figs-possession	τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	the body of sin	Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the body** is related to **sin**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the body of sin** could refer to: (1) how humans tend to **sin**. Alternate translation: “our human tendency to sin” or “how living sinfully controls us” (2) how sin controls the human body. Alternate translation: “how sin controls our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	6	6	l3zm	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτίας & ἁμαρτίᾳ	1		See how you translated **sin** in [verse 1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	6	6	c5ie	grammar-connect-logic-goal	τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν	1		Here, **for** could indicate: (1) God’s purpose for nullifying **the body of sin**. Alternate translation: “in order for it to no longer enslave” (2) the result of **the body of sin** being **nullified**. Alternate translation: “causing it to no longer enslave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	6	6	rpax	figs-metaphor	τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ	1		Paul speaks of **the body of sin** as if it could **enslave** people. Here he means that the desire to sin that controls people would no longer do so. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “for it to no longer make us live sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	6	7	f893	figs-explicit	ὁ & ἀποθανὼν	1		Here Paul implies that **the one having died** is the same “old man” whom Paul said “was crucified” with Christ in the previous verse. Paul means that God considers any person who has “died to sin” ([6:2](../06/02.md)) to be **freed from** living sinfully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who has died to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	6	7	qvgd	figs-metaphor	δεδικαίωται ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1		Paul continues the metaphor of **sin** enslaving people from the previous verse. Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were something that people need to be **freed from**. He means that the desire to **sin** that controls people would no longer do so. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “no longer has to live sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	6	7	hoqm	figs-activepassive	δεδικαίωται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has freed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	6	7	geua	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτίας	1		See how you translated **sin** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	6	8	mbx9	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1	we have died with Christ	In this verse, Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	6	8	wwhf	figs-metaphor	ἀπεθάνομεν σὺν Χριστῷ	1	we have died with Christ	Paul speaks of Christians as if they physically died with Christ. He means that through baptism Christians show that they participate in the spiritual benefits obtained by Christ’s death and will one day **live together with him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “we are united to Christ’s death when baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	6	8	c724	figs-explicit	πιστεύομεν	1	we have died with Christ	Paul implies that since Christians have **died with Christ**, the result is that they have confidence that they will **live together with him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we are confident” or “this persuades us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	6	8	nuc1	figs-explicit	καὶ συνζήσομεν αὐτῷ	1	we have died with Christ	Here Paul implies that **live together with him** refers to “eternal life”, as he mentioned in [5:21](../05/21.md) and [6:4–5](../06/04.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we will also live forever with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	6	9	bebx	figs-infostructure	εἰδότες ὅτι Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν, οὐκέτι ἀποθνῄσκει	1	We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “knowing that Christ no longer dies, having been raised from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	6	9	zdkc	grammar-connect-words-phrases	εἰδότες ὅτι	1	We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead	See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 6](../06/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	6	9	gjqq	figs-activepassive	Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised Christ from dead ones, Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	6	9	zkq2	figs-idiom	ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead	See how you translated the similar clause in [verse 4](../06/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	6	9	lvv8	figs-parallelism	οὐκέτι ἀποθνῄσκει; θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει	1	from the dead	These two phrases mean similar things. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **Christ** can never die again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “will absolutely never die again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM	6	9	wem1	figs-personification	θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει	1	death no longer has authority over him	Here Paul speaks of **death** as if it were a **lord** who could rule over someone. Paul means that Jesus could not possibly die again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he no longer submits to being dead” or “he can never die again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	6	9	kl3e	figs-abstractnouns	θάνατος	1	from the dead	See how you translated **death** in [verse 4](../06/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	6	10	ehi9	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all	**For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Christ “no longer dies,” as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language for indicating a reason, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	6	10	e290	writing-pronouns	ὃ	1	For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all	Here, **that which** refers to Christ’s death and life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the death which” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	6	10	aw31	figs-explicit	τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν	1	For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all	Here, **to sin** implies that Christ died for the sake of freeing humanity from being “enslaved to sin.” It does not mean that Jesus himself was ever controlled by sin before he died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “he died for the sake of removing sin’s control over people” or “he died to stop sin from controlling people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	6	10	j7bl	writing-pronouns	ὃ	2	For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all	Here, **that which** refers to Christ’s life after God raised him from the dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the life which” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	6	10	z4yb	figs-explicit	ζῇ τῷ Θεῷ	1		Here, **to God** implies that Christ now lives for the sake of glorifying God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “he lives for the sake of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	6	11	zjjv	figs-yousingular	ὑμεῖς	1	In the same way, you also must consider	Throughout [verses 11–23](../06/11.md), the pronouns **you** and “your” are plural and refer to the believers in Rome to whom Paul wrote this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers at Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ROM	6	11	dw6l	figs-metaphor	εἶναι νεκροὺς μὲν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ	1	dead to sin	See how you translated “died to sin” in [verse 2](../06/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	6	11	bjxg	figs-explicit	ζῶντας & τῷ Θεῷ	1	dead to sin	See how you translated the similar phrase “he lives to God” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	6	11	nkvd	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	dead to sin	See how you translated this phrase in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	6	12	pp2t	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	do not let sin rule in your mortal body	**Therefore** here introduces a result clause. Paul is stating how he wants his readers to act in response to what he said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “This is why” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	6	12	s6h1	figs-personification	μὴ & βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι	1	do not let sin rule in your mortal body	Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a king who rules over a place called **mortal body**. By *(*do not let sin rule**, Paul means that Christians should not allow **sin** to control the way they use their bodies. See how you translated a similar use of **rule** in [5:21](../05/21.md). Alternate translation: “do not let your physical body become controlled by sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	6	12	z1ia	figs-genericnoun	ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι,	1	in your mortal body	Although **body** here is a singular noun, Paul is referring to the bodies of his readers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a plural form. Alternate translation: “in your mortal bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
ROM	6	12	cm8d	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι	1	in your mortal body	Here, **body** could refer to: (1) the whole person. Alternative translation: “in you” or “in your whole being” (2) the physical human body. Alternative translation: “in your physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM	6	12	r462	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Here **to** indicates that what follows is the result of letting **sin rule**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “causing you to obey its lusts” or “resulting in you obeying your lusts”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	6	12	yg9l	figs-personification	εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Here Paul speaks of **lusts** as if they were people who could be obeyed. He means that people can submit to their desires to do sinful things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to submit to your lustful desires” or “to do what you lust for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	6	12	zs9g	figs-abstractnouns	ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lusts**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how it urges you to lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	6	12	kh3w	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	The pronoun **its** refers to **mortal body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “your mortal body’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	6	13	wt07	figs-infostructure	μηδὲ παριστάνετε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἀλλὰ παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ, ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας, καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses in order to emphasize the similar ideas. Alternate translation: “And do not keep presenting your members as tools of unrighteousness to sin, but present your members as tools of righteousness to God. And present yourselves to God, as living from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	6	13	mxto	figs-metaphor	μηδὲ παριστάνετε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ & καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ	1		Paul speaks of body parts as if they were **tools** that could be offered to someone or used by someone. He means that he wants his readers to stop using their body parts for sinning, but instead to use them to live in the way God wants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “And do not keep using your members to act unrighteously by sinning … and use your members to act righteously for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	6	13	qncn	figs-possession	ὅπλα ἀδικίας	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **tools** that are characterized by **unrighteousness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “as unrighteous tools” or “as tools for living unrighteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	6	13	hlzf		ὅπλα & ὅπλα	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	The word translated as **tools** often refers to “weapons.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as weapons … as weapons”
ROM	6	13	dq4n	figs-abstractnouns	ἀδικίας & δικαιοσύνης	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **unrighteousness** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of what is unrighteous … of what is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	6	13	wq3m	figs-metaphor	παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Paul speaks of his readers as if they could offer themselves as slaves to their master, who is **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “give yourselves to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	6	13	px9k	figs-simile	ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	The point of this comparison is that Christians should live in such a way that demonstrates that they are now **dead to sin, but alive to God**, as mentioned in [verse 11](../06/11.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as those who are free from living sinfully” or “as those who are no longer controlled by living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ROM	6	13	vk76	figs-idiom	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 4](../06/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	6	13	amyo	figs-ellipsis	καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this from the beginning of this sentence. Alternate translation: “and present your members” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	6	13	dz8u	figs-possession	ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **tools** that are characterized by **righteousness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “as righteous tools” or “as tools for living righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	6	14	xfz1	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, it introduces an explanation of what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	6	14	u36f	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἁμαρτία & ὑμῶν οὐ κυριεύσει, οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because you are not under law, but under grace, do not allow sin to rule over you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	6	14	gez3	figs-personification	ἁμαρτία & ὑμῶν οὐ κυριεύσει	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 12](../06/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	6	14	bl09	figs-declarative	ἁμαρτία & οὐ κυριεύσει	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	Paul is using a future statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “sin must not rule over” or “do not allow sin to rule over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ROM	6	14	caqv	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul urges his readers to not allow **sin** to **lord over** them. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	6	14	a0dz	figs-personification	οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	Paul speaks of **law** and **grace** as if they were rulers **under** whose authority people have to live. He means that Christians are no longer controlled by the requirements of the **law**, which resulted in people sinning more, as stated in [5:20](../05/20.md). By contrast, Christians now serve the gracious God, as is explained in [verses 15–23](../06/15.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “for the law no longer controls you, but you are now controlled by God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	6	14	eibi	grammar-collectivenouns	νόμον	1		See how you translated **law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	6	14	ypqx	figs-explicit	ὑπὸ χάριν	1		Here, **grace** refers specifically to God’s gracious empowering of people to stop sinning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “controlled by God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	6	15	yk81	grammar-connect-logic-result	τί οὖν	1		Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in [verses 1–14](../06/01.md). See how you translated **What then** in [3:1](../03/01.md), [4:1](../04/01.md), and [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	6	15	zxb8	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν?	1	What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be	Paul is not asking for information, but is using a question form here to address an objection that some people may have to what he said in the previous verses. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation or communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then we should sin because we are not under law, but under grace!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	6	15	rtts	figs-quotemarks	τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν?	1	What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be	In these two sentences, Paul is speaking as if he were a Christian who misunderstood what Paul had taught in the previous verses. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	6	15	t4cc	figs-personification	ὑπὸ νόμον & ὑπὸ χάριν	1	May it never be	See how you translated these phrases in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	6	15	t52x	figs-explicit	μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	In this sentence Paul begins to respond to the rhetorical questions he posed earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	6	15	c77g	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md) and [6:2](../06/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM	6	16	n5j4	figs-rquestion	οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι ᾧ παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους εἰς ὑπακοήν, δοῦλοί ἐστε ᾧ ὑπακούετε—ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς εἰς δικαιοσύνην?	1		Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely know that to what you keep presenting yourselves as slaves for obedience, you become slaves to what you obey—whether of sin leading to death, or of obedience leading to righteousness!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	6	16	hn6y	writing-pronouns	ᾧ & ᾧ	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	The pronoun translated **what** here indicates a general reference to a thing or person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to whomever or whatever … to whomever or whatever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	6	16	g6zz	figs-metaphor	παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους & δοῦλοί ἐστε ᾧ ὑπακούετε	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	Paul speaks of people as if they could offer themselves as **slaves** to someone or something. He is referring to being controlled by someone or something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “you keep being controlled by … you become controlled by what you obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	6	16	psrr	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ὑπακοήν	1		Here, **for** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these people are **presenting** themselves as **slaves**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order to obey” or “for the purpose of obeying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	6	16	zim4	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ὑπακοήν & ὑπακοῆς	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **obedience**, you could express the same idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “to obey … to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	6	16	h0ar	figs-personification	ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	Here, **sin** and **obedience** are spoken of as if they were masters that **slaves** would obey. Paul means that people can be controlled either by their desire to **sin** or a desire to obey God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “whether you are controlled by sinning, leading to death, or you are controlled by obeying God, leading to righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	6	16	gtzd	figs-possession	ἁμαρτίας & ὑπακοῆς	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **slaves** that belong to **sin** or **obedience**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “slaves that belong to sin … slaves that belong to obedience” or “sin’s slaves … obedience’s slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	6	16	cyct	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτίας & δικαιοσύνην	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	See how you translated **sin** in [verse 1](../06/01.md) and **righteousness** in [verse 13](../06/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	6	16	zfgc	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς θάνατον & εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	Here, **leading to** indicates result. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “resulting in death … resulting to righteousness” or “causing death … causing righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	6	16	d8gv	figs-explicit	εἰς θάνατον	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	Here, **death** refers to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “leading to spiritual death” or “causing one to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	6	17	xj75	figs-exclamations	χάρις & τῷ Θεῷ	1		Here, **thanks be to God** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates Paul’s thankfulness. Use an exclamation form that is natural in your language for communicating thanks. Alternate translation: “I give thanks to God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM	6	17	tl5d	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὅτι ἦτε δοῦλοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1		Here, **that** indicates that the clause that follows provides a contrast between who Paul’s readers were before they became Christians and who they were after they had **listened from the heart** to true Christian **teaching**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “even though you were slaves of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM	6	17	yxt7	figs-personification	δοῦλοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	For you were slaves of sin	See how you translated the similar phrase **of sin** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	6	17	uwcy	figs-personification	ὑπηκούσατε δὲ ἐκ καρδίας, εἰς & τύπον διδαχῆς	1	For you were slaves of sin	Here Paul speaks of **the pattern of teaching** as if it were a person who could be **listened** to. He means that his readers accepted the true Christian teaching that Christians were teaching them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but you accepted the form of teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	6	17	ep7k	figs-explicit	ὑπηκούσατε	1	For you were slaves of sin	The word translated **listened** implies that the people who listened also responded by obeying what they heard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you clung” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	6	17	my2z	figs-idiom	ὑπηκούσατε & ἐκ καρδίας	1	but you have obeyed from the heart	Here, **from the heart** is an idiom that refers to being sincere or doing something with one’s will and emotions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you totally listened” or “you listened from deep within” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	6	17	lugj	figs-personification	εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς	1	but you have obeyed from the heart	Here Paul speaks of **the pattern of teaching** as if it were a slave-master to which people are **given over to** as slaves when they become Christians. Paul means that Christians should submit to the authority of true Christian teaching. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the pattern of teaching that you were submitted to” or “to the pattern of teaching that you were handed over to, as if you were its slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	6	17	pz14	figs-activepassive	ὃν παρεδόθητε	1	the pattern of teaching that you were given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God gave you over to” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	6	18	fcd1	figs-personification	ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ	1		Here Paul speaks of **sin** and **righteousness** as if they were slave-masters that people could be **enslaved** to. Paul means that his readers are no longer controlled by their sinful desires, but are controlled by the desire to live righteously. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And having been freed from having to live sinfully, you now have to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	6	18	y2zg	figs-activepassive	ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐδουλώθητε	1	You have been made free from sin	If your language does not use passive forms in this way, you could express these ideas in active forms or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “And God having freed you from sin, he enslaved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	6	18	twpq	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτίας & δικαιοσύνῃ	1	You have been made free from sin	See how you translated **sin** and **righteousness** in [verse 16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	6	19	jlmd	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνθρώπινον λέγω, διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of the weakness of your flesh, I speak as a man” or “Because you are still immature, I have to speak in simple terms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	6	19	puvh	figs-idiom	ἀνθρώπινον λέγω	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	Here, **as a man** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am speaking based on how human beings perceive things” or “I am talking like a mere human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	6	19	gt1n	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν & τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν & τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **weakness**, **uncleanness**, **lawlessness**, **righteousness**, and **sanctification**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how weak your flesh is … to act impurely and to be more and more lawless … for living righteously, which leads to being sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	6	19	l4ah	figs-idiom	τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	Here, **flesh** is an idiom that refers to human nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “your human weakness” or “your natural limitations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	6	19	psmw	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, it introduces an explanation of what Paul said in [verses 17–18](../06/17.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moreover,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	6	19	x2kt	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὥσπερ & οὕτως	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	See how you translated **just as** and **so** in the [5:19](../05/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	6	19	jbcz	figs-personification	παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν & παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	Paul speaks of body parts as if they were **slaves** that could be offered to someone or used by someone. He means that his readers used to use their body parts to act impurely and to disobey God’s laws, but now they should use them to live in the way God wants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated similar phrases in [verse 13](../06/13.md). Alternative translation: “you used your members to act uncleanly and to disobey God more and more … use your members to act righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	6	19	o0ta	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil	The phrase **leading to** indicates result. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “resulting in sanctification” or “causing sanctification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	6	20	s9pk	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “This reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	6	20	i1ze	figs-personification	ὅτε & δοῦλοι ἦτε τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ	1	you were free from righteousness	Here, Paul speaks of **sin** and **righteousness** as if they were slave-masters. Paul means that when his readers had previously used their bodies to act sinfully, they were not serving God’s purposes as **slaves** of **righteousness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when you were controlled by sin, you did not serve God” or “when you were living sinfully, you did not live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	6	20	mu0y	figs-irony	ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ	1		Paul is not making a serious suggestion here that sinful people are not required to live righteously. Paul means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of **free**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you were unrighteous” or “you were unable to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
ROM	6	21	x3bn	grammar-connect-logic-result	τίνα & καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, ἐφ’ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε? τὸ γὰρ τέλος ἐκείνων θάνατος	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “since the outcome of those things is death, what fruit were you then having because of which things you are now ashamed?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	6	21	kjl5	figs-rquestion	τίνα οὖν καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, ἐφ’ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the futility of being “slaves to sin” in the previous verse. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation in order to communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So you were not then having any fruit because of which things you are now ashamed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	6	21	vgam	figs-idiom	καρπὸν	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	Here, **fruit** is an idiom that refers to a benefit or advantage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “advantage” or “profit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	6	21	pnbm	figs-explicit	ἐφ’ οἷς & ἐκείνων	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	Here, **which things** and **those things** refer to sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of which sins … of those sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	6	21	j2ie	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ γὰρ τέλος ἐκείνων θάνατος	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **outcome** and **death**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “For those things finally result in you dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	6	21	tj21	figs-explicit	θάνατος	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	Here, **death** refers to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. See how you translated the same use of **death** in [verse 16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	6	22	x8vw	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	νυνὶ δέ	1	But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God	**But now** introduces a contrast with the previous two verses, a contrast that focuses on time. The word translated **now** refers to the time after the Roman believers became Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify what **now** refers to. Alternate translation: “But now that you believe in Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM	6	22	cqlf	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ	1	But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God	This clause indicates the reason why Paul’s readers have **fruit leading to sanctification**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because you have been freed from sin and have been enslaved to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	6	22	fmtc	figs-personification	ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ	1	But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God	Here Paul speaks of **sin** and **God** as if they were slave-masters. Paul means that Christians are no longer controlled by their desire to sin, but are supposed to obey **God** instead. See a similar phrase in [verse 18](../06/18.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having been freed from having to live sinfully and having begun to serve God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	6	22	z3ap	figs-activepassive	ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ	1	But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God	If your language does not use passive forms in this way, you could express these ideas in active forms or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God having freed you from sin and having enslaved you to himself” or “God having released you from being controlled by your sin and having caused you to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	6	22	npf3	figs-idiom	ἔχετε τὸν καρπὸν ὑμῶν	1	you have your fruit for sanctification	See how you translated **fruit** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	6	22	a478	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ἁγιασμόν, τὸ & τέλος ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	The result is eternal life	See how you translated **sanctification** in [verse 19](../06/19.md), **outcome** in [verse 21](../06/21.md), and **eternal life** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	6	22	lvhh	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	you have your fruit for sanctification	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../06/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	6	23	gacy	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For the wages of sin are death	**For** here indicates that this verse gives the reason for what Paul said in the previous two verses. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	6	23	ze3f	figs-personification	τὰ & ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος	1	For the wages of sin are death	Here, Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a person who could pay **wages**. Paul means that the result of living sinfully is eternal **death**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when a person lives sinfully, it results in eternal death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	6	23	juc4	figs-metaphor	τὰ & ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος	1	For the wages of sin are death	Paul speaks of **death** as if it were **wages** paid to those who **sin**. He means that the result of living sinfully is eternal **death**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “whoever lives sinfully receives eternal death as the result” or “whoever lives sinfully earns eternal death as if it were wages for work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	6	23	iyv3	figs-possession	τὰ & ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	For the wages of sin are death	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the wages** that come from **sin**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “sin’s wages” or “the wages that come from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	6	23	pizh	figs-explicit	θάνατος	1	For the wages of sin are death	Here, **death** refers to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. See how you translated the same use of **death** in [verses 16](../06/16.md) and [21](../06/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	6	23	slyb	figs-abstractnouns	θάνατος; τὸ & χάρισμα & ζωὴ αἰώνιος	1	For the wages of sin are death	See how you translated **death** in [verse 21](../06/21.md), **gracious gift** in [5:15–16](../05/15.md), and **eternal life** in [verse 22](../06/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	6	23	cwkw	figs-possession	τὸ & χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	For the wages of sin are death	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the gracious gift** that comes from **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “God’s gracious gift” or “the gracious gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	6	23	jn66	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	For the wages of sin are death	Paul speaks of **eternal life** as if it were occupying space inside of **Christ Jesus**. Paul means that **eternal life** comes by being united to **Christ Jesus**, as stated in [verse 11](../06/11.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “for those who are united to Christ Jesus” or “comes through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	intro	fl1y			0		# Romans 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)<br>    * Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14)<br>    * Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23)<br>    * Christians have been freed from the law (7:1–6)<br>    * The law is not sinful (7:7–12)<br>    * Christians still struggle with indwelling sin (7:13–25)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “The Law”<br><br>Throughout most of this chapter Paul uses the singular noun “the law” to refer to the group of laws that God gave Israel through Moses. However, in [verses 21–25](../07/21.md) Paul uses the word “law” in several different ways. Each of these different uses will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Marriage<br><br>Scripture commonly uses marriage as a metaphor. Here Paul uses it to describe how the church relates to the law of Moses and now to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Inclusive language<br><br>In this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all Jewish believers in Christ. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 1](../07/01.md) and [4](../07/04.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	7	1	mk7w	figs-rquestion	ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ), ὅτι ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ?	1	do you not know, brothers … that the law controls a person for as long as he lives?	Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that the Jew is required to obey the law of Moses his whole life. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely know, brothers (for I am speaking to those who know the law), that the law is lord of the man for as long as he lives!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	7	1	guk4	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here to refer to both male and female Jewish believers in Christ. Alternate translation: “my fellow Jewish Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	7	1	s4su		(γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ)	1	brothers	Here Paul interrupts himself in order to clarify that he is specifically directing this part of the letter to the Jewish believers in the church at Rome. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses, as done in the ULT, or use a natural way in your language to indicate this.
ROM	7	1	j67x	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	brothers	Here, **for** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, it explains the reason why Paul expects these **brothers** to understand what he is saying. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “I know you should understand this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	7	1	ajk4	writing-pronouns	λαλῶ	1	brothers	The pronoun **I** here and throughout this chapter refers to Paul (see [6:19](../06/19.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	7	1	k3h5	grammar-collectivenouns	νόμον & ὁ νόμος	1	brothers	For every occurrence of **the law** in [verses 1–20](../07/01.md), translate the phrase in the same way you translated it in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	7	1	okz5	figs-personification	ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	brothers	Here Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a king. Paul means that, like a king, **the law** must be obeyed by those who are obligated to do so. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “like a king, the law must be obeyed by every Jewish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	7	1	r9fl	figs-gendernotations	τοῦ ἀνθρώπου & ζῇ	1		Although **the man** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of a person … that person lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	7	2	as1h	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, it introduces an explanation of an example from God’s law that illustrates how “the law rules over the man for as long as he lives,” as Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For example,” or “As an illustration,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	7	2	j4sn	figs-genericnoun	ἡ & ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ ζῶντι ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ ὁ ἀνήρ, κατήργηται & τοῦ ἀνδρός	1		Paul is speaking of Jewish **married** women and husbands in general, not of one particular **woman** or **husband**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “married women remain bound by law to their living husbands, but if their husbands die, they have been released … of their husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
ROM	7	2	hpn4	figs-activepassive	ἡ & ὕπανδρος γυνὴ & δέδεται νόμῳ & κατήργηται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law continually binds the married woman … God releases her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	7	2	l6d9	figs-personification	ἡ & ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ ζῶντι ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ & κατήργηται ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τοῦ ἀνδρός	1	the married woman is bound by law to the husband	Here Paul speaks of the **law** as if it were a person who could tie a **woman** to her **husband**. Paul means that the **law** of Moses requires a **married woman** to stay married to her **husband** only while he is alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God requires in his law that the married woman remain married to her living husband … she is no longer required to remain married to the husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	7	2	ag23	figs-possession	τοῦ νόμου τοῦ ἀνδρός	1	the married woman is bound by law to the husband	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the law** that is related to **the husband**. This phrase refers to the **law** already described in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the law that requires her to remain bound to the husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	7	3	w3yw	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἄρα οὖν	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	7	3	ss60	figs-infostructure	ζῶντος τοῦ ἀνδρὸς, μοιχαλὶς χρηματίσει, ἐὰν γένηται ἀνδρὶ ἑτέρῳ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “if she becomes married to another husband, the first husband being alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	7	3	jbvc	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ζῶντος τοῦ ἀνδρὸς	1		In this clause Paul is describing something that was occurring during the same time period as what he describes in the next clause. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “at the same time that the husband is alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
ROM	7	3	ci5r	figs-genericnoun	τοῦ ἀνδρὸς & ὁ ἀνήρ	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
ROM	7	3	r2m4	figs-activepassive	μοιχαλὶς χρηματίσει	1	she will be called an adulteress	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law will title her an adulteress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	7	3	wg4k	figs-metaphor	ἐλευθέρα ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου	1	she is free from the law	Here Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were an object or person someone could be freed from. Paul means that **the law** that prohibited a woman from marrying **another husband** did not apply if her first husband died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase “she has been released from the law” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “she is no longer required to remain married to the first husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	4	kvqw	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1		**So then** here introduces the result of what Paul said in [verses 1–3](../07/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “Since this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	7	4	ne64	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1		See how you translated this word in [verse 1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	7	4	z8zj	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐθανατώθητε τῷ νόμῳ	1	you were also made dead to the law through the body of Christ	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you also died to the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	7	4	svrq	figs-rpronouns	καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐθανατώθητε	1	you were also made dead to the law through the body of Christ	Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize that even Jewish Christians are not required to obey the law of Moses. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation:  “you very Jews yourselves were also made dead” or “even you Jews yourselves were also made dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ROM	7	4	vpwf	figs-metaphor	καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐθανατώθητε τῷ νόμῳ	1	you were also made dead to the law through the body of Christ	Here Paul uses **made dead** to refer to Jewish Christians not being required to obey the law of Moses. Just as dead people don’t have to obey the law, so too, Jewish Christians no longer have to obey it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “your yourselves no longer have to obey the law” or “you yourselves are like dead people in that you do not have to obey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	4	v2tu	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, **through** indicates that **the body of Christ** is the means by which believers **were made dead to the law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the body of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	7	4	glzf	figs-metaphor	διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, **the body of Christ** refers to the death of Jesus’ body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the death of Christ’s body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	4	xw6f	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι ὑμᾶς ἑτέρῳ	1		Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God **made** believers **dead to the law**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order for us to become married to another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	7	4	g59t	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι ὑμᾶς ἑτέρῳ	1		Here Paul uses **married to another** to refer to Christians being united with **Christ** as if they became **married** to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “so that you might become united to Jesus” or “so that you might be united with Christ like a woman becomes married to another husband”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	4	rj6u	figs-activepassive	τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθέντι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the one whom God raised from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	7	4	t9nt	figs-idiom	τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθέντι	1	to him who was raised from the dead	See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	7	4	gxjj	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα καρποφορήσωμεν τῷ Θεῷ	1	to him who was raised from the dead	Here, **in order that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God **raised** Jesus **from dead ones**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order for us to produce fruit for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	7	4	c4rl	figs-metaphor	καρποφορήσωμεν τῷ Θεῷ	1	we might produce fruit for God	Paul uses **fruit** here to refer to actions that please God as if they were **fruit** that a person could grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we might be able to do things pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	4	ka0o	figs-exclusive	καρποφορήσωμεν	1	we might produce fruit for God	Here, **we** includes all those whom Paul called **brothers** earlier in this verse and in [verse 1](../07/01.md), so **we** is inclusive of all Jewish Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	7	5	i1zl	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in the next two verses explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	7	5	gmb9	figs-metaphor	ἦμεν ἐν τῇ σαρκί	1		Here Paul speaks of **the flesh** as if it were a location that someone could be **in**. He means his readers used to live according to the desires of their sinful natures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we were living according to our sinful natures” or “we were doing whatever we wanted to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	5	bl7i	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ παθήματα τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν τὰ διὰ τοῦ νόμου ἐνηργεῖτο	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **passions**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the desire to sin that was through the law was working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	7	5	g2rg	figs-ellipsis	τὰ διὰ τοῦ νόμου ἐνηργεῖτο	1		Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Paul said something similar about **the law** causing sin to increase in [5:20](../05/20.md). Alternate translation: “that were increased through the law were working” or “that were stimulated by the law were working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	7	5	vlev	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦ νόμου	1		Here, **through** indicates the means by which **the sinful passions** increased. Paul means that **the law** stimulated people’s desire to sin even more. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	7	5	tvku	figs-personification	ἐνηργεῖτο ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ἡμῶν	1		Here Paul speaks of **the sinful passions** are if they were people who could work within someone’s body parts. He means that people’s sinful desires caused them to sin with their bodies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were causing us to use our members to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	7	5	denv		τοῖς μέλεσιν	1		See how you translated **members** in [6:13](../06/13.md).
ROM	7	5	pnw6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὸ καρποφορῆσαι	1		Here, **to** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “which resulted in producing fruit” or “so that they would produce fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	7	5	xed9	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ καρποφορῆσαι	1	to bear fruit for death	Here Paul uses **fruit** to refer to the result or outcome of someone’s actions. Paul is using **fruit** differently than how he used it in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that the outcome was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	5	m071	figs-abstractnouns	τῷ θανάτῳ	1	to bear fruit for death	See how you translated **death** in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	7	5	ub7z	figs-explicit	τῷ θανάτῳ	1	to bear fruit for death	Here, **death** refers to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. See how you translated the same use of **death** in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	7	6	mze7	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	νυνὶ δὲ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [6:22](../06/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM	7	6	l8w4	figs-activepassive	κατηργήθημεν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου & ἐν ᾧ κατειχόμεθα	1	we have been released from the law	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has released us from the law … to that which was holding us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	7	6	j6i3	figs-personification	κατηργήθημεν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου & ἐν ᾧ κατειχόμεθα	1	we have been released	Here Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a slave-master from which someone must be **released** and who can hold people captive. Paul means that Christians do not have to obey the laws God gave the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “we no longer have to obey the law … to that which we used to be required to obey” or “we are like slaves who have been released from the law … to that which we used to have to obey like slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	7	6	l2l3	figs-explicit	ἐν ᾧ κατειχόμεθα	1	to that by which we were held	The phrase **that by which we were being held** refers to **the law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the law by which we were being held” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	7	6	vcok	figs-metaphor	ἀποθανόντες ἐν ᾧ κατειχόμεθα	1		Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a location where Christians could die. Here, **died to** the law refers to the idea that Christians no longer have to obey the requirements of the laws God gave the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “no longer being required to obey that by which we were being held” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	6	zafg	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς	1		Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the result of Christians **having died to** the law. Use the natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “the result being that we might serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	7	6	f9n4	figs-ellipsis	δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς	1		Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “we might serve God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	7	6	c1j8	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν καινότητι & οὐ παλαιότητι	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **newness** and **oldness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. These words indicate different ways in which people**serve** God. Alternate translation: “in the new way … not in the old way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	7	6	vhqd	figs-possession	ἐν καινότητι Πνεύματος	1		Paul uses the possessive form to describe the **newness** that is produced by **the Spirit**. Paul means that the Holy Spirit enables Christians to live in a new way that pleases God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in a new way that comes from the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	7	6	rm8r	figs-possession	παλαιότητι γράμματος	1	the letter	Paul uses the possessive form to describe the **oldness** that is determined by **the letter**. Paul means that Christians do not live in the old way that the law of Moses requires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the old way that the letter requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	7	6	iozz	figs-metonymy	γράμματος	1	the letter	Paul uses **the letter** to refer to **the law** which is written down with letters. See how you translated this word in [2:27](../02/27.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	7	7	k1jj	grammar-connect-logic-result	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν?	1	What will we say then?	**Then** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verses, especially what he said in [verse 5](../07/05.md). See how you translated this phrase in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	7	7	bnyx	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? ὁ νόμος ἁμαρτία?	1	What will we say then?	In these two sentences Paul is not asking for information, but is using questions to address an objection that some people may have to what he said in [verse 5](../07/05.md) because they misunderstood him. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements or exclamations or communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then we will say that the law is sin!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	7	7	f3hc	figs-quotemarks	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? ὁ νόμος ἁμαρτία?	1	What will we say then?	In these two sentences Paul is speaking as if he were a Jewish Christian who misunderstood what Paul had taught in the previous verses. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	7	7	zl8m	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτία & τὴν ἁμαρτίαν	1	I would never have known sin, if it were not through the law	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sin**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “something sinful … what things are sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	7	7	erx6	figs-explicit	μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	In this sentence Paul begins to respond to the rhetorical questions he wrote earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	7	7	u8gm	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md) and [6:2](../06/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM	7	7	y92j	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1		**But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what came before it. Here, **But** introduce  the contrast to the idea that **the law** is sinful. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless,” or “By contrast,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM	7	7	zzsf	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, it introduces an example from God’s law that illustrates the importance of **the law**. See how you translated the same use of **For** in [verse 2](../07/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	7	7	g0np	figs-abstractnouns	τήν & ἐπιθυμίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **covetousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what it means to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	7	7	refv	writing-quotations	ὁ νόμος ἔλεγεν	1		Here Paul uses **said** to indicate a quotation from **the law** that is written in the Old Testament ([Exodus 20:17](../exo/20/17.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	7	7	qb5v	figs-personification	ὁ νόμος ἔλεγεν	1		Here Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a person who could say something. He means that God **said** what was written down in **the law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God said in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	7	8	mz77	figs-personification	ἀφορμὴν & λαβοῦσα ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, κατειργάσατο ἐν ἐμοὶ πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν	1	But sin took the opportunity … brought about every lust	Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a person who could take an **opportunity** and produce **covetousness** within a person. Paul means that his desire to **sin** by coveting increased when he learned the commandment that prohibits coveting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my desire to sin, increasing as a result of the commandment, led me to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	7	8	fh6x	figs-explicit	τῆς ἐντολῆς	1		Here, **the commandment** refers specifically to the command, “You will not covet,” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the command that we should not covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	7	8	w6ah	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἐντολῆς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **commandment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	7	8	zeb5	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπιθυμίαν	1		See how you translated **covetousness** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	7	8	r5i2	figs-personification	χωρὶς & νόμου, ἁμαρτία νεκρά	1	without the law, sin is dead	Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were something which could be **dead**. Paul means that his desire to **sin** would not have increased if God had not given his laws. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if there were no law, my desire to sin would not have been stimulated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	7	9	cag9	figs-metaphor	χωρὶς νόμου	1		Here Paul speaks about the **law** as if it did not exist before he knew about it. Paul means that he was not aware of God’s law **at one time**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while unaware of the law” or “without knowledge of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	9	sz5q	figs-personification	ἐλθούσης & τῆς ἐντολῆς	1		Paul speaks of **the commandment** as if it were a person who could **come** to Paul. He means that he became aware of **the commandment**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when I became aware of the commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	7	9	i90y	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἐντολῆς, ἡ ἁμαρτία	1		See how you translated **commandment** and **sin** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	7	9	d4wm	figs-explicit	τῆς ἐντολῆς	1		Here, **the commandment** could refer to: (1) all the commandments that make up God’s law. Alternate translation: “God’s commandments” (2) **the commandment** against coveting, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the commandment against coveting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	7	9	q9le	figs-personification	ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀνέζησεν	1	sin regained life	Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a person who could come **to life**. This could mean: (1) Paul’s desire to sin was stimulated, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “my desire to sin was stimulated” (2) Paul realized that he was sinning, as mentioned in [verse 7](../07/07.md). Alternate translation: “I became aware of my sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	7	10	ouxm	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ & ἀπέθανον	1	The commandment that was to bring life turned out to be death for me	Paul uses **died** here to refer to being spiritually dead, which is the spiritual condition of all non-Christians. Spiritual death results in eternal punishment in hell after a person’s body dies. Paul means here that he realized that he was spiritually dead when he understood God’s law. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I died spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	10	mzx2	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἐντολὴ	1	The commandment that was to bring life turned out to be death for me	See how you translated **commandment** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	7	10	jmso	figs-explicit	ζωὴν	1		Here, **life** refers to “eternal life.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” or “for living forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	7	10	yu1u	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἡ ἐντολὴ, ἡ εἰς ζωὴν	1		Here, **for** indicates the purpose for **the commandment**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “the commandment that was intended to cause life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	7	10	a0rz	grammar-connect-logic-result	εὑρέθη μοι & αὕτη εἰς θάνατον	1		Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the result of **the commandment**. Paul means that God’s laws resulted in eternal **death** for people. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “it was found to result in death for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	7	10	hkce	figs-activepassive	εὑρέθη & αὕτη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I found it to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	7	10	jrrw	figs-metaphor	εὑρέθη & αὕτη	1		Here Paul speaks of **the commandment** as if it were an object that could be **found**. Paul means that he realized that God’s law results in spiritual death for people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I realized it was to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	10	y97i	figs-explicit	θάνατον	1		Here, **death** refers to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. See how you translated the same use of **death** in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	7	11	r582	figs-personification	ἡ & ἁμαρτία ἀφορμὴν λαβοῦσα διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς	1	For sin took the opportunity through the commandment and deceived me. Through the commandment it killed me	See how you translated this clause in [verse 8](../07/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	7	11	qi99	figs-personification	ἐξηπάτησέν με	1	sin	Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a person who could deceive people. Paul means that his desire to sin tricked him into thinking that he could become righteous by obeying **the commandment**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caused me to deceive myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	7	11	qljg	writing-pronouns	δι’ αὐτῆς	1	sin	The pronoun **it** refers to **the commandment**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	7	11	f6sx	figs-personification	ἀπέκτεινεν	1	it killed me	Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a person who could kill people. Paul means that his desire to sin caused him to disobey God’s law, which resulted in Paul being spiritually dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caused me to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	7	12	h0li	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1		**So then** indicates that what follows this phrase explains what came before it. **So then** here introduces the result of what Paul said in [verses 7–11](../07/07.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “Since this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	7	12	i3ka	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἐντολὴ	1		See how you translated **commandment** in [verse 9](../07/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	7	13	us69	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	So	The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is a logical conclusion. **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the result of what Paul said in [verses 7–12](../07/07.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “This is why” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	7	13	e1bx	figs-rquestion	τὸ & ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος?	1	did what is good become death to me?	Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that the law did not directly cause him to become spiritually dead. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “surely what is good did not become death to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	7	13	g451	figs-explicit	τὸ & ἀγαθὸν & διὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ	1	what is good	Here, **what is good** refers to the law. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s good laws … through those good laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	7	13	qwe9	figs-metaphor	ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος	1	become death to me	Here Paul speaks of the law as if it could **become death**. Paul is referring to the idea that God’s laws directly caused him to become spiritually dead. He rejects this idea in the next sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did … cause me to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	13	ee64	figs-explicit	θάνατος & θάνατον	1	become death to me	In this verse **death** refers to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. See how you translated the same use of **death** in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	7	13	r84l	figs-abstractnouns	θάνατος & ἡ ἁμαρτία & ἁμαρτία & θάνατον & ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς	1		See how you translated the abstract nouns **sin** and **commandment** in [verse 11](../07/11.md) and **death** in [verse 10](../07/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	7	13	hgm6	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο!	1	May it never be	See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md) and [6:2](../06/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM	7	13	f9md	figs-infostructure	ἀλλὰ ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἵνα φανῇ ἁμαρτία διὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But sin produced death in me in order that it might be shown to be sin through what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	7	13	qoe9	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἁμαρτία, ἵνα φανῇ ἁμαρτία διὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον	1		Here, **in order that** indicates a purpose clause. Paul is stating a purpose for **sin** **producing death**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “sin produced death in me for the purpose of showing itself to be sin through what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	7	13	kvhi	figs-metaphor	φανῇ ἁμαρτία	1		Here Paul uses **shown** as if **sin** were an object that people could see. Paul means that God’s laws enable people to recognize what **sin** is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it might be recognized to be sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	13	e7r4	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ	1		Here, **through** indicates that **what is good** is the means by which sin is clearly understood to be sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	7	13	m4l5	figs-personification	ἡ ἁμαρτία & μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον;	1	sin … brought about death in me	Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a person who could kill someone. Paul means that his desire to sin caused him to disobey God’s law, which resulted in Paul being spiritually dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sin … caused me to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	7	13	pnq6	figs-metaphor	μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον	1	brought about death in me	Here Paul speaks of **death** as if it were an object that could be inside a person. He means that he was spiritually dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “killed me spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	13	cuct	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα γένηται καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν ἁμαρτωλὸς ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς	1	brought about death in me	Here, **so that** indicates a purpose clause. Paul is stating another purpose for **sin** **producing death**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order for sin to become sinful beyond measure through the commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	7	13	a6zb	figs-explicit	διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς	1	through the commandment	Here, **through** indicates that **the commandment** is the means by which sin becomes **sinful beyond measure**. Paul means that God’s laws provide a standard by which people can understand how extremely sinful sin is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	7	13	clht	figs-personification	γένηται καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν ἁμαρτωλὸς ἡ ἁμαρτία	1		Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a person who could become more **sinful**. He means that God’s laws provide a standard by which people can understand how extremely sinful sin is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sin might be recognized as sinful beyond measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	7	13	oy2w	figs-idiom	καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν	1		Here, **beyond measure** is an idiom that means “to a great degree” or “exceedingly.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar idiom from your language or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to an extreme degree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	7	14	k5mg	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that this verse is the reason why the previous statement is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “These things I have just said are true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	7	14	quen	figs-explicit	ὁ νόμος πνευματικός ἐστιν	1		Here, **spiritual** means that the source of **the law** is God’s Spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the law comes from God’s Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	7	14	vxn0	figs-rpronouns	ἐγὼ & σάρκινός εἰμι	1		Paul uses the word **myself** to emphasize the contrast between himself and **the law**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I indeed am fleshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ROM	7	14	big5	figs-explicit	σάρκινός	1		Here, **fleshly** refers to the weakness of sinful human nature, which is the inability to stop sinning without God’s help. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “spiritually frail” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	7	14	lx8f	figs-activepassive	πεπραμένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having sold myself into slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	7	14	sr9e	figs-metaphor	πεπραμένος ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν	1		Here Paul speaks of himself as if he were a slave. Here, **sold into slavery** could refer to: (1) being influenced by one’s sinful human nature. In this case Paul would be speaking about his situation even after becoming a Christian. Alternate translation: “being under the influence of my sinful nature” (2) being controlled by one’s desire to sin. In this case Paul would be speaking about his situation before he became a Christian. Alternate translation: “being controlled by my desire to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	14	p9pi	figs-idiom	ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν	1		See how you translated the similar use of this phrase in [3:9](../03/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	7	15	udc8	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		***For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that this verse is the reason why the previous statement is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	7	15	u3av		ὃ & κατεργάζομαι, οὐ γινώσκω	1	For what I do, I do not really understand	Alternate translation: “I am not sure why I do some of the things that I do”
ROM	7	15	gneb	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	2		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, it introduces an explanation of “what I produce,” in the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	7	15	e8ki	figs-ellipsis	οὐ & ὃ θέλω & ὃ μισῶ	2		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “what I do not want to do … what I hate to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	7	15	az2z	figs-hyperbole	οὐ & ὃ θέλω, τοῦτο πράσσω & ὃ μισῶ, τοῦτο ποιῶ.	2		The phrases **I practice** and **I do** are exaggerations that Paul uses to emphasize that he often does what he does not want to do. It does not mean that Paul always does these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what I do not want, this I often practice … what I hate, this I often do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ROM	7	16	xho0	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ & ὃ οὐ θέλω	1	But if I do	Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since what I do not want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	7	16	y26s	figs-hyperbole	ὃ οὐ θέλω, τοῦτο ποιῶ	1	But if I do	See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ROM	7	16	q3b5	figs-ellipsis	σύνφημι τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι καλός	1	I agree with the law	Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I agree with the law and thus confess that it is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	7	17	x667	grammar-connect-words-phrases	νυνὶ δὲ	1	the sin that lives in me	**But now** indicates that this verse is the logical conclusion based on what Paul said in the previous two verses. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a conclusion. Alternate translation: “So it is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	7	17	k7ag	figs-rpronouns	οὐκέτι ἐγὼ κατεργάζομαι	1	the sin that lives in me	Paul uses the word **myself** to emphasize the contrast between himself and **the sin** that causes him to do what he does not want to do. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “it is no longer I who produces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ROM	7	17	id6v	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸ	1	the sin that lives in me	The pronoun **it** here refers to doing the sinful acts that he does not want to do, as mentioned in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those sinful deeds that I do not want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	7	17	f6n8	figs-personification	ἡ ἐνοικοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία	1	the sin that lives in me	Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a person who could live inside of a person. Paul means that his desire to **sin** causes him to do what he does not want to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my desire to sin deeply influences me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	7	18	nqhc	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, it introduces an explanation of what Paul said in the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	7	18	kf8z	figs-infostructure	οἶδα & ὅτι οὐκ οἰκεῖ ἐν ἐμοί, τοῦτ’ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου, ἀγαθόν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “I know that good does not live in me, (that is, in my flesh)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	7	18	p0ma	figs-personification	οὐκ οἰκεῖ ἐν ἐμοί & ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου, ἀγαθόν	1		Here Paul speaks of **good** as if it were a person who could **live** inside someone. He means that his sinful nature is not **good** at all. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “there is nothing good about me … about my flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	7	18	p1c1	figs-metaphor	τῇ σαρκί μου	1	my flesh	Here Paul uses **flesh** to refer to his sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	18	kyx9	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγαθόν & τὸ καλὸν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “any good thing … what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	7	18	ye8x	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	2		**For** indicates that what follows this word relates to what came before it. **For** here indicates that the following sentence is the reason why the previous statement is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	7	18	gvev	figs-ellipsis	τὸ & θέλειν παράκειταί μοι	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the wanting to do good is present in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	7	18	h934	figs-metaphor	τὸ & θέλειν παράκειταί μοι	1		Here Paul speaks of **wanting** as if it were a thing that could exist inside a person. Paul means that he truly wants to do something good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I truly want” or “I deeply desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	18	uxwb	figs-ellipsis	τὸ & κατεργάζεσθαι τὸ καλὸν οὔ	2		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the ability to produce the good is not in me” or “I am not able to produce the good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	7	19	xftc	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	the good	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, it introduces an explanation of what Paul said in the last sentence of the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	7	19	ri3b	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγαθόν & κακὸν	1	the good	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **good** and **evil**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “good deeds … evil deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	7	19	j69g	figs-ellipsis	ὃ θέλω & ἀγαθόν & ὃ οὐ θέλω κακὸν	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that these clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the good I want to do … the evil I do not want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	7	20	kfvj	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ & ὃ οὐ θέλω, τοῦτο ποιῶ	1		See how you translated this clause in [verse 16](../07/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	7	20	sk9q		οὐκέτι ἐγὼ κατεργάζομαι αὐτὸ, ἀλλὰ ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία	1		See how you translated these clauses in [verse 17](../07/17.md).
ROM	7	21	rqfu	figs-metaphor	εὑρίσκω	1	that evil is actually present in me	Here Paul speaks of a **law** as if it were an object that he could **find**. Paul means that he became aware of the **law** that is described in the rest of the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I became aware that there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	21	qae3	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἄρα	1	that evil is actually present in me	Here, **then** introduces a result clause. [Verses 21–25](../07/21.md) describe the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in [verses 14–20](../07/14.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	7	21	y5vo	figs-explicit	τὸν νόμον	1	that evil is actually present in me	Here, **law** refers to a rule or principle. It does not refer to the laws God gave the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this rule” or “a different kind of law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	7	21	xxq9	figs-infostructure	τῷ θέλοντι ἐμοὶ ποιεῖν τὸ καλὸν, ὅτι ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται	1	that evil is actually present in me	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “that evil is present in me, in me, the one wanting to do good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	7	21	mo4r	figs-metaphor	ἐμοὶ & ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται	1		Here Paul speaks of **evil** as if it were an object that could be inside a person. Paul means that he does evil deeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I … I do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	21	qn1r	figs-distinguish	τῷ θέλοντι & ποιεῖν τὸ καλὸν	1		Here, **the one wanting to do good** is giving further information about **me**, which refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who is the one wanting to do good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	7	21	hqp9	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ καλὸν & τὸ κακὸν	1		See how you translated **good** and **evil** in [verse 19](../07/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	7	22	mvod	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	the inner man	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the reason why the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	7	22	x28l	figs-metaphor	συνήδομαι & τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here Paul speaks of **the law of God** as if it were a location in which a person could **delight**. He means that God’s laws cause him to **delight**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I delight because of the law of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	22	nt65	grammar-collectivenouns	τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the inner man	Here, **the law of God** refers to the laws that **God** gave the Jews, which is usually what Paul means when he says **the law**. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	7	22	m13q	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον	1	the inner man	Here, **the inner man** refers to a person’s mind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the inner being” or “the mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	23	zp7t	figs-metaphor	βλέπω	1	a different principle in my body parts	Here Paul uses **see** to refer to noticing or perceiving something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	23	fct8	figs-explicit	ἕτερον νόμον	1	a different principle in my body parts	Here, **a different law** refers to a rule or principle. It does not refer to the laws God gave the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this rule” or “a different kind of law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	7	23	ijp9	figs-personification	ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου, ἀντιστρατευόμενον	1		Here Paul speaks of **a different law** as if it were a person who could fight within someone’s body parts. He means that his sinful desires caused him to use his body to do sinful things that he did not want to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were causing me to use my members to sin in opposition to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	7	23	v8d8		τοῖς μέλεσίν	-1		See how you translated **members** in [6:13](../06/13.md).
ROM	7	23	t7yh	figs-possession	τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοός μου	1		Here, **the law of my mind** could refer to: (1) a principle that Paul thinks, which is the delight for God’s laws that he said in the previous verse is in his “inner man.” Alternate translation: “the principle I have thought” or “the principle in my mind” (2) the laws God gave the Jews, which Paul says that he serves with his mind in [verse 25](../07/25.md). Alternate translation: “God’s law that is in my mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	7	23	i8w4	figs-personification	αἰχμαλωτίζοντά με	1		Here Paul speaks of **a different law** as if it were a person who could take someone **captive**. He means that his sinful desires controlled him against his will. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “controlling me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	7	23	u4ny	figs-metaphor	τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1		Here **the law of the sin** could refer to: (1) the principle that people have a sinful nature. Alternate translation: “the law that is my sinful nature” (2) the laws God gave the Jews, which Paul previously said in [verse 5](../07/05.md) stimulate people to sin more. Alternate translation: “God’s laws that stimulate sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	23	po29	figs-metaphor	τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου	1		Here Paul speaks of **the law of the sin** as if it were something that could be inside someone. He means he has a sinful nature that influences what he does with his body parts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that influences what I do with my members” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	24	nu6u	figs-exclamations	ταλαίπωρος ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος!	1	deliver me	This sentence is an exclamation that communicates deep despair. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “O, how miserable I am!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM	7	24	hmhj	figs-rquestion	τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου?	1		Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize his despair. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely no one will rescue me from the body of this death!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	7	24	md8e	figs-possession	τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου	1	this body of death	Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the body** relates to **this death**. This phrase could refer to: (1) **the body** that results in **this death**. Alternate translation: “the body that causes this death” (2) **the body** that is characterized by **this death**. Alternate translation: “this mortal body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	7	24	q74f	figs-metaphor	τοῦ θανάτου τούτου	1	this body of death	Here, **this death** could refer to: (1) physical death. Alternate translation: “that dies” (2) spiritual death. Alternate translation: “of this spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	25	w9ui	figs-exclamations	χάρις τῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1	But thanks be to God through Jesus Christ our Lord	This sentence is an exclamation that communicates joy. It is the answer to the rhetorical question that Paul asked in the previous verse. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating joy. Alternate translation: “O, how thankful I am to God through Jesus Christ our Lord!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM	7	25	omjd	figs-ellipsis	χάρις τῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1	But thanks be to God through Jesus Christ our Lord	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Thanks be to God who did this through Jesus Christ our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	7	25	evnn	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἄρα οὖν	1	But thanks be to God through Jesus Christ our Lord	**So then** indicates that what follows this phrase explains what came before it. **So then** indicates that what follows in this verse summarizes previous ideas. Here Paul used it regarding the ideas of [verses 14–24](../07/14.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a clearer expression. See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	7	25	adx1	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς ἐγὼ	1	So then, I myself serve the law of God with my mind. However, with the flesh I serve the principle of sin	Paul uses the phrase **I myself** to emphasize the contrast between himself and the sin that causes him to do what he does not want to do. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “it is indeed I who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ROM	7	25	sxn3	figs-personification	τῷ μὲν νοῒ δουλεύω νόμῳ Θεοῦ; τῇ δὲ σαρκὶ, νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας	1		Here Paul speaks of **the law of God** and **the law of sin** as if they were people whom he could **serve**. He means that he wants to obey **the law of God**, but often obeys his desire to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obey the law of God with the mind, but with the flesh, I obey the law of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	7	25	e163	figs-explicit	νοῒ	1		See how you translated **mind** in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	7	25	dzjl	grammar-collectivenouns	νόμῳ Θεοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 22](../07/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	7	25	cdkb	figs-ellipsis	τῇ δὲ σαρκὶ, νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but with the flesh, I serve the law of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	7	25	fm51	figs-metaphor	τῇ & σαρκὶ	1		Here Paul uses **flesh** to refer to his sinful nature. See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 18](../07/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	7	25	he4l	figs-metaphor	νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας	1		See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 23](../07/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	intro	ev4r			0		# Romans 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)<br>    * Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14)<br>    * Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23)<br>    * Christians have been freed from the law (7:1–6)<br>    * The law is not sinful (7:7–12)<br>    * Christians still struggle with indwelling sin (7:13–25)<br>    * The Holy Spirit dwells in Christians (8:1–27)<br>    * Christians have confidence in God’s love (8:28–8:39)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verse 36](../08/36.md). Paul quotes these words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Indwelling of the Spirit<br><br>In [verses 9–17](../08/09.md) and [26–27](../08/26.md) Paul says that the Holy Spirit dwells inside Christians to help them stop sinning and to intercede for them. The presence of the Holy Spirit within a person indicates that that person is a genuine Christian. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### Predestination<br><br>Many scholars believe this chapter teaches on a subject known as “predestination.” See the use of the word “predestined” in [verses 28–30](../08/28.md) and “elect” in [verse 33](../08/33.md). Some scholars take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some people to save. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject, so translators need to take extra care when translating these verses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]])<br><br>## Important Figure of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>In [verses 24](../08/24.md) and [31–35](../08/31.md) Paul uses rhetorical questions in order to emphasize that what he is saying is true. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>Paul uses the word “flesh” in a variety of ways throughout this letter. In this chapter he frequently uses it to refer to sinful human nature. However, he uses the word “flesh” to refer to Christ’s physical body in [verse 3](../08/03.md). Every use of the word “flesh” will be discussed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>### Inclusive language<br><br>In this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 12](../08/12.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	8	1	xq2y	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐδὲν ἄρα νῦν κατάκριμα	1		Here, **therefore now** marks the beginning of a new section in the letter. It also introduces a result clause that concludes what Paul discussed in chapters 5–7. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “Since all these things are true, there is no condemnation at all” or “As a result of everything that I have just told you being true, there is no condemnation at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	8	1	xw65	figs-abstractnouns	κατάκριμα	1	There is therefore now no condemnation for those who are in Christ Jesus	See how you translated **condemnation** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	1	ti0g	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	2	whhz	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word relates to what came before it. **For** here indicates that this verse gives the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	8	2	h1ka	figs-possession	ὁ & νόμος τοῦ Πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the law** that is characterized by **the Spirit of life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the law that is characterized by the Spirit of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	8	2	vt9k	figs-explicit	ὁ & νόμος	1		Here, **the law** refers to a rule or principle. It does not refer to the laws God gave the Jews. See how you translated the similar use of **law** in [7:21](../07/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	2	hq2t	figs-possession	τοῦ Πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς	1	the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the Spirit** that produces **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of the Spirit that produces life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	8	2	x8uu	figs-explicit	τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy **Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	2	ep3n	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ζωῆς & τῆς ἁμαρτίας & τοῦ θανάτου	1		See how you translated **life** in [2:7](../02/07.md), **sin** in [5:20](../05/20.md), and **death** in [5:17](../05/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	2	ionb	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. See how you translated this use of **life** in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	2	irh6	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, ἠλευθέρωσέν σε	1		The phrase **in Christ Jesus** could refer to: (1) the means by which **the Spirit** set a person **free**. Alternate translation: “of life set you free in Christ Jesus” (2) a characteristic of **the life**. Alternate translation: “of the life that is in Christ Jesus set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	2	cgbe	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse and in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	2	th4n	figs-metaphor	ἠλευθέρωσέν σε ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου	1	has set you free from the law of sin and death	Here Paul speaks of **the law of sin and death** as if it were an object or person someone could be **set free from**. Paul means that the law that resulted in sin and death does not apply to those who are united with **Christ Jesus**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “has caused the law of sin and death to no longer control you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	2	u82e	figs-metaphor	τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου	1	the law of sin and death	This could refer to: (1) the principle that people have a sinful nature that results in death, as mentioned in [7:23–25](../07/23.md). Alternate translation: “the principle that is my sinful nature that leads to death” (2) the laws God gave the Jews, which Paul previously said in [7:5](../07/05.md) stimulate people to sin more. Alternate translation: “God’s laws that stimulate sin and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	2	jlq1	figs-explicit	τοῦ θανάτου	1	the law of sin and death	Here, **death** refers to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. See how you translated the same use of **death** in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	3	mbh3	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, it introduces what follows in this verse and the next verse as an explanation of what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	8	3	n9mr	figs-infostructure	τὸ & ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου, ἐν ᾧ ἠσθένει διὰ τῆς σαρκός, ὁ Θεὸς	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “God did what the law was unable to do, in that it was weak through the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	8	3	z2ej	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῦ νόμου	1		Here, **the law** refers to the laws that God gave the Jews, which is usually what Paul means when he says **the law**. See how you translated this expression in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	8	3	t8lj	figs-explicit	τὸ & ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου & ὁ Θεὸς	1	For what the law was unable to do because it was weak through the flesh, God did	Paul implies that **what the law was unable to do** was to make people righteous, which is the main theme of this book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the law was unable to make people righteous … but God did so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	3	j98t	figs-personification	τὸ & ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου, ἐν ᾧ ἠσθένει διὰ τῆς σαρκός	1	For what the law was unable to do because it was weak through the flesh, God did	Here Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a person who **was unable to do** something and was **weak**. Paul means that the laws God gave the Jews could not make people righteous, because people are naturally sinful and unable to obey those laws. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the law could not stop people from sinning, because sinful human nature prevented people from obeying it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	8	3	g6g4	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐν ᾧ ἠσθένει	1		This phrase is the reason why **the law was unable to do** what it was supposed to do. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason. Alternate translation: “since it was weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	8	3	uzkh	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τῆς σαρκός	1		This phrase states the reason why **the law was weak**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason. Alternate translation: “on account of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	8	3	etf2	figs-idiom	διὰ τῆς σαρκός	1	through the flesh	Here Paul uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to sinful human nature. See how you translated the similar use of **flesh** in [7:18](../07/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	8	3	p4qq	figs-explicit	τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Υἱὸν πέμψας, ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας	1	He … sent his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh … an offering for sin … he condemned sin	This clause indicates how God **condemned sin**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	3	tc37	figs-ellipsis	τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Υἱὸν πέμψας	1	He … sent his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh … an offering for sin … he condemned sin	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having sent his own Son to the earth” or “having sent his own Son to mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	8	3	csl8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸν	1	Son	**Son** is an important title for Jesus, the **Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
ROM	8	3	uf94	figs-possession	ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας	1	in the likeness of sinful flesh	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the likeness** that is characterized by **sinful flesh**. He means that Jesus had the same human **flesh** that sinful people have, although Jesus never sinned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “in the same flesh  as that of sinful human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	8	3	xi5c	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας	1	Son	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **likeness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in flesh like sinful flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	3	v0h2	figs-synecdoche	σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας & τῇ σαρκί	1	he condemned sin in the flesh	Here Paul uses **flesh** figuratively to mean “the whole body,” which is made of flesh. See how you translated this use of **flesh** in [2:28](../02/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM	8	3	hfr2	figs-explicit	περὶ ἁμαρτίας	1	to be an offering for sin	This could mean: (1) Jesus was sent for the sake of doing away with sin. Alternate translation: “in order to do away with sin” (2) Jesus was an offering to pay for sin. Alternate translation: “as an offering for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	3	gid8	figs-personification	κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν	1	to be an offering for sin	Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a guilty person whom a judge could condemn. Paul means that God removed the power that sin had to control people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he canceled the power of sin” or “he destroyed how sin controls people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	8	3	es29	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ σαρκί	1	he condemned sin in the flesh	Here, **the flesh** refers specifically to Jesus’ body, which died on the cross. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in his Son’s body on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	4	zcsi	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us	Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which God “condemned sin in the flesh” of Jesus. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	8	4	j9ff	figs-activepassive	τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου πληρωθῇ ἐν ἡμῖν	1	the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The one doing the action could be: (1) us. Alternate translation: “we might fulfill the righteous deeds of the law” (2) God. Alternate translation: “God might fulfill in us the righteous deeds of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	8	4	puta	figs-metaphor	τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου πληρωθῇ ἐν ἡμῖν	1	the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us	Here Paul speaks of **the righteous deeds of the law** as if they were something that could be located inside a person. Paul means that God enables Christians to do those **righteous deeds** that his law required. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the righteous deeds of the law might be done by us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	4	w2aa	figs-possession	τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου	1	the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us	Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **the righteous deeds** that God commanded in **the law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the righteous deeds that the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	8	4	rttr	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῦ νόμου	1	the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us	Here, **the law** refers to the laws that God gave the Jews, which is usually what Paul means when he says **the law**. See how you translated this expression in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	8	4	bsp0	figs-distinguish	ἡμῖν, τοῖς μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ Πνεῦμα	1	we who walk not according to the flesh	This clause gives further information about **us**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “us, that is, those walking not according to the flesh, but according to the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	8	4	acc4	figs-metaphor	τοῖς μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν	1	we who walk not according to the flesh	Here Paul uses **walking** to refer to how people behave or lives their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those not behaving according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	4	grhf		κατὰ σάρκα & κατὰ Πνεῦμα	1	we who walk not according to the flesh	Alternate translation: “determined by the flesh … determined by the Spirit” or “in conformity with the flesh … in conformity with the Spirit”
ROM	8	4	bgg7	figs-idiom	κατὰ σάρκα	1		Here Paul uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to sinful human nature. See how you translated the similar use of **flesh** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	8	5	xzmt	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that this verse gives the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	8	5	s5sb	figs-idiom	σάρκα & τῆς σαρκὸς	1		See how you translated **the flesh** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	8	5	b9in	figs-idiom	τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς φρονοῦσιν	1		The phrase **set their minds on** is an idiom that refers to thinking carefully about something or being intent on doing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are intent on doing the things of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	8	5	evgr	figs-possession	τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **things** that are related to **the flesh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “things pertaining to the flesh” or “fleshly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	8	5	cqwa	figs-ellipsis	οἱ δὲ κατὰ Πνεῦμα	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but those existing according to the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	8	5	x3o6	figs-ellipsis	τὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation (omitting the comma): “set their minds on the things of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	8	5	a2n5	figs-possession	τὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **things** that are related to **the Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “things pertaining to the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	8	6	uc6w	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	the mind set on the flesh … the mind set on the Spirit	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	8	6	vyw4	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ & φρόνημα & τὸ & φρόνημα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mindset**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the way of thinking … the way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	6	my98	figs-possession	τὸ & φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **mindset** that is focused on **the flesh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the mindset that is focused on the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	8	6	b0wo	figs-idiom	τῆς σαρκὸς	1		See how you translated **the flesh** in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	8	6	czmn	grammar-connect-logic-result	θάνατος	1		Here, **is** indicates that what follows is the result of **the mindset of the flesh**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “results in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	8	6	mbte	figs-explicit	θάνατος	1		Here, **death** refers to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. See how you translated the same use of **death** in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	6	oviz	figs-possession	τὸ & φρόνημα τοῦ Πνεύματος	2		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **mindset** that is focused on **the Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the mindset that is focused on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	8	6	q470	grammar-connect-logic-result	ζωὴ καὶ εἰρήνη	1		Here, **is** indicates that what follows is the result of **the mindset of the flesh**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “results in life and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	8	6	rqnl	figs-abstractnouns	ζωὴ καὶ εἰρήνη	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **life** and **peace**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “is living and being peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	6	fjk8	figs-explicit	ζωὴ	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. See how you translated this use of **life** in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	7	lsdo	grammar-connect-logic-result	διότι	1		Here, **because** indicates that this verse and the next verse give the reasons why what Paul said in [verses 5–6](../08/05.md) is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating reasons. Alternate translation: “due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	8	7	gvcr	figs-possession	τὸ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	8	7	fpt4	figs-abstractnouns	ἔχθρα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hostility**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is hostile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	7	pm7t	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	8	7	thq8	writing-pronouns	οὐχ ὑποτάσσεται, οὐδὲ & δύναται	1		Here, **it** refers to **the mindset of the flesh** mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this mindset does not subject itself to … this mindset is not able to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	8	7	z2ih	figs-personification	οὐχ ὑποτάσσεται, οὐδὲ γὰρ δύναται	1		Here Paul speaks of **the mindset of the flesh** as if it were a person who could **subject** himself to something. Paul means that the person who thinks with this **mindset** is unable to submit to God’s laws. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who thinks this way does not subject himself to … for he is not able to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	8	7	srp9	figs-personification	τῷ & νόμῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑποτάσσεται	1		Here Paul speaks of **the law of God** as if it were a king or master to whom someone could **subject** himself. Paul is referring to someone obeying God’s laws. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it does not obey the law of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	8	7	brde	grammar-collectivenouns	τῷ & νόμῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [7:22](../07/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	8	7	bhje	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	2		The word **for** indicates how what follows this word relates to what came before it. Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	8	8	me7u	figs-metaphor	οἱ & ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες	1	Those who are in the flesh	See how you translated this phrase in [7:5](../07/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	9	vdhw	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		**However** here indicates a strong contrast between people who have “the mindset of the flesh” referred to in the previous verse and the believers to whom Paul is writing this letter. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM	8	9	iybo	figs-rpronouns	ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ ἐστὲ	1		Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize the contrast between his Christian readers and people who live **in the flesh**. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “However, you are truly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ROM	8	9	czm9	figs-metaphor	ἐν σαρκὶ	1	in the flesh	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	9	e54u	figs-metaphor	ἐν Πνεύματι	1	in the Spirit	Here Paul speaks of the Holy **Spirit** as if he were a location that someone could be **in**. He could mean: (1) believers are controlled by the Holy **Spirit**, which is how **in** is used earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “controlled by the Spirit” (2) believers are united with the Holy **Spirit**, which is how Paul used **in** in [verse 1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “united with the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	9	p55f	figs-explicit	Πνεύματι & Πνεῦμα Θεοῦ & Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ	1		These phrases all refer to the Holy **Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit … the Holy Spirit of God … the Holy Spirit of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	9	y3vg	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		Here, **this one** refers to the person who **does not have the Spirit of Christ**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this person without the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	8	9	akl1	figs-possession	οὗτος οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a person who does not belong to Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “this one does not belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	8	10	ntqo	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1		Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	8	10	q8be	figs-metaphor	Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν	1	If Christ is in you	Here Paul speaks of **you** as if **you** were a location that **Christ** could be **in**. See how you translated **in you** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	10	q2q4	figs-infostructure	τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρὸν διὰ ἁμαρτίαν, τὸ δὲ Πνεῦμα ζωὴ διὰ δικαιοσύνην	1	If Christ is in you	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is life because of righteousness even though the body is dead because of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	8	10	lae8	figs-genericnoun	τὸ & σῶμα νεκρὸν	1		Paul is speaking of the bodies of believers in general, not of one particular **body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “the bodies are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
ROM	8	10	e6g9	figs-metaphor	τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρὸν διὰ ἁμαρτίαν	1	the body is dead with respect to sin	Here Paul speaks of **the body** as if it were already **dead**. Paul means that the physical **body** of a Christian will still die **because of sin**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the body will certainly die because of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	10	yb1b	figs-explicit	τὸ δὲ Πνεῦμα ζωὴ	1	the spirit is alive with respect to righteousness	Here, **the Spirit is life** could mean: (1) the Holy Spirit gives a person eternal **life**. In this case **Spirit** refers to the Holy **Spirit** and **life** refers to eternal **life**. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit grants eternal life” (2) a believer’s **spirit** is alive. In this case **Spirit** refers to the spirits of individual believers. Alternate translation: “but the spirit is alive” or “but your spirits are alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	10	ya21	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ δικαιοσύνην	1	the spirit is alive with respect to righteousness	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because of your righteous status” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	11	jlc9	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1	If the Spirit … lives in you	Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	8	11	i618	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα & αὐτοῦ Πνεῦμα	1	If the Spirit … lives in you	These phrases refer to the Holy **Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit … his Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	11	b9pu	figs-explicit	τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν & ὁ ἐγείρας ἐκ νεκρῶν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	of him who raised	These phrases refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, who raised Jesus from dead ones … God, who raised Christ Jesus from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	11	jr6p	figs-idiom	ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν & ἐγείρας ἐκ νεκρῶν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	raised Jesus	See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	8	11	t27d	figs-explicit	ζῳοποιήσει καὶ τὰ θνητὰ σώματα ὑμῶν	1	mortal bodies	Paul uses **make alive** to imply that he is referring to the resurrection of Christians after they have died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will also resurrect your mortal bodies after you have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	11	xi76	figs-explicit	διὰ & αὐτοῦ Πνεῦμα	1	mortal bodies	Here, **through** indicates the means by which God will **make** Christians **alive**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	11	e6t8	figs-distinguish	τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος αὐτοῦ Πνεῦμα ἐν ὑμῖν	1		Here, **who lives in you** gives further information about the Holy **Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “his Spirit, that is, the Spirit who lives in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	8	12	mv1r	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἄρα οὖν	1	So then	**So then** indicates that what follows this phrase explains what came before it. **So then** here indicates that what follows in [verses 12–17](../08/12.md) summarizes the ideas of [verses 5–11](../08/05.md). See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	8	12	qw5b	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	8	12	e3j8	figs-metaphor	ὀφειλέται ἐσμέν	1	we are debtors	Here Paul speaks of Christians as if they are **debtors**. He means that Christians are obligated to live according to the Spirit and not according to the flesh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we have an obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	12	fb3m	figs-ellipsis	οὐ τῇ σαρκὶ	1	but not to the flesh to live according to the flesh	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “we are not debtors to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	8	12	ecoo	figs-metaphor	τῇ σαρκὶ & τοῦ & σάρκα	1	but not to the flesh to live according to the flesh	Here Paul uses **the flesh** to refer to sinful human nature. See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [7:18](../07/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	12	dh1m	grammar-connect-words-phrases	τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν	1	but not to the flesh to live according to the flesh	Here, **to live** introduces an explanation of **the flesh**. Use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation or elaboration in your language. Alternate translation: “that is, to live according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	8	12	gplu	figs-idiom	τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν	1		See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 4](../08/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	8	13	dczr	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, it introduces an explanation of what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	8	13	ri75	figs-idiom	κατὰ σάρκα ζῆτε	1	For if you live according to the flesh	See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 4](../08/04.md) and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	8	13	b9n5	figs-explicit	μέλλετε ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	you are about to die	Here, **die** refers to dying spiritually, which means enduring eternal punishment in hell after experiencing physical death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are going to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	13	ld2h	figs-metaphor	τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος θανατοῦτε	1		Here, **put to death** means “completely stop doing something.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you stop doing the practices of the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	13	ze08	figs-possession	τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος	1	but if by the Spirit you put to death the body’s actions	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the practices** that are done with **the body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “what is done with the body” or “what you do with the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	8	13	o1ly	figs-abstractnouns	τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος	1	but if by the Spirit you put to death the body’s actions	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **practices**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is practiced with the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	13	nwul	figs-explicit	τὰς πράξεις	1	but if by the Spirit you put to death the body’s actions	Here, **the practices** refers specifically to sinful **practices** that a person does with his **body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sinful practices of the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	13	xihu	figs-genericnoun	τοῦ σώματος	1	but if by the Spirit you put to death the body’s actions	Paul is speaking of bodies in general, not of one particular **body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “of your bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
ROM	8	13	dr0e	figs-explicit	ζήσεσθε	1	but if by the Spirit you put to death the body’s actions	Here, **live** refers to living forever with God in heaven after experiencing physical death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	14	utms	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that this verse gives the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	8	14	ojie	figs-ellipsis	ὅσοι & οὗτοι	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as many people as … these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	8	14	u8pv	figs-activepassive	ὅσοι & Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἄγονται	1	For as many as are led by the Spirit of God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as many as the Spirit of God leads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	8	14	yz28	figs-explicit	Πνεύματι Θεοῦ	1	For as many as are led by the Spirit of God	See how you translated **the Spirit of God** in [verse 9](../08/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	14	gd1i	figs-gendernotations	υἱοί Θεοῦ	1	sons of God	Here Paul is using the term **sons** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	8	14	wrk1	figs-metaphor	υἱοί Θεοῦ	1	sons of God	Paul speaks of these people as if **God** were their physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	15	wpp9	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, it introduces an explanation of what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	8	15	zi1c	figs-explicit	πάλιν	1		Here, **again** indicates that Paul’s readers had **a spirit of slavery** before they became Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for a second time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	15	r57o	figs-explicit	πνεῦμα	1		Here, **spirit** could refer to: (1) a person’s attitude or emotional state. Alternate translation: “a mental state” (2) a demonic spirit. Alternate translation: “a demonic spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	15	av67	figs-possession	πνεῦμα δουλείας & Πνεῦμα υἱοθεσίας	1		In both of these phrases Paul is using the possessive form to describe something that causes something else to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “a spirit that causes slavery … the Spirit that causes adoption” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	8	15	iwyy	figs-abstractnouns	δουλείας & φόβον & υἱοθεσίας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **slavery**, **fear**, and **adoption**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of being a slave … you being afraid … of those who have been adopted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	15	c43f	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς φόβον	1		Here, **leading to** indicates that **fear** is the result of receiving **a spirit of slavery**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “resulting in fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	8	15	ew0a	figs-explicit	Πνεῦμα	1		Here, **the Spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy **Spirit**, as indicated by the use of **Spirit** in the ULT. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (2) a person’s attitude or emotional state, as with the previous use of **spirit** in this verse. Alternate translation: “a mental state” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	15	ecq3	figs-exclamations	Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ	1	by which we cry	Here, **cry out** indicates that what follows is an emotional exclamation. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “O Abba! Father!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM	8	15	vxs9		Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ	1	Abba, Father	Here Paul writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word **Abba** with Greek letters, which means **Father**. Since John translates the meaning next in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language.
ROM	8	15	ahnr	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1	Abba, Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
ROM	8	16	mwbw	figs-explicit	τῷ Πνεύματι ἡμῶν	1		Here, **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or emotional state. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a mental state” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	16	aimw	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1		Here Paul uses **children of God** to refer to people who have a father-child relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. Here, **children** does not refer to young people, but only to the relationship that people have with their fathers. If you translate **children** using a literal term, choose a word that can refer to people of any age in relation to their fathers. Alternate translation: “God’s spiritual offspring” or “spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	17	agxk	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1		Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	8	17	izpd	figs-ellipsis	εἰ & τέκνα, καὶ κληρονόμοι; κληρονόμοι μὲν Θεοῦ	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if we are children, then we are also heirs: we are both heirs of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	8	17	hfwo	figs-metaphor	τέκνα	1		See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	17	fj7w	figs-metaphor	κληρονόμοι; κληρονόμοι μὲν Θεοῦ	1	heirs of God	Paul uses **heirs** to refer to Christians as if they will inherit property and wealth from a family member. He means that they will receive everything that God has promised to give Christians. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who will receive what God has promised us: both those who receive those things from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	17	q751	figs-metaphor	συνκληρονόμοι & Χριστοῦ	1	we are joint heirs with Christ	Paul uses **joint heirs** to refer to Christians as if they, along with **Christ**, will inherit property and wealth from a family member. He means that God will give to Christians what he gives to Christ. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we will also receive what God has promised us and Christ together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	17	q6ka	writing-pronouns	συνπάσχομεν, ἵνα καὶ συνδοξασθῶμεν	1	we are joint heirs with Christ	The pronoun **him** here refers to Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we suffering together with Christ so that we may also be glorified together with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	8	17	ggl6	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	we are joint heirs with Christ	Paul uses **so that** here to state the goal for which Christians **suffer together with** Christ. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	8	17	j6ia	figs-activepassive	καὶ συνδοξασθῶμεν	1	that we may also be glorified with him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God may also glorify us together with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	8	18	i5nu	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	For	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, it indicates that what follows in [verses 18–25](../08/18.md) gives further information about what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	8	18	f3sv	writing-pronouns	λογίζομαι	1	For	The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul (see [7:1](../07/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	8	18	b3b1	figs-activepassive	λογίζομαι & ὅτι οὐκ ἄξια τὰ παθήματα τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ, πρὸς	1	I consider that … are not worthy to be compared with	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I cannot compare the sufferings of this present time with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	8	18	oj49	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ παθήματα τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ & τὴν & δόξαν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sufferings** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the things that make us suffer in this present time … the glorious situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	18	jjb8	figs-activepassive	μέλλουσαν & ἀποκαλυφθῆναι	1	will be revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God will make known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	8	19	qoj5	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	will be revealed	**For** indicates how what follows this word relates to what came before it. Here, it indicates that this verse gives additional support for what Paul said in [verse 17](../08/17.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	8	19	dn11	figs-idiom	ἡ & ἀποκαραδοκία τῆς κτίσεως & ἀπεκδέχεται	1	the eager expectation of the creation waits for	Here, **the eager expectation** is an idiom Paul uses to emphasize how **eagerly the creation** is waiting. He does not mean that **the eager expectation** itself is waiting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the creation is very eagerly expecting” or “the creation is eagerly expecting with much eagerness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	8	19	d911	figs-personification	ἡ & ἀποκαραδοκία τῆς κτίσεως & ἀπεκδέχεται	1	the eager expectation of the creation waits for	Here Paul speaks of **the creation** as if it were a person who eagerly expects something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “it is as if the creation is eagerly expecting with eager expectation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	8	19	ulvv	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς κτίσεως & τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the eager expectation of the creation waits for	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **creation** and **revelation**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of the created things … the sons of God to be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	19	dm6s	figs-activepassive	τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for the revealing of the sons of God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for the time when God will reveal his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	8	19	sr2p	figs-metaphor	τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	sons of God	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	20	nh58	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For the creation was subjected to futility	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in [verses 20–22](../08/20.md) is the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	8	20	zjl2	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ & ματαιότητι	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **futility**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to being futile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	20	gdfe	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κτίσις	1		See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	20	l9ab	figs-activepassive	ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη	1	For the creation was subjected to futility	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God subjugated the creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	8	20	yvl3	figs-personification	ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη, οὐχ ἑκοῦσα	1	not of its own will, but because of him who subjected it	Here Paul speaks of **the creation** as if it were a person who could be **subjected** to someone and could have a will. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “it is as if the creation were subjected against its will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	8	20	taz4	figs-explicit	τὸν ὑποτάξαντα	1	not of its own will, but because of him who subjected it	This phrase refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who subjected it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	20	l7bf	figs-explicit	ἐφ’ ἑλπίδι	1	not of its own will, but because of him who subjected it	Here, **hope** refers to the creation’s **hope**, which is why the creation is “eagerly expecting the revelation of the sons of God” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the basis of giving hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	20	tof4	figs-abstractnouns	ἑλπίδι	1		See how you translated **hope** in [5:4](../05/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	21	m3fi	figs-personification	αὐτὴ ἡ κτίσις ἐλευθερωθήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς, εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης	1	the creation itself will be delivered	Here Paul speaks of **the creation** as if it were a person who was enslaved to someone and needed to be **freed**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the creation itself will no longer decay, but will experience the glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	8	21	l6qc	figs-activepassive	αὐτὴ ἡ κτίσις ἐλευθερωθήσεται	1	the creation itself will be delivered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will free the creation itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	8	21	ovn5	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κτίσις	1	the creation itself will be delivered	See how you translated **the creation** in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	21	l3vw	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς & τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης	1	from slavery to decay	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **slavery**, **decay**, **freedom**, and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “being enslaved to decay … being free to experience what is glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	21	r2n9	figs-possession	τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **slavery** to **decay**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “being enslaved to decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	8	21	ba5h	figs-metaphor	τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς	1	from slavery to decay	Here Paul speaks of **decay** as if it could enslave someone. He means that **the creation** was certain to **decay**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “being destined to decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	21	tx57	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν	1	that it will be brought into the freedom of the glory of the children of God	Here Paul speaks of **freedom** as if it were a location someone could enter **into**. Paul means that **the creation** will experience this **freedom**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience the freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	21	bv03	figs-possession	τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the freedom** that relates to **the glory**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the freedom that comes from the glory” or “the freedom pertaining to the glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	8	21	zsks	figs-possession	τῆς δόξης	1		Here Paul uses the possessive form **the glory of the children of God** to refer to **the glory** that God shares with believers. This was the same **glory** that God shared with humans when he created them, but which they lost when the first humans sinned, as mentioned in [3:23](../03/23.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the glory that God gives the children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	8	21	a5ix	figs-metaphor	τῶν τέκνων τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in the [verse 16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	22	pcay	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, it indicates that what follows in this verse gives further support for what Paul said about the miserable condition of **the creation** in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	8	22	l69k	figs-personification	πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις συνστενάζει καὶ συνωδίνει	1	For we know that the whole creation groans and labors in pain together even now	Here Paul speaks of **the creation** as if it were a woman who **groans and labors in pain** while giving birth to a baby. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the creation is like a woman groaning and laboring in pain while giving birth” or “all the creation is suffering greatly together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	8	23	b5sz	figs-explicit	τὴν ἀπαρχὴν τοῦ Πνεύματος ἔχοντες	1		This clause could refer to: (1) Paul and his Christian readers. Alternate translation: “those who have the firstfruits of the Spirit” (2) the reason why Christians **groan**. Alternate translation: “because we have the firstfruits of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	23	qyic	figs-possession	τὴν ἀπαρχὴν τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the firstfruits** that is **the Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the firstfruits, that is, the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	8	23	wutm	figs-metaphor	τὴν ἀπαρχὴν	1		Here Paul uses **firstfruits** to refer to the Holy **Spirit** as if they were the first crop that was harvested during the harvest season. Paul means that the Holy **Spirit** is the first part of the blessings that God gives Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the first gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	23	xun5	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὶ	2		Paul uses the word **ourselves** here to emphasize that Christians also share in the suffering of the creation. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “our very selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ROM	8	23	ch9t	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἑαυτοῖς στενάζομεν	1		Here Paul uses **groan** to refer to the emotional anguish that Christians experience while they wait to be with God in heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “experience emotional anguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	23	tiij	figs-abstractnouns	υἱοθεσίαν & τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν	1		See how you translated **adoption** in [verse 15](../08/15.md) and **redemption** in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	23	k1wy	figs-explicit	υἱοθεσίαν ἀπεκδεχόμενοι	1		Here, **our adoption** refers to when we will become full members of God’s family, as adopted sons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “waiting for when we are fully members of God’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	23	qsb9	figs-genericnoun	τοῦ σώματος ἡμῶν	1		Paul is speaking of the bodies of believers in general, not of one particular body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “of our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
ROM	8	24	oocv	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For in this certain hope we were saved	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is the reason why Christians “groan” and are “eagerly expecting” to be fully adopted and redeemed. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “We do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	8	24	sv0h	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ & ἐλπίδι & ἐλπὶς & ἐλπίς	1	For in this certain hope we were saved	See how you translated the abstract noun **hope** in [5:4](../05/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	24	xwvy		τῇ & ἐλπίδι	1		Here, **in** could indicate: (1) that **hope** is associated with being **saved**. Alternate translation: “in association with this hope” (2) the means by which people are saved. In this case, **hope** would refer to faith. Alternate translation: “by this hope”
ROM	8	24	x4gi	figs-activepassive	ἐσώθημεν	1	For in this certain hope we were saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God saved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	8	24	edze	figs-metaphor	βλεπομένη & βλέπει	1	For in this certain hope we were saved	Paul uses **seen** and **sees** here to refer to experiencing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “being experienced … he experiences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	24	pgmc	figs-activepassive	βλεπομένη	1	For in this certain hope we were saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that people can see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	8	24	rxxy	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	2		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous statement is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is true since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	8	24	tks9	figs-rquestion	ὃ γὰρ βλέπει τις, ἐλπίζει?	1		Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the thrust of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “For surely no one hopes for what he sees!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	8	25	ktqd	figs-metaphor	ὃ οὐ βλέπομεν	1		See how you translated the similar use of “seen” and “sees” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	25	g2pm	figs-explicit	ὃ οὐ βλέπομεν & ἀπεκδεχόμεθα	1		Here, **what we do not see** and **it** refer to the “adoption” and “redemption” mentioned in [verse 23](../08/23.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the adoption and redemption that we do not see … we are eagerly expecting these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	25	l91v	figs-abstractnouns	δι’ ὑπομονῆς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **endurance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “while enduring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	26	bkwx	figs-ellipsis	συναντιλαμβάνεται & ὑπερεντυγχάνει	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “helps us … intercedes for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	8	26	h8jy	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ ἡμῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in our weak condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	26	a6e1	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous statement is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is true since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	8	26	k5pn	figs-infostructure	τὸ & τί προσευξώμεθα καθὸ δεῖ, οὐκ οἴδαμεν	2		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “For we do not know the thing for which we should pray as we ought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	8	26	fbjc	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸ τὸ Πνεῦμα	1		Paul uses the word **himself** here to emphasize that Holy **Spirit** helps Christians. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “the very Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ROM	8	26	jmp8		στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις	1	inexpressible groans	Alternate translation: “with groanings that we cannot express in words”
ROM	8	27	tq4n	figs-explicit	ὁ & ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας	1	He who searches the hearts	Here, **the one who searches the hearts** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who searches the hearts,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	27	v184	figs-metaphor	ὁ & ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας	1		The phrase **searches the hearts** means “examines thoughts and emotions.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who knows all our thoughts and feelings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	27	tz5h	figs-metonymy	ὁ & ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας	1		See how you translated “heart” in [1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	8	27	bioe	figs-possession	τὸ φρόνημα τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the mindset** that belongs to the **Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Spirit’s mindset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	8	27	rgcb	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ φρόνημα	1		See how you translated **mindset** in [8:6](../08/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	27	fgdd	figs-explicit	κατὰ Θεὸν	1		Here, **God** implies God’s will. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to God’s will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	28	u0ev	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγαθόν & πρόθεσιν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **good** and **purpose**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is good … what he purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	28	q3ce	figs-activepassive	τοῖς & κλητοῖς οὖσιν	2	for those who are called	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for those whom God called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	8	29	m3vv	figs-explicit	οὓς προέγνω	1		Here, **foreknew** could mean: (1) God had determined to know them ahead of time, which is how this word is used in [1 Peter 1:20](../1pe/01/20.md). Alternate translation: “whom he chose beforehand” (2) God knew what they would do ahead of time. Alternate translation: “whom he knew beforehand,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	29	xhn2	figs-metaphor	συμμόρφους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	to be conformed to the image of his Son	Here, **image** refers to how Christians will one day resemble Jesus. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated **image** in [1:23](../01/23.md). Alternate translation: “to be a similar form that is like his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	29	yuw2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	Son	**Son** is an important title for Jesus, the **Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
ROM	8	29	ojxg	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν	1	Son	Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that he might be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	8	29	r3vf	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν	1	Son	The pronoun **he** refers to God’s **Son**, Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	8	29	lf49	figs-metaphor	τὸ & πρωτότοκον	1	that he might be the firstborn	Here, **firstborn** could mean: (1) the most important person among God’s children. Alternate translation: “the person ranked first” (2) the first person to be resurrected. Alternate translation: “the first person to be resurrected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	29	s552	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοῖς	1	among many brothers	Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	8	29	lxym	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοῖς	1	among many brothers	Here, **brothers** refers to Christians, whom Paul calls “joint heirs with Christ” in [verse 17](../08/17.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	30	hg3f	figs-explicit	ἐκάλεσεν & ἐκάλεσεν	1	Those whom he predestined	Here, **called** refers to God choosing people to be his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “chose to be his people … he chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	30	g29g	figs-pastforfuture	ἐδόξασεν	1	these he also glorified	Paul uses the past tense in order to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “will glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
ROM	8	31	uqou	grammar-connect-logic-result	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν	1		Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verses. See how you translated this phrase in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	8	31	xpu3	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν πρὸς ταῦτα? εἰ ὁ Θεὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, τίς καθ’ ἡμῶν?	1		Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form in these two sentences to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then we will say to these things: If God is for us, surely no one can be against us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	8	31	ovfz	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1		Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	8	31	s21a		ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν	1		Alternate translation: “is on our side”
ROM	8	32	fqim	figs-rquestion	ὅς γε τοῦ ἰδίου Υἱοῦ οὐκ ἐφείσατο, ἀλλὰ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν πάντων παρέδωκεν αὐτόν, πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ, τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται?	1	He who did not spare his own Son	Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He who indeed did not spare his own Son, but gave him up on behalf of us all will surely also with him freely give us all things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	8	32	mifc	writing-pronouns	ὅς	1	He who did not spare his own Son	**He who** here refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	8	32	s9l9		οὐκ ἐφείσατο	1		Alternate translation: “did not refrain from giving” or “did not refuse to give up”
ROM	8	32	l73i	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ ἰδίου Υἱοῦ	1	He who did not spare his own Son	**Son** is an important title for Jesus, the **Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
ROM	8	32	b3au	figs-explicit	παρέδωκεν αὐτόν	1	but delivered him up	Here, **gave him up** means that God allowed people to kill Jesus. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “gave him up to be killed” or “allowed him to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	33	vr1b	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐγκαλέσει κατὰ ἐκλεκτῶν Θεοῦ?	1		Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely no one can bring an accusation against God’s elect!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	8	33	tidd	figs-explicit	τίς ἐγκαλέσει	1		Here, **accusation** implies an **accusation** that is based on facts. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a true accusation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	33	ekqn	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκλεκτῶν Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **elect**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those who have been chosen by God” or “those whom God has elected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	33	qmca	grammar-connect-logic-result	Θεὸς ὁ δικαιῶν	1		This sentences states the reason why the idea in the previous sentence is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “No on can accuse them, because God is the one who justifies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	8	34	vt5r	figs-rquestion	τίς ὁ κατακρινῶν?	1	Who is the one who condemns?	Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely no one can condemn!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	8	34	j1dj	figs-ellipsis	ὁ κατακρινῶν	1	Who is the one who condemns?	Paul is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “the one who condemns us believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	8	34	u627	grammar-connect-logic-result	Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ ἀποθανών, μᾶλλον δὲ ἐγερθείς ὅς, καί ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὃς καὶ ἐντυγχάνει ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν	1		This sentences states the reason why the idea in the previous sentence is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “No one can condemn because Christ Jesus is the one who died—but more than that, he was raised who also is at the right hand of God—who also intercedes on our behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	8	34	tw3l	figs-activepassive	ἐγερθείς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	8	34	dea5	figs-idiom	ἐγερθείς	1		See how you translated **raised** in [4:25](../04/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	8	34	uc9o	figs-nominaladj	ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate the **right** side. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “at the right side of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM	8	34	vd8g	figs-explicit	ὅς, καί ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	who is at the right hand of God	In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	35	h9ba	figs-rquestion	τίς ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ?	1	Who will separate us from the love of Christ?	Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely no one will separate us from the love of Christ!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	8	35	btoo	figs-metaphor	ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Who will separate us from the love of Christ?	Here Paul speaks figuratively of **love** as if it were an object that someone could be separated from. He means that **Christ** cannot stop loving those who believe in him. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “will cause Christ to stop loving us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	35	ldx1	figs-rquestion	θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα?	1	Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword?	Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely neither tribulation, nor distress, nor persecution, nor hunger, nor nakedness, nor danger, nor sword!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	8	35	m2hl	figs-ellipsis	θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα?	1	Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword?	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Will tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword separate us from the love of Christ?”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	8	35	qe2z	figs-abstractnouns	θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς	1	Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword?	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **Tribulation**, **distress**, **persecution**, **hunger**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “If people trouble us, or hurt us, or distress us, or persecute us, or cause us to be hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	35	q2dc	figs-doublet	θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία	1	Tribulation, or distress	**Tribulation** and **distress** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Extreme tribulation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM	8	35	kcjr	figs-metonymy	ἢ μάχαιρα	1		Here, **sword** refers to being killed violently. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or being killed violently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	8	36	clec	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	8	36	f2de	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by the sons of Korah. Alternate translation: “Just as the sons of Korah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	8	36	wegb	figs-quotemarks	ὅτι ἕνεκεν σοῦ, θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν; ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς	1		In these clauses Paul quotes [Psalm 44:22](../psa/044/022.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	8	36	t67y	figs-yousingular	ὅτι ἕνεκεν σοῦ	1	For your benefit	Here, **your** is singular and refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For your sake, God,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ROM	8	36	s7wj	figs-exclusive	θανατούμεθα & ἐλογίσθημεν	1	we are killed all day long	Here, **we** refers to the people who wrote this verse, so it would be exclusive. It does not refer to God, who is the one being spoken to. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	8	36	phxq	figs-activepassive	θανατούμεθα & ἐλογίσθημεν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “our enemies put us to death … They consider us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	8	36	h6v7	figs-hyperbole	θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν	1		The phrase **all day long** is an exaggeration that emphasizes how frequently these people were being killed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we are killed regularly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ROM	8	36	g3pi	figs-simile	ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς	1	We were considered as sheep for the slaughter	Here Paul compares to **sheep** those whom people kill because they are loyal to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “We are considered by those who kill us to only be as valuable as the sheep they kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ROM	8	36	gmi0	figs-abstractnouns	σφαγῆς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **slaughter**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be slaughtered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	37	wytd	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1		**But** here indicates that what follows [verses 37–39](../08/37.md) is the negative answer to the rhetorical questions in [verse 35](../08/35.md). If you translated the rhetorical question in [verse 35](../08/35.md) as a question, then here you could use a natural way in your language for introducing a negative answer to that question. If you changed the rhetorical question in [verse 35](../08/35.md) to a statement, then here you could use a word that indicates strong contrast. Alternate translation: “No,” or “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM	8	37	aii8	figs-explicit	τούτοις	1	we are more than conquerors	Here, **these things** refers to the list of various types of suffering mentioned in [verse 35](../08/35.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these kinds of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	37	iui3	figs-metaphor	ὑπερνικῶμεν	1	we are more than conquerors	Here, **more than conquerors** refers to those who have complete victory over their enemies. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we have complete victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	37	wcm6	figs-explicit	τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς	1	through the one who loved us	Here, **the one who loved us** could refer to: (1) Christ, as in [verse 35](../08/35.md). Alternate translation: “through Christ, who loved us” (2) God, as in [verse 39](../08/39.md). Alternate translation: “through God, who loved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	38	fch1	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, it indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is an explanation of what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	8	38	dgky	figs-activepassive	πέπεισμαι	1	I have been convinced	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God convinced me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	8	38	ok7f	figs-abstractnouns	θάνατος & ζωὴ & ἀρχαὶ & δυνάμεις	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **death**, **life**, **governments**, or **powers**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “being dead & being alive … those who govern … powerful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	8	38	js9q	figs-explicit	ἀρχαὶ	1	governments	Here, **governments** could refer to: (1) demons, which is usually how Paul uses this word ([1 Corinthians 15:24](../1co/15/24.md), [Ephesians 6:12](../eph/06/12.md)). Alternate translation: “ruling demons” (2) human kings and rulers. Alternate translation: “human rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	38	q7ti	figs-explicit	δυνάμεις	1	nor powers	This could refer to: (1) demons with power, which is how Paul uses this word in [1 Corinthians 15:24](../1co/15/24.md) and [Ephesians 1:21](../eph/01/21.md). Alternate translation: “demonic powers” (2) human beings with power. Alternate translation: “powerful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	8	39	ppaz	figs-metonymy	ὕψωμα & βάθος	1	nor powers	Here, **height** refers to everything that exists above a person, and **depth** refers to everything that exists below a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everything that is above us … everything that is below us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	8	39	ajct	figs-activepassive	τις κτίσις ἑτέρα	1	nor powers	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “any other thing that God has created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	8	39	sd7j	figs-metaphor	δυνήσεται ἡμᾶς χωρίσαι ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	nor powers	See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 35](../08/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	8	39	fr5b	figs-distinguish	τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	nor powers	Here, **which** marks that Paul is giving further information about **the love of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “that is, the love of God in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	8	39	tot5	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	nor powers	See how you translated this phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	intro	w6f4			0		# Romans 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)<br>    * Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)<br>    * God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)<br>    * God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)<br>    * No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)<br><br>Chapter 9 begins a new topic in this letter. In chapters 9-11, Paul focuses on the nation of Israel.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 25-29](../09/25.md) and [33](../09/33.md) of this chapter. Paul quotes all of these words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Predestination<br><br>Many scholars believe that in this chapter Paul teaches extensively on a subject known as “predestination.” Some take this to indicate that God has chosen to save some people from before the world existed. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject, so translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Stone of stumbling<br><br>In [verses 30–33](../09/30.md) Paul explains that God made some Gentiles righteous because they believed in Jesus, but most Jews rejected Jesus because they were trying to obey the law of Moses to become righteous. Paul quotes [Isaiah 8:14](../../isa/08/14.md) and [28:16](../../isa/28/16.md) to describe Jesus as if he were a stone that the Jews trip over when walking. See the translations and notes for how Peter uses these same verses from Isaiah in [1 Peter 2:6](../1pe/02/06.md), [8](../1pe/02/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	1	yg93	figs-doublet	ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι	1	I tell the truth in Christ. I do not lie	These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he is telling the truth. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the absolute truth in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM	9	1	igs8	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ	1		See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	1	h9mp	figs-personification	συνμαρτυρούσης μοι τῆς συνειδήσεώς	1		Here Paul uses **conscience** as if it were a person bearing witness in a courtroom. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:15](../02/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	9	1	dsaj	figs-explicit	ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1		Here, **in the Holy Spirit** indicates that **the Holy Spirit** is the one who guided Paul’s **conscience**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the guidance of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	2	jx3a	figs-idiom	λύπη μοί ἐστιν μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη τῇ καρδίᾳ μου	1	that for me there is great sorrow and unceasing pain in my heart	Here, **unceasing pain in my heart** is an idiom that Paul uses to share his emotional distress. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am experiencing great and unceasing sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	9	2	jky1	figs-doublet	λύπη & μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη	1	great sorrow and unceasing pain	These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize how intense his emotions are. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “exceedingly great sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM	9	3	sju1	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous statement is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is true since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	9	3	b1g6	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνάθεμα εἶναι αὐτὸς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **accursed**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “myself to be cursed” or “myself to be an accursed person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	9	3	rh5h	figs-activepassive	ἀπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	For I could wish that I myself would be cursed and set apart from Christ for the sake of my brothers, those of my own race according to the flesh	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God separating me from Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	9	3	oma4	figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, **separated from Christ** refers to the idea of Paul losing his salvation, which is impossible. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “eternally kept apart from Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	9	3	og9y	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου	1		Here, **for the sake of** implies that Paul is talking about the salvation of his **brothers**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sake of the salvation of my brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	3	gaim	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου	1	brothers	Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “my brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	9	3	eg9b	figs-metonymy	τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** refers to Jews, who are Paul’s kinsmen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Jewish kinsmen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	9	3	gn5p	figs-distinguish	τῶν συγγενῶν μου, κατὰ σάρκα	1	brothers	This clause gives further information about **my brothers**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who are those of my own race according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	9	3	qckq	figs-idiom	κατὰ σάρκα	1	brothers	See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	9	4	p1ys	figs-distinguish	οἵτινές εἰσιν Ἰσραηλεῖται	1	They are Israelites	This phrase gives further information about “my brothers," mentioned in the previous verse. If it might be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “those brothers of mine are Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	9	4	jfzg	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ υἱοθεσία & ἡ δόξα & ἡ νομοθεσία & ἡ λατρεία & αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **adoption**, **glory**, **law-giving**, **service**, and **promises**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “being adopted … glorious things … being given the law … serving … what has been promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	9	4	l6vs	figs-metaphor	ἡ υἱοθεσία	1	They have adoption	Here, **adoption** refers to the idea that the **Israelites** were like God’s children. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the status as God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	4	n2vu	figs-explicit	ἡ νομοθεσία	1		Here, **the law-giving** refers to God giving his laws to the Jews. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the giving of God’s laws to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	4	vu6j	figs-explicit	ἡ λατρεία	1		Here, **the service** refers to Jewish worship in the temple, which was a way of serving God. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “serving God in his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	5	tic7	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες	1		Here, **the fathers** refers to the first ancestors of the Israelites, who are Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	5	q5w4	figs-idiom	κατὰ σάρκα	1		See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md) and [verse 3](../08/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	9	5	offl	figs-explicit	ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων	1		This clause refers to **the Christ**, mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this connection clearer. Alternate translation: “Christ is the one who is over all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	5	l07v	figs-explicit	ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων	1		The phrase **is over all** implies ruling as king **over all** things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who reigns over all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	5	blop	figs-explicit	Θεὸς, εὐλογητὸς	1		Here, **blessed God** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to Father God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is the blessed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	6	equ8		οὐχ οἷον & ὅτι ἐκπέπτωκεν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	But it is not as though the promises of God have failed	Alternate translation: “it is not as if the word of God has failed” or “the word of God has not failed”
ROM	9	6	vedq	figs-personification	ἐκπέπτωκεν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here Paul speaks about **the word of God** as if it were a person who had not **failed**. He means that what God has said will certainly happen as he said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the word of God will remain unfulfilled” or “the word of God has proved false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	9	6	bmq6	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **the word of God** refers to what God promised to do for Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s word of promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	6	r8se	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that this sentence gives the reason why what Paul said in the previous sentence is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	9	6	wy8z	figs-explicit	οὐ & πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ οὗτοι, Ἰσραήλ	1	For it is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel	Here Paul uses the word **Israel** in two different ways. The phrase **all the ones from Israel** refers to all the physical descendants of Jacob, whom God also called **Israel**. However, the second occurrence of **Israel** refers to physical descendants of Jacob who trust in Jesus. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “not all the ones from physical Israel are part of spiritual Israel” or “not every physical Israelite is a true Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	7	s3rj	figs-ellipsis	οὐδ’ ὅτι εἰσὶν σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ πάντες τέκνα	1	Neither are all Abraham’s descendants truly his children	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Neither is it such a thing that all the children are seed of Abraham” or “Neither is it true that all the children are seed of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	9	7	m5av	figs-explicit	πάντες τέκνα	1	Neither are all Abraham’s descendants truly his children	Here, **children** refers specifically to “the children of Israel,” which is a name for the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the children of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	7	kpls	figs-metaphor	πάντες τέκνα	1		Here, **children** refers to someone’s descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	7	y86t	figs-metaphor	σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ & σοι σπέρμα	1		Here, **seed** refers to refers to physical descendants of **Abraham** who trust in Jesus, as did the second occurrence of “Israel” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “true descendants of Abraham … your true seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	7	kbnn	writing-quotations	ἀλλ’	1		**But** here indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 21:12](../gen/21/12.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “But God says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	9	7	z2f3	figs-quotemarks	ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Genesis 21:12](../gen/21/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	9	7	wam8	figs-yousingular	ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα	1		Here, **your** refers to **Abraham**, and so, it is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham, in Isaac your seed will be called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ROM	9	7	obgo	figs-metaphor	ἐν Ἰσαὰκ	1		Here, **in Isaac** means “through the descendants of Isaac.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through Isaac’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	7	i640	figs-activepassive	κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context indicates that God is the one who will do the action, and he is speaking in first person. Alternate translation: “I will call your seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	9	8	yhq8		τοῦτ’ ἔστιν	1		Alternate translation: “Another way to say this is”
ROM	9	8	s5xa	figs-metonymy	τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκὸς,	1	the children of the flesh are not	Here, **children of the flesh** refers to the physical descendants of Abraham. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Abraham’s physical descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	9	8	y17u	figs-metaphor	τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	children of God	See how you translated this phrase in the [8:16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	8	ta8t	figs-possession	τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας	1	children of the promise	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **children** who are the result of **the promise**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the children who result from the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	9	8	z5no	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἐπαγγελίας	1	children of the promise	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who had been promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	9	8	h751	figs-explicit	τῆς ἐπαγγελίας	1	children of the promise	Here, **the promise** refers to God’s promise to give Abraham descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the promise God made to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	8	p768	figs-metaphor	σπέρμα	1		See how you translated **seed** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	9	f4ap	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, it introduces an explanation of what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	9	9	ptfv	writing-quotations	ἐπαγγελίας & ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1	this is the word of promise	This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 18:10](../gen/18/10.md), [14](../gen/18/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “this is the word of promise that God spoke in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	9	9	up57	figs-possession	ἐπαγγελίας & ὁ λόγος	1	this is the word of promise	Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **word** that is a **promise**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the word that was promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	9	9	vplh	figs-metonymy	ἐπαγγελίας & ὁ λόγος	1	this is the word of promise	Here, Paul used the term **word** to describe what God had said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s spoken promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	9	9	sufo	figs-quotemarks	κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον, ἐλεύσομαι, καὶ ἔσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ υἱός	1	this is the word of promise	This sentence is a quotation from [Genesis 18:10](../gen/18/10.md), [14](../gen/18/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	9	9	r9dw	writing-pronouns	ἐλεύσομαι	1	this is the word of promise	The pronoun **I** here refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	9	9	hxl1	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	this is the word of promise	**And** indicates that what follows this word is related to what came before it. Here, **and** indicates that what follows is the result of what happened in the previous clause. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a result. Alternate translation: “and the result will be that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	9	9	h4kf	figs-ellipsis	ἔσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ υἱός	1	this is the word of promise	This clause is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “a son will be born to Sarah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	9	9	wqb2	figs-activepassive	ἔσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ υἱός	1	a son will be given to Sarah	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Sarah will have a son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	9	10	icc1	writing-pronouns	οὐ μόνον δέ	1	had conceived	Here, **this** refers to what Paul said in the previous verse, which was an example of God’s promises. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now, this is not the only example” or “Now, what God promised Abraham is not the only example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	9	10	nqkc	figs-explicit	ἀλλὰ καὶ Ῥεβέκκα	1	had conceived	Paul implies that God made a promise to **Rebekah** and he states that promise in [verse 12](../09/12.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but Rebekah also received a promise from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	10	mb5q	figs-metaphor	τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1	our father	Here, **father** refers to **Isaac** as the ancestor of the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “our forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	11	h16y	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		The words **for** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **for** indicates that what follows gives further information about what Paul says in the previous verse and the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “in fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	9	11	ekxa	figs-explicit	γὰρ	1		Here Paul is referring to God choosing to bless Jacob instead of Esau, the twin sons of Rebekah and Isaac. However, he does not state this explicitly until [verse 13](../09/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God chose to bless only one of Rebekah’s two sons,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	11	luly	figs-ellipsis	μήπω & γεννηθέντων, μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον	1		Paul is leaving out some words that these clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “her sons not yet having been born, nor indeed having done anything good or bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	9	11	h32d	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand	Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which God chose only one of Rebekah’s sons. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	9	11	a1gz	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ & πρόθεσις τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **purpose**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what God had purposed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	9	11	ts50	figs-abstractnouns	κατ’ ἐκλογὴν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **election**, you could express the same idea in another way. The context indicates that Paul is referring to **God** electing people. Alternate translation: “according to electing people” or “in relation to choosing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	9	12	ze3m	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ καλοῦντος	1		Here Paul is referring to the election of one of Rebekah’s sons, Jacob, as stated in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God did not elect Jacob by works, but by the one who calls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	12	h6uj	figs-explicit	ἔργων	1		Here, **works** refers to human actions in general. It does not refer to “the works of the law” because God had not yet given the law of Moses when Jacob and Esau lived. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	12	d6mr	figs-explicit	τοῦ καλοῦντος	1	because of him	Here, **the one who calls** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who calls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	12	sie3	figs-ellipsis	τοῦ καλοῦντος	1	because of him	Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “the one who calls people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	9	12	wv7n	figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη αὐτῇ	1	it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.”	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God said to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	9	12	fcho	writing-quotations	ἐρρέθη αὐτῇ	1	it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.”	This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 25:23](../gen/25/23.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it was said to her, as recorded in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	9	12	y9cc	writing-pronouns	αὐτῇ	1	it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.”	Here, the pronoun **her** refers to Rebekah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	9	12	hwwn	figs-quotemarks	ὁ μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι	1	it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.”	This sentence is a quotation from [Genesis 25:23](../gen/25/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	9	12	b8px	figs-explicit	ὁ μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι	1	it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.”	The phrases **the older** and **the younger** refer to Rebekah’s **older** and **younger** twin sons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	13	heon	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated	See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	9	13	mxfw	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by the prophet Malachi, and God is the person speaking. Alternate translation: “It is just as God had Malachi write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	9	13	xt7t	figs-quotemarks	τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἠγάπησα, τὸν δὲ Ἠσαῦ ἐμίσησα	1	Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated	This sentence is a quotation from [Malachi 1:2–3](../mal/01/02.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	9	13	jcfs	writing-pronouns	ἠγάπησα & ἐμίσησα	1	Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated	The pronoun **I** here refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, loved … I hated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	9	13	y3zu	figs-hyperbole	ἐμίσησα	1	Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated	Paul quotes God using the word **hated** as an exaggeration to say that he did not love Esau and had completely rejected him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I completely rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ROM	9	14	lf2k	grammar-connect-logic-result	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν?	1	What then will we say?	Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in [verses 6–13](../09/06.md). See how you translated this phrase in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	9	14	m8xk	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἀδικία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ?	1	What then will we say?	In these two sentences Paul is not asking for information, but is using questions to address an objection that some people may have to what he said in the previous verses because they misunderstood him. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements or exclamations or communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then we will say that God is truly unrighteous!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	9	14	xvei	figs-quotemarks	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἀδικία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ?	1	What then will we say?	In these two sentences Paul is speaking as if he were a person who misunderstood what Paul had taught in the previous verses. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	9	14	ya6m	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ ἀδικία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unrighteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no unrighteous character with God, is there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	9	14	euci	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀδικία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1		Here Paul speaks of **unrighteousness** as if it were an object that could not be **with God**. He is referring to the idea of God being unrighteous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God is not unrighteous, is he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	14	s1hm	figs-explicit	μὴ γένοιτο!	1	May it never be	In this sentence Paul begins to respond to the rhetorical questions he wrote in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	14	jrp5	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο!	1	May it never be	See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md) and [6:2](../06/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM	9	15	x9ri	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For he says to Moses	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it.  **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	9	15	k9i0	writing-quotations	τῷ Μωϋσεῖ γὰρ λέγει	1	For he says to Moses	Here Paul uses this clause to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Exodus 33:19](../exo/33/19.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For he says to Moses that which is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	9	15	v2x6	writing-pronouns	λέγει & ἐλεήσω & ἐλεῶ & οἰκτειρήσω & οἰκτείρω	1	For he says to Moses	The pronouns **he** and **I** here refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God says … ‘I, God, will have mercy … I will have mercy … I, God, will have compassion … I will have compassion’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	9	15	kq2c	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	For he says to Moses	Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
ROM	9	15	c2t0	figs-quotemarks	ἐλεήσω ὃν ἂν ἐλεῶ, καὶ οἰκτειρήσω ὃν ἂν οἰκτείρω	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Exodus 33:19](../exo/33/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	9	15	f61q	figs-abstractnouns	ἐλεήσω ὃν ἂν ἐλεῶ, καὶ οἰκτειρήσω ὃν ἂν οἰκτείρω	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **mercy** and **compassion**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “I will act mercifully to whomever I will act mercifully, and I will act compassionately to whomever I will act compassionately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	9	15	f1hi	figs-parallelism	ἐλεήσω ὃν ἂν ἐλεῶ, καὶ οἰκτειρήσω ὃν ἂν οἰκτείρω	1		These statements use parallelism internally and between each other. They emphasize that God does whatever he wants. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using another form that emphasizes that God is graciously kind to exactly those and only those to whom he chooses to show kindness, and he does so without outside influence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM	9	16	y06j	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἄρα οὖν	1		**So then** indicates that what follows in this verse summarizes the ideas of [verses 11–15](../09/11.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a clearer expression. See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	9	16	hn5j	writing-pronouns	οὐ	1		Here, **it** refers to God acting mercifully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s mercy is not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	9	16	d4f5	figs-possession	τοῦ θέλοντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος, ἀλλὰ & Θεοῦ	1	it is not because of him who wills, nor because of him who runs	Paul is using the possessive form to describe what God’s mercy does or does not depend on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “depending on the one who wills, nor depending on the one who runs, but depending on God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	9	16	ues3	figs-metaphor	τοῦ τρέχοντος	1	nor because of him who runs	Here Paul uses **the one who runs** to refer to a person who does good things to try to gain God’s favor as if that person were running a race. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who tries to gain favor” or “the one who works very hard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	16	plbr	figs-distinguish	τοῦ ἐλεῶντος	1		This phrase gives further information about **God**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “he is the one who has mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	9	16	p1fn	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ ἐλεῶντος	1		See how you translated **mercy** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	9	17	st77	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For the scripture says	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it.  **For** here indicates that what follows is the another reason why what Paul said in [verse 14](../09/14.md) is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “What I said previously is also true, due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	9	17	x1cj	figs-personification	λέγει & ἡ Γραφὴ τῷ Φαραὼ	1	For the scripture says	Here Paul uses **the scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. He means that the scripture he is about to quote contains information that God said to **Pharaoh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God says to Pharaoh in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	9	17	e0r9	writing-quotations	λέγει & ἡ Γραφὴ τῷ Φαραὼ	1	For the scripture says	This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Exodus 9:16](../exo/09/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “God said to Pharaoh in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	9	17	w1ki	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	For the scripture says	Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
ROM	9	17	ipl3	figs-quotemarks	ὅτι εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐξήγειρά σε, ὅπως ἐνδείξωμαι ἐν σοὶ τὴν δύναμίν μου, καὶ ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Exodus 9:16](../exo/09/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	9	17	wfwo	figs-abstractnouns	αὐτὸ τοῦτο	1		See how you translated **purpose** in [verse 11](../09/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	9	17	xu7s	writing-pronouns	ἐξήγειρά σε & ἐνδείξωμαι & μου	1	I … my	Here the pronouns **I** and **my** refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, raised you up … I might demonstrate my” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	9	17	pz5x	figs-idiom	ἐξήγειρά σε	1	I raised you up	Paul quotes God using the phrase **raised you up** to refer to causing someone to become king. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a comparable idiom or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “I caused you to become king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	9	17	nfv5	figs-yousingular	σε & σοὶ	1	you	Both occurrences of **you** in this verse are singular and refer to Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ROM	9	17	ho3g	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ὅπως & ὅπως	1	you	Both occurrences of **so that** in this verse introduce purpose clauses. Use a natural way in your language for introducing purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that … for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	9	17	dp4p	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δύναμίν μου	1		See how you translated **power** in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	9	17	wspw	figs-metaphor	ἐν σοὶ	1		Paul quotes God speaking of his **power** as if it were an object that could be **in** Pharaoh. He means that Pharaoh is the means by which God would show his power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by means of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	17	gps5	figs-activepassive	ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	so that my name might be proclaimed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that people might proclaim my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	9	17	jp6i	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	my name	Here, **my name** represents God himself. If it might be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	9	18	qlty	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἄρα οὖν	1		**So then** indicates that what follows in this verse summarizes the ideas of [verses 14–17](../09/14.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a clearer expression. See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md) and in [verse 16](../09/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	9	18	jrj5	writing-pronouns	θέλει, ἐλεεῖ & θέλει, σκληρύνει	1	whom he wishes, he makes stubborn	In this verse **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has mercy … he wills … God wills … he hardens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	9	18	bf3a	figs-abstractnouns	ἐλεεῖ	1	whom he wishes, he makes stubborn	See how you translated **mercy** in [verse 15](../09/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	9	18	qzvz	figs-metaphor	σκληρύνει	1	whom he wishes, he makes stubborn	Here, **he hardens** refers to causing someone to become stubborn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he causes to become stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	19	z4j2	figs-yousingular	ἐρεῖς	1	You will say then to me	**You** here is singular and refers to a hypothetical person who opposes Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You people who oppose me will say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ROM	9	19	r6r7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐρεῖς μοι οὖν	1	You will say then to me	Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in [verses 14–18](../09/14.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then you will respond to what I just said by saying to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	9	19	zt94	writing-pronouns	μοι	1		The pronoun **me** here refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to me, Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	9	19	bbe4	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἔτι μέμφεται? τῷ γὰρ βουλήματι αὐτοῦ, τίς ἀνθέστηκεν?	1	Why does he still find fault? For who has ever withstood his will?	Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to express the objections that someone who opposes him might have to what he said in [verses 14–18](../09/14.md). If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then he should not find fault with us! No one has ever been able to withstand his will!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	9	19	eqph	grammar-connect-logic-result	τί οὖν	1	Why does he still find fault? For who has ever withstood his will?	Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in [verses 14–18](../09/14.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If these things are true, then why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	9	19	hqr7	writing-pronouns	μέμφεται & αὐτοῦ	1	he … his	In this verse the pronouns **he** and **his** refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does God … find fault … God’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	9	19	zioz	figs-metaphor	ἔτι μέμφεται	1		Here, **find fault** refers to blaming someone for doing something bad. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does he blame us for our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	20	n1ti	figs-explicit	ὦ ἄνθρωπε	1		In this verse Paul begins to respond to the rhetorical questions from his hypothetical opponent in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘O man’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	20	g7mn	figs-quotemarks	ὦ ἄνθρωπε, μενοῦνγε σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ ἀνταποκρινόμενος τῷ Θεῷ? μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως?	1		In this verse Paul is responding to the rhetorical questions from his hypothetical opponent in the previous verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	9	20	hci6	figs-exclamations	ὦ ἄνθρωπε,	1		**O man** here is an exclamation word that here communicates indignance. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “How dare you, man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM	9	20	uu1t	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπε	1		Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here to emphasize human weakness. Alternate translation: “human being” or “mere mortal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	9	20	r5uu	figs-distinguish	μενοῦνγε σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ ἀνταποκρινόμενος τῷ Θεῷ?	1		Here, **the one answering against God** gives further information about who **you** is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these words clearer. Alternate translation: “who indeed are you who answer against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	9	20	qvsd	figs-rquestion	μενοῦνγε σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ ἀνταποκρινόμενος τῷ Θεῷ?	1		Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize his outrage at what was said in the previous verse. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you who are answering against God indeed are nothing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	9	20	i3fa	figs-yousingular	σὺ	1		Here, **you** is singular and refers to a hypothetical person who opposes Paul. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ROM	9	20	knb3	figs-rquestion	μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως?	1		Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The one molded surely must not say to the one having molded it, ‘Why did you make me this way?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	9	20	y6jz	figs-personification	μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως?	1		Here Paul speaks of a person whom God created as if that person were an object that was **molded** by God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The created person surely must not say to the one having created him, ‘Why did you make me this way?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	9	20	styp	figs-activepassive	τὸ πλάσμα	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one whom God molded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	9	20	s9hg	figs-explicit	τῷ πλάσαντι	1		Here, **the one having molded it** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God, who molded it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	20	dzn4	figs-quotesinquotes	μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως	1		If you translated this verse as a direct quotation, then this sentence would be a direct quotation inside a direct quotation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “The one molded will not ask the one having molded it why he made it this way. Will it?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ROM	9	20	wcj3	figs-rquestion	τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως	1	Why did you make me this way?	Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize what his hypothetical opponent is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not have made me this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	9	21	e94a	figs-rquestion	ἢ οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν ὁ κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ φυράματος ποιῆσαι ὃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος, ὃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν?	1	Does the potter not have the right … for daily use?	Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The potter surely has authority over the clay to make from the same lump not only what is a vessel for honor, but also what is for dishonor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	9	21	nsdy	figs-exmetaphor	ἢ οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν ὁ κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ φυράματος ποιῆσαι ὃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος, ὃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν?	1		Paul speaks about God’s authority over people by using the metaphor of a **potter** and his **clay**. Paul means that God has the right to do whatever he wants with people, because he made them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “Or does God not have authority over us like a potter has authority over the clay to make from the same lump not only what is a vessel for honor, but also what is for dishonor?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
ROM	9	21	falq	translate-unknown	ἢ οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν ὁ κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ φυράματος ποιῆσαι ὃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος, ὃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν?	1		A **potter** is a person who makes containers out of a type of soil called **clay** that becomes hard after it is heated. The **potter** takes a **lump** of **clay** and forms it into different kinds of containers that are used for various purposes. If your readers would not be familiar with **clay** containers, you could use the name of a different type of material that is used in your area to make containers, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “Or does the person who makes something not have authority over his materials to make from those materials not only what is a vessel for honor, but also what is for dishonor?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ROM	9	21	lm6k	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος & εἰς ἀτιμίαν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **honor** and **dishonor**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “a vessel for what is honorable … for what is dishonorable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	9	21	pe9t	figs-explicit	εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος & εἰς ἀτιμίαν	1		Here, **honor** and **dishonor** refer to how these vessels will be used. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a vessel for honorable use … for dishonorable use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	22	gk5u			0	General Information:	[Verses 22–24](../09/22.md) are one long sentence. If you divide these verses into multiple sentences, as the UST does, then you may need to repeat some phrases in order to make the meaning clear.
ROM	9	22	a9tl	figs-ellipsis	εἰ	1		Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context, especially the idea in [verse 20](../09/20.md) that no one can speak against God. Alternate translation: “what can you say against God if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	9	22	afmb	figs-rquestion	εἰ	1		Here, **what if** indicates the beginning of one long rhetorical question that extends from [verse 22](../09/22.md) to [verse 24](../09/24.md). If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot possibly say anything against God if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	9	22	dzpq	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1		Here, **if** indicates the beginning of a conditional sentence that extends from [verse 22](../09/22.md) to [verse 24](../09/24.md). Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “you cannot possibly say anything against God since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	9	22	cqto	figs-infostructure	θέλων & ἐνδείξασθαι τὴν ὀργὴν, καὶ γνωρίσαι τὸ δυνατὸν αὐτοῦ, ἤνεγκεν ἐν πολλῇ μακροθυμίᾳ, σκεύη ὀργῆς κατηρτισμένα εἰς ἀπώλειαν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “endured with much patience vessels of wrath prepared for destruction, willing to demonstrate his wrath and to make his power known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	9	22	bqkv	grammar-connect-logic-result	θέλων & ἐνδείξασθαι τὴν ὀργὴν	1		This clause could indicate: (1) the reason why God **endured vessels of wrath**. Alternate translation: “as a result of being willing to demonstrate his wrath” (2) a contrast between God being **willing to demonstrate his wrath** and **enduring vessels of wrath**. Alternate translation: “even though he was willing to demonstrate his wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	9	22	yyyp	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ὀργὴν & τὸ δυνατὸν αὐτοῦ & πολλῇ μακροθυμίᾳ & ὀργῆς & εἰς ἀπώλειαν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wrath**, **power**, **patience**, and **destruction**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how wrathful he is … how powerful he is … being very patient … for being wrathful against … for being destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	9	22	cj94	figs-activepassive	γνωρίσαι τὸ δυνατὸν αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to make people know his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	9	22	we86	figs-metaphor	σκεύη ὀργῆς	1	containers of wrath	Paul refers to people as if they were **vessels**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people of wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	22	ba9v	figs-possession	σκεύη ὀργῆς	1	containers of wrath	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **vessels** that deserve **wrath**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “vessels that deserve wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	9	22	at71	figs-distinguish	κατηρτισμένα εἰς ἀπώλειαν	1	containers of wrath	This phrase gives further information about the **vessels of wrath**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who are the ones prepared for destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	9	22	o4ub	figs-activepassive	κατηρτισμένα εἰς ἀπώλειαν	1	containers of wrath	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The one who does the action could be: (1) God, who is the main subject of this verse. Alternate translation: “God prepared for destruction” (2) the people themselves. Alternate translation: “who prepared themselves for destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	9	22	bney	grammar-connect-logic-goal	κατηρτισμένα εἰς ἀπώλειαν	1	containers of wrath	The word **for** indicates that what follows this word connects to what came before it. Here, **for** indicates the purpose for which the **vessels of wrath** were **prepared**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “prepared for purpose of being destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	9	22	webu	figs-explicit	εἰς ἀπώλειαν	1	containers of wrath	Here, **destruction** refers to experiencing punishment forever in hell. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for experiencing eternal destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	23	rtom	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1		Here, **and** indicates that this verse continues the sentence that Paul began in the previous verse. If you divide the sentence into shorter sentences, you will need to repeat some of the information from the previous verse here. Alternate translation: “What if God also endured vessels of wrath so that” or “God also endured vessels of wrath so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	9	23	u6tn	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα & εἰς	1		Here, **so that** and **for** indicate purpose clauses. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that … for the purpose of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	9	23	ufj7	writing-pronouns	γνωρίσῃ & αὐτοῦ & προητοίμασεν	1	he … his	In this verse the pronouns **he** and **his** refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God might make known … God’s … God prepared beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	9	23	o1fl	figs-activepassive	γνωρίσῃ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he might make people know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	9	23	hgau	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν πλοῦτον	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **riches**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the rich character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	9	23	iq94	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ & ἐλέους & εἰς δόξαν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **mercy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of how glorious he is … toward which he acts mercifully … for being glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	9	23	ojeo	figs-possession	τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **glory** that is characterized by **wealth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “his rich glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	9	23	she3	figs-possession	σκεύη ἐλέους	1	the riches of his glory upon	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **vessels** that will receive God’s **mercy**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “vessels that will receive mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	9	23	v33r	figs-metaphor	σκεύη ἐλέους	1	containers of mercy	See how you translated **vessels** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	23	kuim	figs-distinguish	ἃ προητοίμασεν εἰς δόξαν	1	which he had previously prepared for glory	This clause gives further information about the **vessels of mercy**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who are the ones he prepared beforehand for glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	9	23	jcjx	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς δόξαν	1		Here, **for** indicates the purpose for which the **vessels of mercy** were **prepared**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “prepared for the purpose of being glorified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	9	23	t41s	figs-explicit	εἰς δόξαν	1	which he had previously prepared for glory	Here, **glory** refers to experiencing **glory** forever with God in heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for experiencing eternal glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	24	yowi	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ & ἡμᾶς	1	also for us	Here, **even** indicates that this verse continues the sentence that Paul began in [verse 22](../09/22.md). If you divide the sentence into shorter sentences, you will need to repeat some of the information from the previous verses here. Alternate translation: “What if even we are vessels of mercy” or “Even we are vessels of mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	9	24	y6vp	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	also for us	Here, **us** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	9	24	t8rn	writing-pronouns	ἐκάλεσεν	1	called	Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	9	24	zp1t	figs-distinguish	οὐ μόνον ἐξ Ἰουδαίων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξ ἐθνῶν	1	called	This phrase gives further information about the people **whom** God **called**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who are those people not only from the Jews, but also from the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	9	25	eqc2	writing-quotations	ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ λέγει	1		This phrase indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse are quotations from an Old Testament book ([Hosea 2:23](../hos/02/23.md); [1:10](../hos/01/10.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “As he says also in the scripture written by Hosea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	9	25	ewb4	writing-pronouns	λέγει & καλέσω & μου & μου	1		Here, **he**, **I**, and **my** refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God says … I, God, will call … my … my” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	9	25	is9f	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
ROM	9	25	f0rx	figs-quotemarks	καλέσω τὸν οὐ λαόν μου, λαόν μου, καὶ τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην, ἠγαπημένην	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Hosea 2:23](../hos/02/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	9	25	yy15	figs-activepassive	τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην, ἠγαπημένην	1	her beloved who was not beloved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom I did not love, ‘One I love’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	9	26	t46e	figs-quotemarks	καὶ ἔσται ἐν τῷ τόπῳ οὗ ἐρρέθη αὐτοῖς, οὐ λαός μου ὑμεῖς, ἐκεῖ κληθήσονται υἱοὶ Θεοῦ ζῶντος	1	her beloved who was not beloved	This verse is a quotation from [Hosea 1:10](../hos/01/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	9	26	ciif	figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη	1	her beloved who was not beloved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context indicates that God said this in first person. Alternate translation: “I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	9	26	yh4w	figs-activepassive	κληθήσονται	1	her beloved who was not beloved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The one doing the action could be: (1) God. Alternate translation: “I will call them” (2) people in general. Alternate translation: “people will call them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	9	26	wpuw	figs-metaphor	υἱοὶ Θεοῦ ζῶντος	1	sons of the living God	See how you translated **sons** in [8:14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	26	brl6	figs-idiom	Θεοῦ ζῶντος	1	sons of the living God	Here, **the living God** could refer to: (1) God being the one who lives. Alternate translation: “the God who is alive” (2) God being the one who makes living things become alive. Alternate translation: “the God who gives life” or “the God who makes alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	9	27	oej1	writing-quotations	Ἠσαΐας δὲ κράζει ὑπὲρ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	sons of the living God	This phrase indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 10:22–23](../isa/10/22.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “But, as recorded in the Scriptures, Isaiah cries out concerning Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	9	27	zqi1	figs-pastforfuture	κράζει	1	cries out	Here Paul uses the present tense verb **cries out** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “cried out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
ROM	9	27	xjca	figs-metaphor	Ἰσραήλ	1	cries out	Here, **Israel** refers to the Israelites. They are the descendants of Jacob, whom God also called **Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Israelites” or “the descendants of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	27	kgza	figs-quotemarks	ἐὰν ᾖ ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ, ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης, τὸ ὑπόλειμμα σωθήσεται.	1	cries out	This sentence is the beginning of a quotation from [Isaiah 10:22–23](../isa/10/22.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	9	27	b0is	figs-metaphor	τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ	1	cries out	Here, the word **sons** means refers to descendants. Paul quotes Isaiah identifying the Israelites as descendants of their ancestor Jacob, who was also known as **Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	27	qr8l	figs-ellipsis	ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης,	1		Paul quotes Isaiah leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “as the number of the grains of sand of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	9	27	k9j8	figs-simile	ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης	1	as the sand of the sea	Here Paul quotes Isaiah comparing the number of Israelites to the number of grains of **sand** beside the **sea** in order to emphasize how numerous they are. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “too many to count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ROM	9	27	nstd	figs-possession	ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης	1	as the sand of the sea	Paul quotes Isaiah using the possessive form to describe **the sand** that is next to **the sea**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the sand by the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	9	27	wek9	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ ὑπόλειμμα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **remnant**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those who remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	9	27	wig1	figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	will be saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	9	28	rupx	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why the statement in the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is true since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	9	28	cm32	figs-metonymy	λόγον	1	the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth	Here, **word** refers to God’s promise to both punish the Israelites and save a remnant from among them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his promise to punish and save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	9	28	pqri	figs-explicit	συντελῶν	1		Here, **finishing** refers to successfully completing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “successfully completing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	28	md3o	figs-metaphor	συντέμνων	1		Here, **cutting it short** refers to finish doing something quickly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “ending it quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	28	x832	figs-quotemarks		0	the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth	The end of this verse is the end of a quotation from [Isaiah 10:22–23](../isa/10/22.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	9	29	gq8u	writing-quotations	καὶ καθὼς προείρηκεν Ἠσαΐας	1		This phrase indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 1:9](../isa/01/09.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And just as Isaiah has said beforehand in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	9	29	xem9	figs-quotemarks	εἰ μὴ Κύριος Σαβαὼθ ἐνκατέλιπεν ἡμῖν σπέρμα, ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 1:9](../isa/01/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	9	29	dl9x	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν & ἂν ἐγενήθημεν & ὡμοιώθημεν	1	us … we	In this verse **us** and **we** refer to Isaiah and those to whom he spoke, so **us** and **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	9	29	iqy3	figs-metaphor	σπέρμα	1	us … we	Here, **seed** is singular but refers to a group of people. See how you translated **seed** in [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	29	yicp	figs-explicit	ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν	1		Paul’s readers would have known that **Sodom** and **Gomorrah** were cities that God completely destroyed because the people who lived in them were very wicked ([Genesis 19](../gen/19/01.md)). If your readers might not be familiar with this story, you could state this explicitly or indicate this in a note. Alternate translation: “we would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom, and we would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	29	mkmt	figs-parallelism	ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Isaiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that Israel could have been completely destroyed by God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “we would have become just like Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM	9	29	obdz	figs-activepassive	ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God would have made us like Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	9	30	xv7y	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		The word **then** indicates that what follows is a response.  Here, **then** is a response to what Paul said in [verses 20–29](../09/20.md). See how you translated this phrase in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	9	30	m5l2	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν?	1	What will we say then?	Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form in this sentence to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then we will say this:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	9	30	ki4k	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι ἔθνη	1	That the Gentiles	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We will say that the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	9	30	bnl6	figs-distinguish	τὰ μὴ διώκοντα δικαιοσύνην	1	who were not pursuing righteousness	This clause gives further information about **the Gentiles**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who are those people not pursuing righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	9	30	x51u	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνην & δικαιοσύνην & δικαιοσύνην	1		See how you translated this word in [6:13](../06/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	9	30	gl4m	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ πίστεως	1	the righteousness by faith	See how you translated this phrase in [4:16](../04/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	9	31	z133	translate-names	Ἰσραὴλ	1	the righteousness by faith	See how you translated this name in [verse 27](../09/27.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM	9	31	f18n	grammar-collectivenouns	νόμον & νόμον	1		In this verse **law** refers to the laws that God gave the Jews by dictating them to Moses. See how you translated this use of **law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	9	31	x1o0	figs-possession	νόμον δικαιοσύνης	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that was for the purpose of **righteousness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a law for righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	9	31	gjmu	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνης	1		See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	9	32	y4pf	figs-ellipsis	διὰ τί?	1	Why not?	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Why could they not attain righteousness?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	9	32	e7p7	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί?	1		Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is why:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	9	32	fty2	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They did not attain righteousness because it was not by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	9	32	scnv	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ πίστεως	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 30](../09/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	9	32	j5jp	figs-explicit	ἐξ ἔργων	1	by works	Paul assumes that his readers would understand that **works** means “works of the law.” See how you translated the same use of **works** in [4:2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	9	32	s0r6	grammar-connect-logic-result	προσέκοψαν	1	by works	**They stumbled over** introduces a sentence that states the result of what Paul described in the previous sentence. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “As a result, they stumbled over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	9	32	hzww	figs-metaphor	προσέκοψαν τῷ λίθῳ τοῦ προσκόμματος	1		Here Paul speaks of Christ as if he were a **stone** that the Jews **stumbled over**. He means that the Jews were offended by Christ because they tried to become righteous by works. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They were offended by Jesus, like people who stumbled over a stone of stumbling” or “They were offended by Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	32	r14f	figs-possession	τῷ λίθῳ τοῦ προσκόμματος	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **stone** that causes **stumbling**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the stone that causes stumbling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	9	33	kx9c	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	as it has been written	See how you translated this phrase in [1:17]. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	9	33	ivt3	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by the prophet Isaiah and God is the person speaking. Alternate translation: “just as Isaiah wrote” or “just as God said through Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	9	33	uo7d	figs-quotemarks	ἰδοὺ, τίθημι ἐν Σιὼν λίθον προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτραν σκανδάλου; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ, οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται.	1		This sentence is Paul’s paraphrase of parts of [Isaiah 8:14](../isa/08/14.md) and [28:16](../isa/28/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	9	33	m6ll	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1		Paul quotes Isaiah using the term **Behold** to focus his listeners’ attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	33	hmmn	writing-pronouns	τίθημι	1		In this quotation from the Old Testament, **I** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	9	33	dy6x	figs-metonymy	ἐν Σιὼν	1	in Zion	Here, **Zion** refers to the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	9	33	mf6h	figs-metaphor	λίθον προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτραν σκανδάλου & αὐτῷ	1		Here, **stone of stumbling**, **rock of offense**, and **it** refer to Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person who will be like a stone of stumbling and a rock of offense” or “a person who will cause people to stumble and will offend them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	9	33	u3dj	figs-doublet	λίθον προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτραν σκανδάλου	1	stone of stumbling and a rock of offense	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how offensive the Messiah would be to the Jews. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “a stone that causes great offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM	9	33	h3tw	figs-possession	λίθον προσκόμματος	1	stone of stumbling and a rock of offense	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	9	33	c8t8	figs-possession	πέτραν σκανδάλου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **rock** that causes **offense**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the rock that causes offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	9	33	knfh	figs-abstractnouns	σκανδάλου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **offense**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that offends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	9	33	tu4i	figs-activepassive	ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ, οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται	1	believes in it	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not shame the one who believes on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	10	intro	c2li			0		# Romans 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)<br>    * Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)<br>    * God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)<br>    * God shows mercy to whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)<br>    * No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)<br>    * Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)<br>    * Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)<br><br>Some translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 8](../10/08.md).<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 18-20](../10/18.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He does this to convince his readers that God does not save only the Jewish people, so Christians must be ready to go and share the gospel with the whole world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Different uses of “they,” “them,” and “their”<br><br>In [verses 1–4](../10/01.md), the pronouns “they,” “them,” and “their” always refer to the people of Israel. However, those pronouns refer to various things and people in [verses 5–21](../10/05.md), which will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	10	1	hj4b	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	Brothers	See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	10	1	v3jp	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ & εὐδοκία & ἡ δέησις & σωτηρίαν	1	my heart’s desire	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **good pleasure**, **prayer**, and **salvation**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the very pleasing thing … what I pray … them to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	10	1	tq7k	figs-metonymy	τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας	1	my heart’s desire	Here, **heart** refers to a person’s inner being or mind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of my inner being” or “of my mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	10	1	tmf2	writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	1		The pronoun **them** in [verses 1–4](../10/01.md) refers to Jewish people who do not believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	10	2	y7qg	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **For** indicates that what follows is the reason for what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “I feel this way because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	10	2	adka	figs-abstractnouns	ζῆλον & ἔχουσιν & οὐ κατ’ ἐπίγνωσιν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **zeal** and **full knowledge**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “they are zealous … not by fully knowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	10	2	rjqd	figs-possession	ζῆλον Θεοῦ ἔχουσιν	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **zeal** that is directed toward **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “they have a zeal for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	10	2	pxyj	figs-ellipsis	οὐ κατ’ ἐπίγνωσιν	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “they have zeal of God that is not according to full knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	10	3	e7p2	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **For** indicates that what follows is the reason for what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	10	3	bw97	figs-possession	τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην & τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		See how you translated **the righteousness of God** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	10	3	dgjn	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἰδίαν δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being righteous on their own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	10	3	a6r4	figs-personification	τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν	1	They did not submit to the righteousness of God	Here Paul speaks of **the righteousness of God** as if it were a person to whom someone could **submit**. He means that they refused to attain righteousness in the way God requires, which is by faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they refuse to receive the righteousness of God attained according to his way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	10	4	x1w8	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For Christ is the fulfillment of the law	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why the Jews were wrong to try to make themselves righteous, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “They were wrong to seek to establish their own righteousness because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	10	4	y30a	figs-explicit	τέλος & νόμου	1	For Christ is the fulfillment of the law	Here, **the completion of the law** could mean: (1) the end of the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “is the end of the law” (2) the goal of the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “is the goal of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	4	a9up	figs-abstractnouns	τέλος	1	For Christ is the fulfillment of the law	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **completion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is what completes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	10	4	y3sx	grammar-collectivenouns	νόμου	1	For Christ is the fulfillment of the law	See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	10	4	nprh	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1		Here, **for** could indicate that: (1) **righteousness** was the purpose for **the completion of the law**. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of becoming righteous” (2) **righteousness** was the result of **the completion of the law**. Alternate translation: “resulting in righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	10	4	f6pu	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνην	1	for righteousness for everyone who believes	See how you translated **righteousness** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	10	4	z3z9	figs-ellipsis	παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι	1	for righteousness for everyone who believes	See how you translated **everyone who believes** in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	10	5	vsyn	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, it indicates that this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	10	5	ozvf	writing-quotations	Μωϋσῆς & γράφει τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου	1		Here Paul uses this clause to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Leviticus 18:5](../lev/18/05.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Moses writes in the Scriptures about the righteousness that is from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	10	5	m8my	figs-pastforfuture	γράφει	1		Here Paul uses the present tense verb **writes** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
ROM	10	5	qby2	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου	1	the righteousness that comes from the law	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “about being righteous based on the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	10	5	dufv	grammar-collectivenouns	νόμου	1	the righteousness that comes from the law	See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md) and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	10	5	jyjx	figs-quotemarks	ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ	1	the righteousness that comes from the law	In this sentence Paul quotes [Leviticus 18:5](../lev/18/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	10	5	bh04	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1	the righteousness that comes from the law	Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul quotes Moses using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “man or woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	10	5	kt66	figs-explicit	αὐτὰ	1	the righteousness that comes from the law	Here, **these things** refers to everything that God commanded the Jews in the law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	5	e3po	figs-explicit	αὐτὰ	1	the righteousness that comes from the law	Paul quotes Moses implying that the person must do all of **these things** perfectly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things perfectly” or “every single one of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	5	qkz4	figs-explicit	ζήσεται	1	will live	Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “will live forever” (2) a mortal life that God blesses. Alternate translation: “will stay alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	5	gsls	writing-pronouns	αὐτῇ	1	will live	Here, **it** refers to the law of Moses, which was called **these things** earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	10	6	r3ey	writing-quotations	ἡ & ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει	1		Here Paul uses this clause to introduce quotations from an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 9:4](../deu/09/04.md); [30:12–14](../deu/30/12.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the righteousness by faith says thus in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	10	6	sr9z	figs-personification	ἡ & ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη & λέγει	1		Here, **righteousness** is described as if it were a person who could speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the real meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about the righteousness by faith, Moses says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	10	6	cgv8	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη	1		See how you translated **righteousness** in [6:13](../06/13.md) and **by faith** in [4:16](../04/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	10	6	ksbr	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
ROM	10	6	ezma	figs-quotemarks	μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν?	1		In this sentence Paul quotes [Deuteronomy 9:4](../deu/09/04.md) and [Deuteronomy 30:12](../deu/30/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	10	6	x7h4	figs-youcrowd	σου	1	Do not say in your heart	Here Paul quotes Moses addressing the people of Israel as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **your** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM	10	6	nwlw	figs-metonymy	τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		See how you translated **heart** in [verse 1](../10/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	10	6	tf9r	figs-rquestion	τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν?	1	Who will ascend into heaven?	Paul quotes Moses using a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely no one can ascend into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	10	6	gi7s	figs-explicit	τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν	1	that is, to bring Christ down	In this clause Paul explains the meaning of the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “meaning, to make Christ come down to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	6	y5c3	grammar-connect-logic-goal	Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν	1	that is, to bring Christ down	Here, **to** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of bringing Christ down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	10	7	g827	writing-quotations	ἤ	1		Paul uses **or** here to connect a quotation from [Deuteronomy 30:12](../deu/30/12.md) with a paraphrase of [Deuteronomy 30:13](../deu/30/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that shows this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses also said not to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	10	7	j2t4	figs-quotemarks	τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον	1		In this sentence Paul paraphrases [Deuteronomy 30:13](../deu/30/13.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	10	7	w8xe	figs-rquestion	τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον?	1	Who will descend into the abyss	Paul quotes Moses using a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely no one can descend into the abyss!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	10	7	gw0r	figs-explicit	τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν	1		In this clause Paul explains the meaning of the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “That means to make Christ come up from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	7	iw13	figs-idiom	ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν	1	from the dead	See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	10	8	ian2	writing-quotations	τί λέγει?	1		Here Paul uses this clause to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 30:14](../deu/30/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what does it say in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	10	8	sen1	figs-rquestion	τί λέγει?	1		Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “it surely says,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	10	8	gz7t	figs-personification	τί λέγει?	1	But what does it say?	The word **it** refers to “the righteousness” referred to in [verse 6](../10/06.md). Here Paul continues to describe righteousness as if it were a person who could speak. See how you translated “the righteousness by faith says” in [verse 6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	10	8	n63g	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	But what does it say?	Here Paul uses the present tense verb **say** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “did it say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
ROM	10	8	hybn	figs-quotemarks	ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου	1	But what does it say?	In this sentence Paul quotes [Deuteronomy 30:14](../deu/30/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	10	8	kzb2	figs-metaphor	ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου	1	The word is near you	Paul quotes Moses speaking of the **word** as if it were an object that could be **near** or **in** someone. He means that God’s message could be easily known and spoken by Moses’ audience. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You can easily know and speak the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	10	8	sx8r	figs-metonymy	τὸ ῥῆμά	1	The word is near you	Paul quotes Moses using **word** to describe what God has spoken by using words. This general reference to God’s word would include what God had said about the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	10	8	wpvg	figs-youcrowd	σου & σου & σου	1	The word is near you	Here Paul quotes Moses addressing the people of Israel as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of "your" in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM	10	8	y6mq	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ στόματί σου	1	The word is … in your mouth	The phrase **in your mouth** refers to being able to say something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "in what you say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	10	8	zvx4	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου	1	The word is … in your heart	See how you translated **heart** in [verse 1](../10/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	10	8	lh5d	figs-possession	τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως	1	the word of faith	Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **word** that is about **faith**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the word about faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	10	8	v7ho	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς πίστεως	1	the word of faith	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “about believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	10	8	o4oy	figs-exclusive	κηρύσσομεν	1		Here, **we** refers to Paul and other Christians who **proclaim** the gospel, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	10	9	q5un	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι	1	if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, it indicates that what follows is an explanation of what “the word of faith” is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This word we proclaim is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	10	9	pawz	figs-youcrowd	ὁμολογήσῃς & σου & σου & σωθήσῃ	1	if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord	Paul addresses his readers as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular. See how you translated **you** and **your** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM	10	9	tz7r	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ στόματί σου	1	if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord	This phrase indicates the means by which a person confesses **Jesus is Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by using your mouth you confess, ‘Jesus is Lord’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	9	ie71	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου	1	believe in your heart	See how you translated this phrase in [verses 6](../10/06.md) and [8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	10	9	zdf5	figs-idiom	αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	raised him from the dead	See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	10	9	c3cq	figs-activepassive	σωθήσῃ	1	you will be saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	10	10	iv0v	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here introduces the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	10	10	g7i1	figs-metonymy	καρδίᾳ & πιστεύεται	1		See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	10	10	g3nf	figs-explicit	πιστεύεται & ὁμολογεῖται	1		The subjects of these phrases are implied from the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one believes that God raised Jesus from the dead … one confesses that Jesus is Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	10	o3a7	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς δικαιοσύνην & εἰς σωτηρίαν	1		Both occurrences of **to** in this verse indicate that what follows them are results. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “resulting in righteousness … resulting in salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	10	10	h20k	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνην	1		See how you translated this abstract noun in [verse 6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	10	10	xs8c	figs-explicit	στόματι & ὁμολογεῖται	1	with the mouth	See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	10	uroy	figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίαν	1	with the mouth	See how you translated this abstract noun in [verse 1](../10/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	10	11	rlqi	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	10	11	r6tf	writing-quotations	λέγει & ἡ Γραφή	1		This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 28:16](../isa/28/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	10	11	gu99	figs-personification	λέγει & ἡ Γραφή	1	For scripture says	Here Paul uses **the scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God says in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	10	11	whdz	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame	Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
ROM	10	11	nv71	figs-activepassive	πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται	1	Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame	See how you translated this sentence in [9:33](../09/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	10	12	ygv8	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γάρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, it introduces another explanation for what Paul said in [verse 10](../10/10.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	10	12	fvlg	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ & ἐστιν διαστολὴ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **distinction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God does not distinguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	10	12	z8p4	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. You may need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	10	12	j7vw	figs-possession	Κύριος πάντων	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **Lord** who rules over **all**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Lord is ruling over all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	10	12	r2jx	figs-nominaladj	πάντων & πάντας	1	For there is no difference between Jew and Greek	Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “is of all people … all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM	10	12	p9py	figs-explicit	πλουτῶν	1	he is rich to all who call upon him	Here, **being rich** means to bless others generously. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “generously giving blessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	12	oe6l	figs-explicit	ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν	1		Here, **call on** implies calling out to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who call upon him to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	13	cxph	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **For** indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	10	13	t4j7	writing-quotations	γὰρ	1		**For** here introduces a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Joel 2:32](../jol/02/32.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For Joel wrote in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	10	13	gpyj	figs-quotemarks	πᾶς & ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται	1		In this sentence Paul quotes [Joel 2:32](../jol/02/32.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	10	13	qvbd	figs-nominaladj	πᾶς	1		See how you translated **all** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ROM	10	13	n4yp	figs-explicit	ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου	1		See how you translated “call on” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	13	pe96	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου	1	For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved	Here, **the name of the Lord** represents **the Lord** himself. If it might be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	10	13	rht3	figs-explicit	πᾶς & ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται	1	For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved	Here Paul implies that **the Lord** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. However, since this sentence is a quotation from the Old Testament, you will need to state this outside of the quotation. Alternate translation: “all, whoever calls on the name of the Lord will be saved. This Lord is Jesus.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	13	js1b	figs-activepassive	πᾶς & ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save all, whoever calls on the name of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	10	14	utr4	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν? πῶς δὲ πιστεύσωσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? πῶς δὲ ἀκούσωσιν χωρὶς κηρύσσοντος?	1		Paul is not asking for information, but is using three rhetorical questions here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then surely they would not call on whom they have not believed! And surely they would not believe in whom they have not heard! And surely they would not hear without someone preaching!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	10	14	syzi	grammar-connect-logic-result	πῶς οὖν	1		Here, **then** indicates that what follows in [verses 14–15](../10/14.md) is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “As a result, how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	10	14	zqzi	writing-pronouns	ἐπικαλέσωνται & οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν & πιστεύσωσιν & οὐκ ἤκουσαν & ἀκούσωσιν	1		In this verse **they** refers to all people, both Jews and Gentiles, as stated in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would all people call … they have not believed … would all people believe in … they have not heard … would all people hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	10	14	vww6	figs-explicit	ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν	1		See how you translated **call on** in [verse 12](../10/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	14	n02w	figs-explicit	ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν & οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν	1		These clauses refer to Jesus, whom Paul called the Lord in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom they have not believed … Jesus, whom they have not heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	14	mrl8	figs-ellipsis	οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν & ἀκούσωσιν & κηρύσσοντος	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “whom they have not heard about … would they hear about him … someone preaching about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	10	15	hcz3	figs-rquestion	πῶς δὲ κηρύξωσιν ἐὰν μὴ ἀποσταλῶσιν	1	How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news	Paul is not asking for information, but is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And surely they would not preach unless they would be sent!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	10	15	nqwf	writing-pronouns	κηρύξωσιν & ἀποσταλῶσιν	1	How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news	In this verse **they** refers to the people who **preach**, as mentioned at the end of the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would those who preach be able to preach … those preachers would be sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	10	15	l0xu	figs-activepassive	ἀποσταλῶσιν	1	How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	10	15	atg0	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news	See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	10	15	ylan	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Isaiah wrote this quotation. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	10	15	bb0k	figs-quotemarks	ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά!	1	How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news	This sentence is a quotation of [Isaiah 52:7](../isa/52/07.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	10	15	e8rt	figs-metonymy	ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες	1	How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news	Here, **feet** refers to the action of going to other people and telling them the **good news**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How beautiful is the going and preaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	10	16	gxqu	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1	not all of them obeyed	The word **But** introduces a contrast. Here, **But**  indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous two verses. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM	10	16	hku8	writing-pronouns	οὐ πάντες	1	not all of them obeyed	Here, **them** could refer to (1) the Jews, who are the main topic of chapters 9–11. Alternate translation: “not all of the Jews” (2) all people, as in [verses 13–15](../10/13.md). Alternate translation: “not everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	10	16	dqe6	figs-personification	ὑπήκουσαν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ	1	not all of them obeyed	Here Paul speaks of **the gospel** as if it were a person who could be **obeyed**. Paul is referring to obeying the command to repent and believe the **gospel**, which is part of the **gospel** message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeyed what God commanded in the gospel” or “believed the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	10	16	eze8	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	not all of them obeyed	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that this sentence explains what Paul said in the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	10	16	o91x	writing-quotations	Ἠσαΐας & λέγει	1	not all of them obeyed	Here Paul uses this clause to introduce quotations from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 53:1](../isa/53/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Isaiah says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	10	16	e25r	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	not all of them obeyed	Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
ROM	10	16	jvah	figs-quotemarks	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν?	1		This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	10	16	j3se	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν?	1	Lord, who has believed our message?	Isaiah is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, surely no one has believed our report!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	10	16	z4s9	figs-exclusive	τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν	1	our message	Here, **our** refers to God and Isaiah, which would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	10	16	yore	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν	1	our message	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **report**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what we report” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	10	17	hqcv	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἄρα	1	faith comes from hearing	Here, **So** indicates that what follows in this verse summarizes the ideas of [verses 14–16](../10/14.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a clearer expression. Alternate translation: “Finally” or “In summary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	10	17	qdug	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις	1	faith comes from hearing	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what someone believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	10	17	wu5a	figs-explicit	ἡ πίστις	1	faith comes from hearing	Here, **this faith** refers to believing in Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	17	xab6	figs-ellipsis	ἐξ ἀκοῆς	1	faith comes from hearing	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “is received by hearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	10	17	x765	figs-ellipsis	ἀκοῆς & ἀκοὴ	1	faith comes from hearing	Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “hearing about Jesus … hearing about him is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	10	17	nq87	figs-possession	ῥήματος Χριστοῦ	1	hearing by the word of Christ	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the word** that is about **Christ**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the word about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	10	17	aunq	figs-abstractnouns	ῥήματος	1	hearing by the word of Christ	See how you translated this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	10	18	a8bk	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	hearing by the word of Christ	The word **But** introduces a contrast. Here, **But** indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM	10	18	teco	writing-pronouns	λέγω	1	But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly	The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	10	18	vkvg	figs-quotemarks	μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν	1		Here Paul is quoting himself. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	10	18	f6jy	figs-rquestion	μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν?	1	But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly	Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “They most surely heard!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	10	18	djbd	figs-explicit	ἤκουσαν	1	But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly	See how you translated **they** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	18	wxxj	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ οὐκ	1	But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly	The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Paul uses them together to emphasize what he is saying. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them canceling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ROM	10	18	zux3	figs-explicit	μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν	1	But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly	See how you translated **hear** in [verse 14](../10/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	18	lz77	writing-quotations	εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν	1		This sentence is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 19:4](../psa/019/004.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “David says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	10	18	tnzy	figs-quotemarks	εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν	1	Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world.	In this sentence Paul quotes [Psalm 19:4](../psa/019/004.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	10	18	s5zh	figs-parallelism	εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν	1	Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world.	These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul quotes David saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “What they said went everywhere in the whole world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM	10	18	g4vd	figs-personification	εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν	1		In this sentence, both **Their** and **their** refer to the sun, moon, and stars as if they were people who could make a **sound** or speak **words**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The sun, moon, and the stars are proof that went out into all the earth, and they are proof to the ends of the world.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	10	18	e2nx	figs-idiom	τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης	1		The phrase **the ends of the world** is an idiom that refers to every place on the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everywhere on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	10	19	n3q8	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἀλλὰ	1		The word **But** introduces a contrast, Here, **But** indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said [verse 17](../10/17.md) and also agrees with the statement in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an expression that shows the agreement between this verse and the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Furthermore,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	10	19	uu9g	writing-pronouns	λέγω	1		The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	10	19	imik	figs-quotemarks	μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω & ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς, ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει, ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ, παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς	1		In these two sentences Paul is quoting himself and then the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	10	19	ib4m	figs-rquestion	μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω?	1	Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?”	Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Israel most surely knew!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	10	19	zyw0	figs-metonymy	Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here Paul uses the word **Israel** to refer to the physical descendants of Jacob, whom God also called Israel. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	10	19	dkcp	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ & οὐκ	1		The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Paul uses them together to emphasize what he is saying. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them canceling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ROM	10	19	k4gk	writing-quotations	Μωϋσῆς λέγει	1		Here Paul uses this phrase to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 32:21](../deu/32/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Moses says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	10	19	jjt3	figs-explicit	Μωϋσῆς λέγει	1		This phrase means that Moses wrote down what God said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote down that God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	19	yt4r	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.”	Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
ROM	10	19	qvfa	figs-parallelism	ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς, ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει, ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ, παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς	1	First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.”	These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul quotes God saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I myself will make you jealous and angry by using a non-nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM	10	19	u7p4	writing-pronouns	ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς, & παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς	1		In this sentence the pronoun **I** here refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, myself will provoke you to jealousy … I will provoke you to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	10	19	fklp	figs-rpronouns	ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς	1		God uses the word **myself** to emphasize who is provoking Israel to be jealous. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I am indeed the one who will provoke you to jealousy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ROM	10	19	vxzz	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς & παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς	1		In this verse **you** refers to the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I myself will provoke you Israelites to jealousy … I will provoke you Israelites to anger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	19	o0gr	figs-abstractnouns	ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς & παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **jealousy** and **anger**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “I myself will cause you to become jealous … I will cause you to become angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	10	19	ve6t	figs-explicit	ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει	1	by what is not a nation	The phrase **a non-nation** refers to a group of people with whom God did not previously have a relationship. The meaning of **non-nation** is similar to “not my people” used in [9:25–26](../09/25.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by those people who did not belong to me” or “by those people whom I did not consider to be a nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	19	s3nz	figs-explicit	ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ	1	By means of a nation without understanding	Here, **senseless** means that these people do not know God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by a nation with people who do not know me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	20	mrwz	writing-quotations	Ἠσαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει	1	Then Isaiah was very bold when he says	Here Paul uses this phrase to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 65:1](../isa/65/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Isaiah is very bold, and he says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	10	20	kig6	figs-pastforfuture	ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει	1		Here Paul uses the present tense verbs **is** and **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “was very bold, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
ROM	10	20	cv1x	figs-explicit	Ἠσαΐας & ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει	1	Then Isaiah was very bold when he says	This phrase means that **Isaiah** wrote down what God said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Isaiah is very bold, and he wrote down that God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	20	pp4f	figs-quotemarks	εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν	1		In these two sentences Paul is quoting [Isaiah 65:1](../isa/65/01.md) from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	10	20	yoxf	writing-pronouns	εὑρέθην & ἐμὲ & ἐμφανὴς & ἐμὲ	1		In this verse the pronoun **I** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, was found … me; I, God, appeared … for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	10	20	wona	figs-parallelism	εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν	1		These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul quotes God saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I was revealed to those people who did not even want to know me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM	10	20	fc4b	figs-pastforfuture	εὑρέθην & ἐμφανὴς	1	I was found by those who did not seek me	Paul quotes God using the past tense in order to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “I will be found … I will appear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
ROM	10	20	u60f	figs-activepassive	εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those who were not seeking me found me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	10	20	t78j	figs-explicit	τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν	1	I appeared	These two clauses refer to non-Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the non-Jews, who were not seeking me; I appeared to the non-Jews, who were not asking for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	10	21	pziq	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		The word **But** introduces a contrast. Here, **But** indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an expression that makes this contrast clearer. Alternate translation: “By contrast,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM	10	21	afo5	writing-quotations	πρὸς & τὸν Ἰσραὴλ λέγει	1		Here Paul uses this phrase to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 65:2](../isa/65/02.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “to Israel God says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	10	21	ksjg	figs-metonymy	Ἰσραὴλ	1		See how you translated **Israel** in [verse 19](../10/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	10	21	tp8d	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
ROM	10	21	gtwp	figs-quotemarks	ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα	1		In these two sentences Paul is quoting [Isaiah 65:2](../isa/65/02.md) from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	10	21	hw4w	figs-idiom	ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν	1	All the day long	**The whole day** here refers to doing something constantly or continually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	10	21	il8s	translate-symaction	ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα	1	I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people	The action of stretching out **hands** toward someone represents welcoming or inviting someone to be a friend. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I welcomed a disobedient and contrary people to be my friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ROM	10	21	g03t	figs-explicit	λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα	1	I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people	This phrase refers to **Israel**, to whom God was speaking in this quotation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you disobedient and contradictory people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	11	intro	e9qz			0		# Romans 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)<br>    * Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)<br>    * God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)<br>    * God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)<br>    * No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)<br>    * Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)<br>    * Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)<br>    * Israel has a faithful remnant (11:1–10)<br>    * Israel’s unbelief resulted in non-Jews’ belief (11:11–24)<br>    * God will save Israel (11:15–32)<br>    * Praise for God’s wisdom (11:33–11:36)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 9–10](../11/09.md), [26–27](../11/26.md), and [34–35](../11/34.md), which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Grafting<br><br>In [verses 17–24](../11/17.md) Paul uses the image of “grafting” to refer to the place of the Gentiles and Jews in the plans of God. Permanently attaching a branch from one plant onto another plant is called “grafting.” Paul uses the picture of God grafting the Gentiles into his people as a wild branch is grafted into a cultivated olive tree. But God has not forgotten about the Jews, who are spoken of as a natural part of the tree. God will also save Jews who believe in Jesus and they will rejoin God’s people.
ROM	11	1	wp35	writing-pronouns	λέγω	1	I say then	The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	11	1	yiki	grammar-connect-logic-result	λέγω οὖν	1	I say then	Here, **then** indicates that what follows in this verse is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in [9:30](../09/30.md)–[10:21](../10/21.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “As a result, I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	11	1	p4zd	figs-rquestion	μὴ ἀπώσατο ὁ Θεὸς τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ?	1	did God reject his people?	Paul is not asking for information, but is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely God did not reject his people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	11	1	b8tg	figs-explicit	τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ	1	did God reject his people?	Here, **his people** refers to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his people, the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	11	1	wqu2	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md) and [6:2](../06/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM	11	1	mls4	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	May it never be	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **For** introduces the reason why what Paul said earlier in the verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	11	1	ra9c	figs-rpronouns	καὶ & ἐγὼ & εἰμί	1	May it never be	Paul uses the word **myself** to emphasize that he is proof that God has not rejected the Israelites. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I, indeed, also am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ROM	11	1	ewxc	figs-metaphor	σπέρματος	1	May it never be	Here, **seed** is singular but refers to a group of people. See how you translated seed in [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	2	wzs6	figs-explicit	τὸν λαὸν αὐτο	1	whom he foreknew	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	11	2	h4qe	figs-distinguish	ὃν προέγνω	1	whom he foreknew	This phrase gives further information about God’s **people**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “the people whom he foreknew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	11	2	k2al	figs-explicit	προέγνω	1	whom he foreknew	See how you translated this phrase in [8:29](../08/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	11	2	cjp6	figs-rquestion	ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ἐν Ἠλείᾳ τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή, ὡς ἐντυγχάνει τῷ Θεῷ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ?	1	Do you not know what the scripture says about Elijah, how he pleaded with God against Israel?	Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And surely you know what the scripture says about Elijah, how he pleads with God against Israel!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	11	2	q3lx	writing-quotations	ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ἐν Ἠλείᾳ τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή, ὡς ἐντυγχάνει τῷ Θεῷ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ?	1	they have killed	This sentence indicates that what follows in the next verse is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([1 Kings 19:10](../1ki/19/10.md), [14](../1ki/19/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Or do you not know what the scripture says about Elijah, how he pleads with God against Israel? He says in the scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	11	2	dd1e	figs-personification	τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή	1	what the scripture says	See how you translated **the scripture says** in [10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	11	2	z5lk	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει & ἐντυγχάνει	1	what the scripture says	Here Paul uses the present tense verbs **says** and **pleads** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said … he pleaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
ROM	11	2	ki3n	figs-metonymy	Ἰσραήλ	1		See how you translated **Israel** in [10:19](../10/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	11	3	rnut	figs-quotemarks		0	they have killed	This sentence is a quotation from [1 Kings 19:10](../1ki/19/10.md), [14](../1ki/19/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	11	3	fh9i	writing-pronouns	ἀπέκτειναν & κατέσκαψαν & ζητοῦσιν	1	they have killed	In this verse **they** refers to the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel killed … they tore down … those people of Israel seek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	11	3	fd5k	writing-pronouns	κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος & μου	1	they have killed	In this verse **I** and **my** refer to Elijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and only I, Elijah, was left behind … my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	11	3	ut1s	figs-activepassive	κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος	1	I alone am left	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and I alone am remaining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	11	3	dhg7	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος	1	I alone am left	Here, **left behind** means that Elijah thought he remained alive and all the other **prophets** had been killed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I alone remained alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	11	3	dv5u		ζητοῦσιν τὴν ψυχήν μου	1	seeking my life	The phrase **seek my life** refers to people trying to kill Elijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they want to kill me”
ROM	11	4	rj4e	figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ χρηματισμός?	1	But what does God’s answer say to him?	Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to get his audience to pay attention to what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But pay attention to what the divine response says to him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	11	4	ougb	writing-quotations	τί λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ χρηματισμός	1	But what does God’s answer say to him?	Here Paul uses this question to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 65:1](../isa/65/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what does the divine response say to him in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	11	4	w8cl	figs-metonymy	τί λέγει & ὁ χρηματισμός?	1	But what does God’s answer say to him?	Paul speaks of **the divine response** as if it were a person who would **say** something. Paul is referring to God responding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what does God say in response” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	11	4	rvmy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	But what does God’s answer say to him?	Here Paul uses the present tense verbs **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “did … say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
ROM	11	4	x6e9	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ	1	him	Here, **him** refers to Elijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	11	4	w03b	translate-symaction	οὐκ ἔκαμψαν γόνυ τῇ Βάαλ	1	him	This action was an expression of worship in this culture. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation, or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have not worshiped Baal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ROM	11	5	ce2r	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὕτως οὖν	1		The word **then** indicates that what follows is a result. Here, **then** introduces the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated about Elijah in the previous two verses. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “As a result, in the same way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	11	5	l6yu	figs-abstractnouns	λῖμμα & ἐκλογὴν χάριτος	1		See how you translated **remnant** in [9:27](../09/27.md), **election** in [9:11](../09/11.md), and **grace** in [4:16](../04/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	11	5	whv0	figs-possession	ἐκλογὴν χάριτος	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **election** that is characterized by **grace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the gracious election” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	11	6	qkgx	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1		Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	11	6	q6es	figs-ellipsis	χάριτι	1	But if it is by grace	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “election is by grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	11	6	b4tx	figs-abstractnouns	χάριτι & ἔργων & χάρις & χάρις	1		See how you translated **grace** in [4:16](../04/16.md) and **works** in [9:12](../09/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	11	6	rm7g	writing-pronouns	οὐκέτι	1		Here, **it** refers to “the election of grace” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the election of grace is no longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	11	6	a9l4	figs-explicit	οὐκέτι	1		Here, **no longer** indicates the logical conclusion of the preceding clause. It does not imply that election used to be **by works**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is logically not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	11	7	cksi	grammar-connect-logic-result	τί οὖν	1	What then?	Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in [9:30](../09/30.md)–[11:6](../11/06.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If these things are true, then what” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	11	7	c69z	figs-ellipsis	τί οὖν	1	What then?	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “What should we conclude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	11	7	k94b	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν?	1	What then?	Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is what we should conclude:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	11	7	crpn	figs-explicit	ὃ & τοῦτο	1		**The thing** and **this** here refer to righteousness, as indicated in [9:30–31](../09/30.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The righteousness … this righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	11	7	ctkj	figs-metonymy	Ἰσραήλ	1		See how you translated this name in [10:19](../10/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	11	7	xbkh	writing-pronouns	ἐπέτυχεν & οἱ & λοιποὶ	1		Here, **it** and **them** refer to the people of **Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel … the rest of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	11	7	rzet	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ & ἐκλογὴ & οἱ & λοιποὶ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **elect** and **rest**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the ones who have been elected … the ones of them who remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	11	7	jib7	figs-activepassive	ἐπωρώθησαν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The next verse indicates that God is the one who did the action. Alternate translation: “God hardened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	11	7	bp19	figs-metaphor	ἐπωρώθησαν	1		Here, **hardened** refers to being made stubborn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were made stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	8	cv7s	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	11	8	u829	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation is a paraphrase of [Isaiah 29:10](../isa/29/10.md) and [Deuteronomy 29:4](../deu/29/04.md). Alternate translation: “just as God stated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	11	8	o53g	figs-quotemarks	ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα κατανύξεως, ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν, ἕως τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας	1		In these clauses Paul paraphrases [Isaiah 29:10](../isa/29/10.md) and [Deuteronomy 29:4](../deu/29/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	11	8	kaqc	figs-possession	πνεῦμα κατανύξεως	1	God has given them a spirit of dullness, eyes so that they should not see, and ears so that they should not hear	Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **spirit** that is characterized by **dullness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a dull spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	11	8	z47a	figs-metaphor	πνεῦμα κατανύξεως	1	spirit of dullness	Here, **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or manner of thinking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an attitude of dullness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	8	zyk1	figs-metaphor	ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν	1	eyes so that they should not see	Paul quotes Moses using **eyes not to see** and **ears not to hear** to refer to being unable to understand something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “being unable to perceive and unable to comprehend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	8	ny8w	figs-doublet	ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν	1	ears so that they should not hear	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the people of Israel were completely unable to understand how to become righteous. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “being completely unable to comprehend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM	11	9	kr0g	writing-quotations	Δαυεὶδ λέγει	1	ears so that they should not hear	Here Paul uses this clause to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:22–23](../psa/069/022.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “David says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	11	9	zobm	figs-pastforfuture	Δαυεὶδ λέγει	1	ears so that they should not hear	Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
ROM	11	9	b507	figs-quotemarks	γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν	1	ears so that they should not hear	This phrase begins a quotation of [Psalm 69:22–23](../psa/069/022.md) that continues into the next verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	11	9	x0wl	figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God, cause their table to become a net and a trap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	11	9	kpg8	figs-idiom	γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν	1	Let their table become a net and a trap	This clause is an idiom. The word **table** represents feasting, which is a situation in which a person feels safe, and **net** and **trap** represent punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let them be punished while they are feeling safe” or “Punish them while they are comfortable”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	11	9	l6re	figs-doublet	εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize David’s plea for judgment. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “for thorough punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM	11	9	lbs2	figs-metaphor	εἰς σκάνδαλον	1		Here, **stumbling block** refers to something that tempts people to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for tempting them to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	9	xex5	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνταπόδομα αὐτοῖς	1	a retribution for them	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **retribution**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “paying them back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	11	10	c1nj	figs-metaphor	σκοτισθήτωσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν, τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν	1	bend their backs continually	This clause refers to being unable to understand something. See how you translated “eyes not to see” in [verse 8](../11/08.md). Alternate translation: “Let them be unable to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	10	j9ag	figs-activepassive	σκοτισθήτωσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν	1	bend their backs continually	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Blind their eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	11	10	biqg	figs-metaphor	τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν διὰ παντὸς σύνκαμψον	1		This clause refers to making people suffer like how slaves suffer by carrying heavy burdens on **their backs**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “make them suffer continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	10	p4s5	figs-quotemarks	παντὸς	1		The end of this verse is the end of a quotation from [Psalm 69:22–23](../psa/069/022.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	11	11	z8tw	grammar-connect-logic-result	λέγω οὖν	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	11	11	dysl	writing-pronouns	μὴ ἔπταισαν & πέσωσιν & αὐτῶν & αὐτούς	1		In this verse the pronouns **they**, **their**, and **them** refer to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jewish people did not stumble … they might fall, did they … the Jewish people’s … the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	11	11	r9hg	figs-rquestion	μὴ ἔπταισαν ἵνα πέσωσιν?	1	Did they stumble so as to fall?	Paul is not asking for information, but is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely they did not stumble so that they might fall!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	11	11	y9x7	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἔπταισαν	1	Did they stumble so as to fall?	See how you translated “stumbled” in [9:32](../09/32.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	11	ai6y	figs-metaphor	πέσωσιν	1		Here, **fall** refers to being completely rejected by God forever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might be eternally rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	11	qbx4	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο!	1	May it never be	See how you translated this expression in [3:4](../03/04.md) and [6:2](../06/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM	11	11	a4kf	figs-abstractnouns	τῷ αὐτῶν παραπτώματι, ἡ σωτηρία & τὸ παραζηλῶσαι αὐτούς	1		See how you translated **transgression** in [4:15](../04/15.md), **salvation** in [1:16](../01/16.md), and **jealousy** in [10:19](../10/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	11	11	f1jw		παραζηλῶσαι αὐτούς	1	provoke … to jealousy	See how you translated the similar phrase in [10:19](../10/19.md).
ROM	11	12	ew4i	figs-doublet	εἰ & τὸ παράπτωμα αὐτῶν, πλοῦτος κόσμου, καὶ τὸ ἥττημα αὐτῶν, πλοῦτος ἐθνῶν	1		Both of these clauses mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “if their transgression certainly resulted in wealth for the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM	11	12	v024	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1		Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	11	12	zibw	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ παράπτωμα αὐτῶν	1	if their failure is the riches of the world, and if their loss is the riches of the Gentiles	See how you translated **transgression** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	11	12	rnsk	figs-possession	πλοῦτος κόσμου	1	if their failure is the riches of the world, and if their loss is the riches of the Gentiles	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **wealth** that is for **the world**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “is wealth for the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	11	12	it9k	figs-metonymy	κόσμου	1	the world	Here, **world** refers to the people living in the world, especially the Gentiles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	11	12	hqch	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ ἥττημα αὐτῶν & τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῶν	1	if their failure is the riches of the world, and if their loss is the riches of the Gentiles	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **loss** and **fullness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what they lost … how full they are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	11	12	fxoo	figs-metaphor	τὸ ἥττημα αὐτῶν & τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῶν	1	the riches of the world	Here, **loss** refers to Israel’s failure to make themselves righteous, and **fullness** refers to the complete number of Israelites who will become righteous by trusting in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their failure … their full number of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	12	dh1g	figs-possession	πλοῦτος ἐθνῶν	1	the riches of the world	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **wealth** that is for **the Gentiles**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is wealth for the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	11	12	hsbv	figs-rquestion	πόσῳ μᾶλλον τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῶν?	1	the riches of the world	Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “so much more will be their fullness!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	11	12	b9fi	figs-explicit	πόσῳ μᾶλλον τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῶν?	1	the riches of the world	Paul implies that there will be much more **wealth** when the full amount of Israelites believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in how much more wealth will their fullness result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	11	13	r0jt	figs-yousingular	ὑμῖν	1		Here, **you** is plural and refers to Paul’s non-Jewish Christian readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ROM	11	13	z6p4	figs-rpronouns	εἰμι ἐγὼ	1		Paul uses the word **myself** to emphasize that he was **apostle to the Gentiles**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I indeed am the one who is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ROM	11	13	ngfl	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν διακονίαν μου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **ministry**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how I minister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	11	14	ua2k	figs-abstractnouns	παραζηλώσω	1	I will provoke to jealousy	See how you translated this phrase in [10:19](../10/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	11	14	h1qe	figs-explicit	μου τὴν σάρκα & αὐτῶν	1	those who are of my own flesh	These phrases refer to Paul’s Jewish kinsmen who do not believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those unbelieving Jews, who are of my own flesh … my fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	11	14	oxqg	figs-idiom	μου τὴν σάρκα	1	those who are of my own flesh	See how you translated **flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	11	15	q99e	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	For if their rejection means the reconciliation of the world	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	11	15	es22	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1	For if their rejection means the reconciliation of the world	See how you translated **if** in [verse 12](../11/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	11	15	ui3i	writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν & ἡ πρόσλημψις	1	their rejection	In this verse **their** refers to Jews who do not believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the unbelieving Jews’ … the Jewish people’s acceptance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	11	15	sy8u	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν & ἡ πρόσλημψις & ζωὴ	1	their rejection	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **rejection**, **acceptance**, and **life**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “them rejecting … them being accepted … to become alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	11	15	teab	grammar-connect-logic-result	καταλλαγὴ κόσμου	1	their rejection	Here, **is** indicates that the phrase that follows is the result of **their rejection**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “led to reconciliation of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	11	15	sdhl	figs-abstractnouns	καταλλαγὴ	1	their rejection	See how you translated **reconciliation** in [5:11](../05/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	11	15	m3fs	figs-metonymy	κόσμου	1	the world	See how you translated **world** in [verse 12](../11/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	11	15	em8m	figs-rquestion	τίς ἡ πρόσλημψις εἰ μὴ ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν?	1	what will their acceptance be but life from the dead?	Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize how wonderful it will be when God accepts the Jews. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “their acceptance is certainly life from dead ones!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	11	15	ic9z	grammar-connect-logic-result	τίς ἡ πρόσλημψις	1		Here, **is** indicates that the phrase that follows is the result of **their acceptance**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “what would their acceptance lead to if not life from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	11	15	po4h	figs-metaphor	ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	the world	This phrase could refer to: (1) the final resurrection of all Christians that will take place after the whole Jewish remnant has believed in Jesus. Elsewhere in this letter, Paul uses a similar phrase to refer to Jesus’ resurrection. Alternate translation: “bringing the dead back to life” (2) the Jewish remnant changing from being spiritually dead to being spiritually alive. Alternate translation: “eternally alive from being eternally dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	15	jn4l	figs-idiom	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	the dead	See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	11	16	ao3u	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ & εἰ	1		See how you translated **if** in [verse 12](../11/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	11	16	bi5b	figs-explicit	καὶ τὸ φύραμα & καὶ οἱ κλάδοι	1		In these clauses Paul implies that **the lump of dough** and **the branches** are **also** holy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the lump of dough is also holy … the branches are also holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	11	16	b2s5	figs-metaphor	εἰ & ἡ ἀπαρχὴ ἁγία, καὶ τὸ φύραμα;	1	If the firstfruits are reserved, so is the lump of dough	Paul is speaking of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, the Israelites’ ancestors, as if they were the **firstfruits** to be harvested. He is also speaking of the Israelites who descended from those men as if they were a **lump of dough** that was made from the grain as the **firstfruits**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea with a simile. Alternate translation: “if Abraham is like the first of what has been offered to God, all of his descendants should also be considered an offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	16	dci1	figs-metaphor	εἰ ἡ ῥίζα ἁγία, καὶ οἱ κλάδοι	1	If the root is reserved, so are the branches	Paul is speaking of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, the Israelites’ ancestors, as if they were the **root** of a tree. He is also speaking of the Israelites who descended from those men as if they were **the branches** of that same tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea with a simile. Alternate translation: “if Abraham is like the root of a tree, all of his descendants should also be considered branches of that tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	17	qkc0	figs-infostructure	εἰ	1	If the root is reserved, so are the branches	Here, **if** indicates that this verse and the next verse are one conditional sentence. You may need to adjust the words to divide these verses into separate sentences. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	11	17	imrh	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1	If the root is reserved, so are the branches	Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	11	17	slf6	figs-exmetaphor	εἰ & τινες τῶν κλάδων ἐξεκλάσθησαν, σὺ δὲ ἀγριέλαιος ὢν ἐνεκεντρίσθης ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς τῆς ῥίζης τῆς πιότητος τῆς ἐλαίας ἐγένου	1	But if some of the branches were broken off	Paul continues using the metaphor of a **tree** to speak about how God rejected unbelieving Jews and accepted non-Jews to be part of his people instead. The **olive tree** represents God’s people. The **branches** that **were broken off** represent Jews who don’t believe in Jesus. The **wild olive branch** represents non-Jewish people who believe in Jesus. The **richness** represents the blessings God gives his people. The **root** represents either the ancestors of the Israelites (as in the previous verse) or the Jewish people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor as a simile. See also the discussion of this metaphor in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “if some of the Jews were rejected, like branches are broken off of a tree, and you, being foreigners were joined to God’s people as wild olive branches are grafted onto a tree, and you received the blessings of the first Israelites as part of God’s people, as branches receive the nutrients of the root of the olive tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
ROM	11	17	b8ic	figs-activepassive	τινες τῶν κλάδων ἐξεκλάσθησαν & ἐνεκεντρίσθης & συνκοινωνὸς & ἐγένου	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context of chapters 9–11 indicates that God did the action. Alternate translation: “God broke off some of the branches … God grafted … God made to be partakers with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	11	17	qv65	figs-youcrowd	σὺ	1	if you, a wild olive branch	Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, non-Jewish Christians, **you** is singular throughout this verse. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM	11	17	z6hr	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς & συνκοινωνὸς	1	were grafted in among them	In this verse **them** refers to the Jewish people who believe in Jesus. It does not refer to the **branches** that **were broken off**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the believing Jewish people … partakers with those Jews who believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	11	18	d81u	figs-infostructure	μὴ κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων	1	were grafted in among them	This is the end of a factual conditional sentence that began in the previous verse. You may need to adjust the words if you make this clause into a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Since this is true, do not boast over the branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	11	18	gqd6	figs-exmetaphor	μὴ κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων. εἰ δὲ κατακαυχᾶσαι, οὐ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν βαστάζεις, ἀλλὰ ἡ ῥίζα σέ	1	do not boast over the branches	Paul continues using the metaphor of a tree from the previous two verses. Here, **branches** represents those Jews whom God rejected because they did not believe in Jesus. The **root** represents either the ancestors of the Israelites (like in [verse 16](../11/16.md)) or the Jewish people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor as a simile. See also the discussion of this metaphor in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do not boast over the unbelieving Jews whom God rejected, like branches were broken off of a tree. But if you boast, you yourself do not sustain Gods people, like branches cannot sustain the root, but the first Israelites sustain you, like the root sustains the branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
ROM	11	18	kd87	figs-youcrowd	κατακαυχᾶσαι & σὺ & βαστάζεις & σέ	1	do not boast over the branches	See how you translated **you** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM	11	18	llz1	figs-explicit	οὐ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν βαστάζεις, ἀλλὰ ἡ ῥίζα σέ	1	it is not you who supports the root, but the root that supports you	Paul implies that Gentile believers who **boast** should remember that they are supported by the **root** of the faith of Abraham and the first Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “remember that you yourself do not support the root, but the root supports you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	11	19	w28y	figs-youcrowd	ἐρεῖς	1	Branches were broken off	See how you translated **you** in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM	11	19	uqji	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Branches were broken off	Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “as a result” or “in response to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	11	19	d21e	figs-quotemarks	ἐξεκλάσθησαν κλάδοι, ἵνα ἐγὼ ἐνκεντρισθῶ	1	Branches were broken off	In this sentence Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Jewish Christian arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	11	19	mm6w	figs-exmetaphor	ἐξεκλάσθησαν κλάδοι & ἐγὼ ἐνκεντρισθῶ	1	Branches were broken off	See how you translated **branches**, **broken off**, and **grafted in** in [verse 17](../11/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
ROM	11	19	qk8c	figs-activepassive	ἐξεκλάσθησαν κλάδοι & ἐγὼ ἐνκεντρισθῶ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated similar phrases in [verse 17](../11/17.md). Alternate translation: “God broke branches off … God might graft me in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	11	19	p9ti	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	I might be grafted in	Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	11	20	r80y	figs-explicit	καλῶς	1	their … they	This sentence introduces Paul’s response to the statement in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying that what you said is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	11	20	puj9	writing-pronouns	τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ ἐξεκλάσθησαν	1	their … they	**They** and **their** in this verse refer to the Jewish people who do not believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The unbelieving Jews were broken off in unbelief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	11	20	lce6	figs-exmetaphor	ἐξεκλάσθησαν	1	their … they	See how you translated **were broken off** in [verse 17](../11/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
ROM	11	20	cvr0	grammar-connect-logic-result	τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1	their … they	This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving Jews **were broken off**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “due to unbelief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	11	20	pw92	figs-youcrowd	σὺ & ἕστηκας & 	1	their … they	See how you translated **you** in the previous three verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM	11	20	v2ua	figs-metaphor	σὺ & ἕστηκας	1	but you stand firm because of your faith	Paul speaks of Gentile believers remaining part of God’s people as if they were standing **firm**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you yourself remain among God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	20	xtnu	figs-explicit	τῇ πίστει	1	but you stand firm because of your faith	The phrase **in faith** could indicate: (1) the means by which Gentile believers should **stand firm**. Alternate translation: “by means of faith” (2) the reason why Gentile believers should **stand firm**. Alternate translation: “because of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	11	20	qlmq	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ πίστει	1		See how you translated **faith** in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	11	20	rx22	figs-explicit	ὑψηλὰ	1		Here, **arrogant things** refers to the **arrogant** thoughts that a Gentile Christian might have against the Jews. Specifically, they might think that they are better than Jews who are not Christian, as indicated by the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “arrogantly against unbelieving Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	11	20	k4l5	figs-ellipsis	φοβοῦ	1		Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the next verse, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	11	21	nsq3	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **For** introduces the reason why Paul wants his Gentile Christian readers to “fear,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “You must fear because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	11	21	xy3h	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1		See how you translated **if** in [verse 12](../11/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	11	21	f6i7	figs-metaphor	τῶν κατὰ φύσιν κλάδων	1	For if God did not spare the natural branches, neither will he spare you	Here,**natural branches** refers to the Jewish people who rejected Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “of the unbelieving Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	21	ywgs	figs-explicit	οὐδὲ σοῦ φείσεται	1	For if God did not spare the natural branches, neither will he spare you	Paul implies that God will not spare anyone who stops trusting in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “neither will he spare you if you do not keep trusting in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	11	21	m59a	figs-youcrowd	σοῦ	1	For if God did not spare the natural branches, neither will he spare you	See how you translated **you** in [verses 17–20](../11/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM	11	22	bfsu	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1	For if God did not spare the natural branches, neither will he spare you	Paul uses the term **See** to focus his audiences’ attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	22	i0r3	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	For if God did not spare the natural branches, neither will he spare you	Here, **then** indicates that what follows in this verse is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in the [verses 17–21](../11/17.md). Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	11	22	xdm3	figs-abstractnouns	χρηστότητα & ἀποτομίαν Θεοῦ & ἀποτομία & χρηστότης Θεοῦ & τῇ χρηστότητι	1	the kind actions and the severity of God	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **kindness** and **severity**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the kind character … the severe character of God … his severe character … the kind character of God … his kind character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	11	22	i3ok	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πεσόντας, ἀποτομία	1	the kind actions and the severity of God	Here Paul speaks of God’s **severity** as if it were an object that could be **on** someone. He means that God punishes them severely. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he severely punishes those who fell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	22	scf8	figs-metaphor	τοὺς πεσόντας	1	those who fell	Paul refers to the Jews who failed to trust God as if they were people who **fell**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those Jews who failed to trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	22	fy84	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ δὲ σὲ, χρηστότης Θεοῦ	1	those who fell	Here Paul speaks of God’s **kindness** as if it were an object that could be **on** someone. He means that God acts kindly toward those who trust in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he is kind to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	22	i4ue	figs-youcrowd	σὲ & ἐπιμένῃς & σὺ ἐκκοπήσῃ	1	those who fell	See how you translated **you** in [verses 17–21](../11/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM	11	22	rw2i	figs-metaphor	ἐπιμένῃς τῇ χρηστότητι	1	those who fell	Here Paul speaks of God’s **kindness** as if it were a place in which someone could **continue** staying. He means that his readers should continue trusting in God’s kindness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you continue trusting in his kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	22	t4mk	figs-metaphor	καὶ σὺ ἐκκοπήσῃ	1	Otherwise you also will be cut off	Here Paul refers to his Gentile Christian audience as if they were branches that God could **cut off**. He means that God would reject them if they do not remain faithful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “you yourself also will be rejected” or “you yourself also will be rejected like a branch that is cut off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	22	l17i	figs-activepassive	καὶ σὺ ἐκκοπήσῃ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will cut off you yourself also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	11	23	osvn	writing-pronouns	κἀκεῖνοι & μὴ ἐπιμένωσι τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ & αὐτούς	1		In this verse **those**, **they**, **their**, and **them** refer to the Jewish people who do not believe in Jesus at first but become believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those unbelieving Jewish people … those Jews do not continue in their unbelief … those Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	11	23	k0i0	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἐπιμένωσι τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1		See how you translated **continue in** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	23	lvk7	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ ἐπιμένωσι τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1	if they do not continue in their unbelief	If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “if they start believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ROM	11	23	e68i	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1	if they do not continue in their unbelief	See how you translated **unbelief** in [4:20](../04/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	11	23	zu7k	figs-metaphor	ἐνκεντρισθήσονται & ἐνκεντρίσαι αὐτούς	1	will be grafted in	Paul speaks of the Jews becoming part of God’s people as if they were branches that could be **grafted in** to a tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be joined to God’s people … to join them to his people” or “will be joined to God’s people, like a branch is grafted into a tree … to join them to his people, like a farmer grafts a branch into a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	23	lx11	figs-activepassive	ἐνκεντρισθήσονται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will graft in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	11	23	yxtp	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous sentence is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	11	24	onko	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is an explanation of what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	11	24	q1vp	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1		See how you translated **if** in [verse 12](../11/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	11	24	s1a4	figs-exmetaphor	σὺ ἐκ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἐξεκόπης ἀγριελαίου, καὶ παρὰ φύσιν ἐνεκεντρίσθης εἰς καλλιέλαιον, πόσῳ μᾶλλον οὗτοι, οἱ κατὰ φύσιν ἐνκεντρισθήσονται τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐλαίᾳ	1	For if you were cut out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature were grafted into a good olive tree, how much more will these Jews, who are the natural branches, be grafted back into their own olive tree?	Paul continues speaking of the Gentile believers and Jews as if they were branches of a **tree**, as he did in [verses 17–22](../11/17.md). Here, **a wild olive tree** represents all non-Jewish people who do not believe in Jesus, **cut off** represents being separated from unbelieving non-Jewish people, and **good olive tree** and **their own olive tree** represents God’s people. See how you translated **grafted into** in [verse 17](../11/17.md). Alternate translation: “you were separated from the nations, as a branch is cut off from what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature were joined to God’s people, as a branch is grafted into a good olive tree, how much more will these, who are according to nature like olive branches, be joined to their own people, like a branch is grafted back into its own olive tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
ROM	11	24	hl07	figs-youcrowd	σὺ	1		See how **you** translated you in [verses 17–22](../11/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM	11	24	dem3	figs-activepassive	σὺ ἐκ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἐξεκόπης ἀγριελαίου & ἐνεκεντρίσθης & οὗτοι, οἱ κατὰ φύσιν ἐνκεντρισθήσονται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God cut you off from what is by nature a wild olive tree … God grafted … will God graft these, who are according to nature, back into” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	11	24	ko5o	figs-rquestion	πόσῳ μᾶλλον οὗτοι, οἱ κατὰ φύσιν ἐνκεντρισθήσονται τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐλαίᾳ?	1		Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “so much more will these, who are according to nature, be grafted back into their own olive tree!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	11	24	ncwk	writing-pronouns	οὗτοι & τῇ ἰδίᾳ	1		Here, **they** and **their** refer to Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these Jews … the Jews’ own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	11	24	yn21	figs-distinguish	οἱ κατὰ φύσιν	1		This phrase gives further information about the Jewish people whom God will rejoin to his people. If it might be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “they who are the people who are according to nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	11	25	jb0b	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **For** indicates that what Paul says in [verses 25–32](../11/25.md) is the reason why he said what he did in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “I am telling you these things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	11	25	ye5w	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ & θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν	1	I do not want you to be uninformed	If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I very much want you to be aware” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ROM	11	25	q3i2	writing-pronouns	οὐ & θέλω	1	I	The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, do not want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	11	25	ykop	figs-yousingular	ὑμᾶς & μὴ ἦτε παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι	1	I	Here, **you** and **yourselves** are plural and could refer to: (1) non-Jewish Christians, as in verses [verses 17–24](../11/17.md). Alternate translation: “you non-Jewish believers in Christ … you non-Jews might be wise not in yourselves” (2) all the unbelievers to whom Paul was writing this letter. Alternate translation: “you believers in Jesus … you believers might not be wise in yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ROM	11	25	evc9	figs-infostructure	οὐ & θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, τὸ μυστήριον τοῦτο, ἵνα μὴ ἦτε παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι, ὅτι πώρωσις ἀπὸ μέρους τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γέγονεν	1	I	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “in order that you, brothers, might not be wise in yourselves, I do not want you to be ignorant of this mystery, that a partial hardening has occurred in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	11	25	aj7j	translate-unknown	τὸ μυστήριον τοῦτο	1	I	Here Paul uses the word **mystery** to refer to God saving a remnant of Jews after he saves a certain amount of Gentiles. This does not mean that the idea is hard to understand, but rather, God had not yet revealed it to people. If your language would not use **mystery** to refer to something that was concealed but has now been revealed, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of this concealed message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ROM	11	25	w7lx	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Paul could be referring to: (1) non-Jewish Christians, as in verses [verses 17–24](../11/17.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow non-Jewish believers in Christ” (2) all the believers to whom Paul was writing this letter. Alternate translation: “my fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	11	25	me1g	figs-idiom	μὴ ἦτε παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι	1	in order that you will not be wise in your own thinking	Here, **wise in yourselves** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is wiser than he really is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you might not arrogantly think that you are wiser than you really are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	11	25	ec4j	figs-metaphor	πώρωσις ἀπὸ μέρους	1	a partial hardening has occurred in Israel	Here, **hardening** refers to being stubborn and unwilling to believe in Jesus. This **hardening** is only **partial** because some Jews believe in Jesus. See how you translated similar words in [verse 7](../11/07.md) and [9:18](../09/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	25	dry1	figs-metonymy	τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1		See how you translated **Israel** in [10:19](../10/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	11	25	db1x	figs-metaphor	τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	until the completion of the Gentiles come in	Here, **fullness** refers to the full amount of non-Jewish people whom God will save. See how you translated **fullness** in [verse 12](../11/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	25	px38	figs-metaphor	εἰσέλθῃ	1	until the completion of the Gentiles come in	Here Paul uses **come in** to speak about people joining God’s people as if they were entering a place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “has become his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	26	jo0j	figs-explicit	καὶ οὕτως	1		Here, **thus** indicates that **all Israel will be saved** in the same manner as “the fullness of the Gentiles,” as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and in the same manner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	11	26	vu7t	figs-activepassive	πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ σωθήσεται	1	Thus all Israel will be saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save all Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	11	26	xjq4	figs-metonymy	Ἰσραὴλ	1	Thus all Israel will be saved	See how you translated **Israel** in [10:19](../10/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	11	26	wuyz	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	11	26	n7yf	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	just as it is written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something Isaiah wrote ([Isaiah 59:20–21](../isa/59/20.md) and [27:9](../isa/27/09.md)), you could indicate Isaiah as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	11	26	eb3j	figs-quotemarks	ἥξει ἐκ Σιὼν ὁ ῥυόμενος, ἀποστρέψει ἀσεβείας ἀπὸ Ἰακώβ	1	just as it is written	This sentence is a quotation of [Isaiah 59:20–21](../isa/59/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	11	26	dm4e	figs-metonymy	Σιὼν	1		See how you translated **Zion** in [9:33](../09/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	11	26	at55	figs-metaphor	ἀποστρέψει ἀσεβείας	1	He will remove ungodliness	Paul quotes Isaiah speaking of **ungodly things** as if they were an object that someone could **turn away**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He will cause ungodly activity to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	26	bkr2	figs-metonymy	Ἰακώβ	1	from Jacob	Here, **Jacob** refers to the descendants of Jacob, who are also called Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” or “the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	11	27	cie8	figs-quotemarks		0	from Jacob	This verse is a quotation of [Isaiah 59:20–21](../isa/59/20.md) and [27:9](../isa/27/09.md) in which God is speaking. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	11	27	q7e3	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς & παρ’ ἐμοῦ & ἀφέλωμαι & αὐτῶν	1	from Jacob	The pronouns **I** and **me** here refer to God, and **them** and **their** refer to the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the people of Israel … with me, God, … I take away Israel’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	11	27	ll39	figs-metaphor	ἀφέλωμαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν	1	I will take away their sins	Paul quotes God speaking of **sins** as if they were objects that someone could **take away**. He means that people are forgiven for the **sins** they have done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will remove the guilt of their sins” or “I will forgive them for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	28	ctn9	figs-explicit	κατὰ & τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	As far as the gospel is concerned	Here Paul implies the Jewish people rejecting the **gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to the Jews rejecting the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	11	28	girf	writing-pronouns	ἐχθροὶ & ὑμᾶς & ἀγαπητοὶ & τοὺς πατέρας	1	As far as the gospel is concerned	The pronouns **they** and **their** refer to the people of Israel, and **your** refers to Gentile Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel are enemies … you non-Jews' … the people of Israel are beloved … their forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	11	28	x6aa	figs-explicit	ἐχθροὶ	1	they are enemies for your sake	Paul implies that the Jewish people are **enemies** of God because they rejected the gospel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they are God’s enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	11	28	dr2q	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ & τὴν ἐκλογὴν	2	as far as election is concerned	See how you translated this phrase in [9:11](../09/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	11	28	d82k	figs-activepassive	ἀγαπητοὶ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God loves them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	11	28	jas2	figs-explicit	διὰ τοὺς πατέρας	1	they are beloved because of their forefathers	Here, **for the sake of their forefathers** refers to the promises that God made to **their forefathers**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of what he promised to do for their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	11	29	nr47	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “You can be sure this is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	11	29	p2sf	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ χαρίσματα & ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	For the gifts and the call of God are unchangeable	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **gifts** and **calling**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is graciously given … what has been called by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	11	29	mnqs	figs-possession	ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **the calling of God** refers to the fact that God called the Jews to be his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the fact that God called them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	11	30	gmrm	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **For** indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse explains what Paul said about the Jews in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	11	30	bj8g	figs-yousingular	ὑμεῖς ποτε ἠπειθήσατε	1	you were formerly disobedient	Here, **you** and **yourselves** are plural and refer to non-Jewish Christians, as in verses [verses 17–24](../11/17.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you non-Jewish believers in Christ yourselves were formerly disobedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ROM	11	30	df91	figs-activepassive	ἠλεήθητε	1	you have received mercy because of their disobedience	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has shown mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	11	30	zk91	figs-abstractnouns	ἠλεήθητε τῇ τούτων ἀπειθείᾳ	1	you have received mercy because of their disobedience	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **mercy** and **disobedience**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “were shown how merciful God is in how disobedient these were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	11	30	iufr	grammar-connect-logic-result	τῇ τούτων ἀπειθείᾳ	1	you have received mercy because of their disobedience	Here, **in** indicates that what follows is one reason why God showed **mercy** to non-Jewish people. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “due to the disobedience of these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	11	30	g3cn	writing-pronouns	τούτων	1	you	Here, **these** refers to Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of these Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	11	31	wmub	writing-pronouns	οὗτοι & αὐτοὶ	1	you	Here, **these** and **they** refer to Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these Jews … the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	11	31	enhi	figs-infostructure	ἠπείθησαν τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἐλέει, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ νῦν ἐλεηθῶσιν	1	you	The phrase **in your mercy** could be connected to: (1) the verb translated as **were disobedient**, as in the ULT. (2) the verb translated as **be shown mercy**. Alternate translation: “were disobedient so that, in your mercy, they might also now be shown mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	11	31	mwhx	grammar-connect-logic-result	τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἐλέει	1	you	Here, **in** could indicate that what follows: (1) is one reason for the Jews being **disobedient**. Alternate translation: “because of your mercy” (2) is one purpose for the Jews being **disobedient**. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of your mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	11	31	qh7s	figs-explicit	τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἐλέει	1	you	Here, **your mercy** refers to the **mercy** that God has shown to non-Jewish people whom he saves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the mercy that God has shown you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	11	31	kzgo	figs-yousingular	τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἐλέει	1	you	Here, **your** is plural and refers to non-Jewish believers in Jesus. See how you translated **you** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ROM	11	31	dtmn	figs-abstractnouns	τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἐλέει & καὶ αὐτοὶ νῦν ἐλεηθῶσιν	1	you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in God acting mercifully to you … God might also now act mercifully to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	11	31	cfgv	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	you	The phrase **so that** indicates that what follows is a purpose. Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is one purpose for the disobedience of the Jews. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	11	31	onqo	figs-activepassive	καὶ αὐτοὶ νῦν ἐλεηθῶσιν	1	you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God might also now show them mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	11	32	wxjl	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	you	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **For** indicates that what follows in this verse is the conclusion to what Paul said in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In conclusion,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	11	32	t6cb	figs-metaphor	συνέκλεισεν & ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς πάντας εἰς ἀπείθειαν	1	God has shut up all into disobedience	Here Paul refers to people whom God allows to disobey him as if they were prisoners **shut up** in a prison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God has allowed all people to be disobedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	32	obi0	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπείθειαν & ἐλεήσῃ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **disobedience** and **mercy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how disobedient they are … he might show how merciful he is toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	11	33	veuz	figs-exclamations	ὦ βάθος πλούτου, καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ	1		**Oh** is an exclamation word that communicates awe. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “How amazing is the depth of the wealth and the wisdom and the knowledge of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM	11	33	ldc5	figs-abstractnouns	βάθος πλούτου, καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **depth**, **wealth**, **wisdom**, and **knowledge**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how deeply wealthy and wise and knowledgeable is God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	11	33	x3kb	figs-metaphor	βάθος πλούτου, καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ	1	Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God!	Here Paul refers to God’s **wealth**, **wisdom**, and **knowledge** as if they were like a deep place. He means that God’s **wealth**, **wisdom**, and **knowledge** are truly great. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the greatness of the wealth and the wisdom and the knowledge of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	33	jbyn	figs-doublet	ὡς ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God!	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “How completely incomprehensible are the things he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM	11	33	u322	figs-exclamations	ὡς ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering	**How** here is used as an exclamation word that communicates awe. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
ROM	11	33	qb5r	figs-metaphor	ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ	1	How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering	Here Paul speaks of God’s **judgments** as if they were objects that people cannot search for. He means that people cannot fully understand God’s **judgments**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “incomprehensible are his judgments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	33	urwo	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ	1	How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgments**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is how he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	11	33	m755	figs-metaphor	ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering	Here Paul speaks of God’s **ways** as if they were objects that people cannot discover. He means that people cannot fully understand God’s **ways**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his ways are incomprehensible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	11	34	w1ck	writing-quotations	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **For** introduces a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 40:13](../isa/40/13.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For it is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	11	34	uh2x	figs-quotemarks	τίς & ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου, ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο?	1	For who has known the mind of the Lord or who has become his advisor?	This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 40:13](../isa/40/13.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	11	34	r2wj	figs-rquestion	τίς & ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου, ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο?	1	For who has known the mind of the Lord or who has become his advisor?	Paul quotes Isaiah using this question to emphasize that no one is as wise as the Lord. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one has known the mind of the Lord or become his advisor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	11	34	yy52	figs-metonymy	νοῦν Κυρίου	1	the mind of the Lord	Here, **mind** refers to what a person knows and thinks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all that the Lord knows” or “what the Lord thinks about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	11	35	wonz	writing-quotations	ἢ	1	the mind of the Lord	The word **Or** introduces another item. Here, **Or** indicates that what follows is Paul’s paraphrase of a verse in an Old Testament book ([Job 41:11](../job/41/11.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Or, as is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	11	35	dc62	figs-quotemarks	τίς προέδωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ	1		This sentence is a paraphrase of part of [Job 41:11](../job/41/11.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	11	35	j5cn	figs-rquestion	τίς προέδωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ?	1	Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him?	Paul quotes Job using this question to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one has ever given anything to God, that he should be repaid by him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	11	35	wm4s	figs-ellipsis	τίς προέδωκεν αὐτῷ	1	Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him?	Paul quotes Job leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Who gave something to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	11	35	jbjk	figs-activepassive	ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God should repay him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	11	36	tuup	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him?	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **For** indicates that what Paul says in this verse is the reason why what he said in [verses 34–35](../11/34.md) is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “These things are true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	11	36	abc1	writing-pronouns	ἐξ αὐτοῦ, καὶ δι’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν, τὰ πάντα. αὐτῷ	1	For from him … through him … to him	In this verse **him** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from God and through God and to God are all things. To God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	11	36	p0l8	figs-explicit	ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1	For from him … through him … to him	Here, **from** indicates that **all things** came from God because he made them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “originating from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	11	36	a9gg	figs-explicit	δι’ αὐτοῦ	1	For from him … through him … to him	Here, **through** indicates that God is the means by which **all things** continue to exist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “continuing to exist through him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	11	36	s63u	figs-explicit	εἰς αὐτὸν	1	For from him … through him … to him	Here, **to** indicates that God is the reason **all things** exist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	11	36	rpx6	figs-abstractnouns	αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα	1	To him be the glory forever	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May people glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	11	36	ut8l	figs-idiom	εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας	1	To him be the glory forever	Here, **to the ages** is an idiom that means “forever.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	12	intro	aky9			0		# Romans 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)<br>    * How to act toward God (12:1–2)<br>    * How to serve the church (12:3–8)<br>    * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)<br>    * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)<br>    * How to act toward government (13:1–7)<br>    * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)<br>    * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)<br>    * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)<br>    * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)<br>    * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of [verse 20](../12/20.md), which are from the Old Testament.<br><br>Many scholars believe Paul uses the word **therefore** in [Romans 12:1](../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1–11. After having carefully explained the Christian gospel in chapters 1–11, Paul explains in chapters 12–16 how Christians should live in response to these great truths. In these chapters, Paul gives many different commands that are practical instructions for how Christians should behave. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Body of Christ<br><br>The body of Christ is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the church. Every Christian plays a unique and important function within the people of God. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	12	1	wklb	writing-pronouns	παρακαλῶ	1		The pronoun **I** here and throughout this chapter refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, urge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	12	1	fwds	figs-yousingular	ὑμᾶς & ὑμῶν & ὑμῶν	1		The pronouns **you** and **your** here and throughout most of this chapter are plural and refer to the believers in Rome to whom Paul wrote this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers … your … your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ROM	12	1	xgcr	grammar-connect-logic-result	παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς	1		The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is a logical conclusion. Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows in the rest of this letter is what Paul wants his readers to do in response to what he has written in chapters 1–11. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a fuller expression. Alternate translation: “Since everything I have said is true, I urge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	12	1	kr1a	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God	See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	12	1	d50i	figs-abstractnouns	τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν & θυσίαν ζῶσαν & τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν	1	I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **compassions**, **sacrifice**, and **service**, you could express the same ideas in another way. These words indicate different ways in which people serve God. Alternate translation: “what is compassionate … a living one that is sacrificed … which is how you reasonably serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	12	1	wuyl	figs-metaphor	παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν	1		Here Paul refers to a believer in Christ who obeys God as if that person were one of the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God as a **sacrifice**, except that this **sacrifice** is still **living**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive, as if you were a living sacrifice on the temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	12	1	w1mz	figs-synecdoche	τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν	1	to present your bodies a living sacrifice	Here, **bodies** refers to whole people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your whole selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM	12	2	pyb6	figs-activepassive	μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε & μεταμορφοῦσθε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not conform yourselves … let God transform you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	12	2	clc6		μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε	1	Do not be conformed to this world	Alternate translation: “do not become alike”
ROM	12	2	d2qq	figs-metonymy	τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ	1		Here, **this age** refers to the attitudes and actions of the unbelievers who live during this period of time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the way people think and act in this age” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	12	2	na8p	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός & τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	but be transformed by the renewal of your mind	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **renewal** and **will**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by renewing the mind … thing that God wills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	12	2	c6ch	figs-metaphor	τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός	1	but be transformed by the renewal of your mind	Here Paul speaks of changing the way a person thinks as if that person’s mind is being renewed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by the changing of how one thinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	12	2	w34l	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς	1		Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which someone should **be transformed**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that you can approve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	12	3	cp9g	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	12	3	l6c6	figs-activepassive	διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “through the grace God has given to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	12	3	nyc2	figs-explicit	διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι	1	because of the grace that was given to me	Here, **grace** refers to God graciously choosing Paul to be an apostle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the grace that caused me to become an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	12	3	s6yg	figs-idiom	μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν	1	that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think	Here, **think more highly of himself** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than he really is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to not think he is a better person than he really is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	12	3	j20s	figs-gendernotations	μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν	1	that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think	Although **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “to not think more highly of oneself than what one ought to think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	12	3	me4t		φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν	1	Instead, they should think in a wise way	Alternate translation: “you should be wise with regard to how you think about yourselves”
ROM	12	3	m8z7	figs-explicit	ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως	1	just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith	Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) different degrees of **faith** in God that God gives believers. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you an degree of ability to trust in him” (2) the spiritual gifts that result from faith and are given to believers in different degrees. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you a degree of faith demonstrated in spiritual gifts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	12	4	zm8p	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul’s readers should “think with a sound mind,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “You must do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	12	4	v2pi	figs-simile	καθάπερ	1	we have many members in one body	Here, **just as** indicates that what follows in this verse is a simile. Paul uses this simile to compare all believers in Christ to the parts of a human body. Since Paul explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to express the meaning plainly here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ROM	12	4	v5iy		μέλη & μέλη	1	members	See how you translated members in [6:13](../06/13.md).
ROM	12	4	v8bo	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει πρᾶξιν	1	members	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **function**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “function for the same purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	12	5	sd03	figs-exclusive	ἐσμεν	1	are individually members of each other	Here, **we** refers to all Christians, so it is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	12	5	v93h	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ	1	are individually members of each other	See how you translated the similar phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	12	5	dhx8	figs-metaphor	τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη	1	are individually members of each other	Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human **body** are joined. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “and the individual believers are united to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	12	5	cutl		μέλη	1		See how you translated **members** in the previous verse.
ROM	12	6	j3x5	figs-exclusive	ἔχοντες & ἡμῖν	1	We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us	Here, **we** and **us** refer to all Christians, so they are inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	12	6	hrr1	figs-metaphor	ἔχοντες & χαρίσματα & διάφορα	1	We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us	Paul speaks of the different abilities to serve other believers that God gives believers as being **gracious gifts** from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we have different spiritual abilities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	12	6	y267	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the grace that God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	12	6	tlk4	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν χάριν & προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **prophecy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is graciously … being able to prophecy, according to what has been proportioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	12	6	zs97	figs-ellipsis	εἴτε προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of prophecy, then that person must use that gift according to the proportion of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	12	6	bnk9	figs-explicit	κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως	1	let it be done according to the proportion of his faith	Here Paul uses **faith** in the same way he did in [verse 3](../12/03.md). See how you translated the clause “as God has distributed to each one a measure of faith” in that verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	12	7	todc	figs-ellipsis	εἴτε διακονίαν, ἐν τῇ διακονίᾳ; εἴτε ὁ διδάσκων, ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of service, then that person must use that gift for serving; if God has given someone the gift to be the one teaching, then that person must use that gift for teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	12	7	wmuw	figs-abstractnouns	διακονίαν & τῇ διακονίᾳ & τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **service** and **teaching**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “serving others … serving others … teaching others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	12	8	m2as	figs-ellipsis	εἴτε ὁ παρακαλῶν, ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει; ὁ μεταδιδοὺς, ἐν ἁπλότητι; ὁ προϊστάμενος, ἐν σπουδῇ; ὁ ἐλεῶν, ἐν ἱλαρότητι	1	giving	Paul is leaving out some of the words that clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of encouraging, then that person must use that gift for encouraging; if God has given someone the gift of giving, then that person must use that gift for generosity; if God has given someone the gift of leading, then that person must use that gift with diligence; if God has given someone the gift of showing mercy, then that person must use that gift with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	12	8	teso	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει & ἐν ἁπλότητι & ἐν σπουδῇ & ἐν ἱλαρότητι	1	giving	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **encouragement**, **generosity**, **diligence**, and **cheerfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by encouraging others … generously … diligently … cheerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	12	9	dmsa	figs-declarative	ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος; ἀποστυγοῦντες τὸ πονηρόν, κολλώμενοι τῷ ἀγαθῷ	1	giving	Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “Love without hypocrisy, abhor the wicked, hold on to the good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ROM	12	9	o8z9	figs-doublenegatives	ἀνυπόκριτος	1	giving	If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “sincere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ROM	12	9	iv5h	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ πονηρόν & τῷ ἀγαθῷ	1	Let love be without hypocrisy	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wicked** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “wicked things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	12	10	mr8i	figs-declarative	τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ εἰς ἀλλήλους φιλόστοργοι; τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι	1		Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in brotherly love, be affectionate to one another; in honor, outdo one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ROM	12	10	ng86	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ & τῇ τιμῇ	1	Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **brotherly love** and **honor**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in loving others as brothers … in honoring others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	12	10	ux2y	figs-gendernotations	τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ	1	Concerning love of the brothers	Although the word **brotherly** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “in your love for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	12	11	iu2i	figs-declarative	τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες	1	Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him	Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in diligence, do not be lazy; in the spirit, be eager; serve the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ROM	12	11	jhe7	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ σπουδῇ	1	Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **diligence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in being diligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	12	11	ddvz	figs-explicit	τῷ πνεύματι	1		Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) a person’s spirit, as in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “in your spirit” or “wholeheartedly” (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	12	12	l3es	figs-declarative	τῇ ἐλπίδι χαίροντες, τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες, τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες	1	be patient in suffering	Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in hope, rejoice; in suffering, be patient; in prayer, persist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ROM	12	12	wept	grammar-connect-logic-result	τῇ ἐλπίδι	1	be patient in suffering	Here, **in** indicates that **hope** is the reason for **rejoicing**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because of hope, rejoicing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	12	12	uv64	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες	1	be patient in suffering	Here, **in** indicates the situation in which someone should be **patient**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time of suffering, being patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
ROM	12	13	vk5h	figs-declarative	ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες, τὴν φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες	1	Share in the needs of the saints	Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in the needs of the saints, share; pursue hospitality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ROM	12	12	xoy0	figs-explicit	τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες	1	be patient in suffering	Here, **in** indicates that **prayer** is what one needs to do persistently. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in regard to prayer, persisting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	12	13	m53s	figs-abstractnouns	ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων & τὴν φιλοξενίαν	1	Share in the needs of the saints	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **needs** and **hospitality**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the things the saints need … hospitable actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	12	13	i3nm	figs-explicit	ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες	1	Share in the needs of the saints	Here Paul implies sharing the things that a person has with those **saints** who have **needs**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sharing what you have to meet the needs of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	12	14	exd8	figs-doublet	εὐλογεῖτε καὶ μὴ καταρᾶσθε	1		These two commands mean the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you must absolutely bless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM	12	15	szpn	figs-declarative	χαίρειν μετὰ χαιρόντων, κλαίειν μετὰ κλαιόντων	1		Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “rejoice with those who rejoice; weep with those who weep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ROM	12	16	agio	figs-declarative	τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες, μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι	1	Be of the same mind toward one another	Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “think the same thing toward one another; do not think the high things, but accept the lowly ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ROM	12	16	hwd1	figs-idiom	τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες	1	Be of the same mind toward one another	This clause is an idiom that refers to having the same concern for the wellbeing of other people as a person has for himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caring about others the same way you care about yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	12	16	ar7y	figs-idiom	μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες	1	Do not think in proud ways	Here, **thinking the high things** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not thinking that you are better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	12	16	cc23	figs-explicit	τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι	1	accept lowly people	Here, **the lowly ones** could refer to: (1) people who are poor or are not respected by society. Alternate translation: “accepting people who do not seem important” (2) doings things that people think are humiliating or unimportant. Alternate translation: “accepting the lowly tasks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	12	16	h469	figs-idiom	μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς	1	Do not be wise in your own thoughts	See how you translated this expression in [11:25](../11/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	12	17	h2tz	figs-declarative	μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες, προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων	1	Repay no one evil for evil	Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “repay no one evil for evil; give careful thought to good things in the sight of all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ROM	12	17	ae3j	figs-abstractnouns	κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ & προνοούμενοι & ἐνώπιον	1	Repay no one evil for evil	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil**, **thought**, and **sight**, you could express the ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things for evil things; thinking carefully about … as seen by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	12	17	hnte	figs-metaphor	μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες	1	Repay no one evil for evil	Here Paul uses **paying back** to refer to doing something **evil** to someone in response to the **evil** that person has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “doing something evil to no one for the evil that person has done to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	12	17	fzh8	figs-metaphor	καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων	1	Do good things in the sight of all people	Here Paul uses **sight** to refer to what people mentally perceive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do things that all men perceive to be good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	12	17	c8lw	figs-gendernotations	πάντων ἀνθρώπων	1	Do good things in the sight of all people	Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	12	18	pgt7		τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people	Alternate translation: “so far as it depends on you” or “as much as it is up to you”
ROM	12	18	nzwf	figs-declarative	μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες	1	as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people	Paul is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “live at peace with all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ROM	12	18	fbzh	figs-gendernotations	πάντων ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	12	19	e0hc	figs-declarative	μὴ ἑαυτοὺς ἐκδικοῦντες	1	give way to his wrath	Paul is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “do not avenge yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
ROM	12	19	ew6x	figs-metonymy	δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ	1	give way to his wrath	Here, **wrath** refers to God’s punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “give way to God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	12	19	zre0	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ὀργῇ & ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις	1	give way to his wrath	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wrath** and **vengeance**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to God being wrathful … I will avenge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	12	19	tcwn	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	give way to his wrath	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. You may need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	12	19	omjp	writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1	give way to his wrath	See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	12	19	ns3b	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Moses wrote this quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	12	19	kf44	figs-quotemarks	ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος	1		This sentence is a quotation of [Deuteronomy 32:35](../deu/32/35.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	12	19	lkpl	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “The Lord says that vengeance is for him; he will repay.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
ROM	12	19	l2i8	figs-parallelism	ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω	1	Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM	12	19	xo5r	figs-metaphor	ἀνταποδώσω	1	Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay	Here Moses quotes God using **repay** to refer to appropriately punishing someone as if the punishment were reciprocal payment for that person’s deeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appropriately punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	12	19	mco6	figs-ellipsis	ἀνταποδώσω	1	Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay	Moses quotes God leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will repay them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	12	20	n96q	writing-quotations	ἀλλὰ	1	Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay	**But** here indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 25:21–22](../pro/25/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “But, God says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	12	20	q7dq	figs-quotemarks	ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ.	1		This sentence is a quotation of [Proverbs 25:21–22](../pro/25/21.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	12	20	c4ig	figs-yousingular	ὁ ἐχθρός σου & σωρεύσεις	1		Here the pronouns **your** and **you** are singular and addressed as though to one person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plural forms here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ROM	12	20	uwbq	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why what was said in the previous sentence is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	12	20	wce6	figs-idiom	ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ	1	You will heap coals of fire on his head	This clause is an idiom. It could refer to: (1) a person feeling shame as a result of being helped by someone whom that person had harmed. Alternate translation: “you will make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you” (2) God very severely punishing the person who is being helped. Alternate translation: “you will give God a reason to judge him more harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	12	21	q761	figs-personification	μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν	1	Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good	Paul describes **evil** as if it were a person who could conquer someone or be conquered by someone. He is referring to someone doing evil in response to someone doing evil to that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil cause you to do evil, but use good to prevent evil from influencing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	12	21	p7fd	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ κακοῦ & τῷ ἀγαθῷ & τὸ κακόν	1	Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things … evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	12	21	k8et	figs-activepassive	μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil overcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	13	intro	l4q7			0		# Romans 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)<br>    * How to act toward God (12:1–2)<br>    * How to serve the church (12:3–8)<br>    * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)<br>    * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)<br>    * How to act toward government (13:1–7)<br>    * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)<br>    * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Submission to rulers<br><br>In [13:1–7](../13/01.md) Paul commands his readers to obey rulers and pay taxes. Some readers will find this difficult to accept, especially if they live in places where wicked rulers persecute the church. It is important to recognize that the Holy Spirit led Paul to write these words while the Roman government was persecuting Christians. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God. The only time a Christian should disobey governing authorities is when those rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do (for an example of such a situation, see [Acts 5:28–29](../act/05/28.md)).<br><br>### “The night advanced, and the day has come near”<br><br>In [13:11–14](../13/11.md) Paul tells his readers that they should behave like Jesus because Jesus is coming back soon. He calls the current time in which people do what is evil the “night,” and he calls the time when Jesus returns the “day.”
ROM	13	1	i1kf	figs-activepassive	πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις ὑποτασσέσθω	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let every soul subject itself to governing authorities” or “Let everyone subject themselves to governing authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	13	1	b8nf	figs-synecdoche	πᾶσα ψυχὴ	1	Let every soul be obedient to	Paul uses **soul** here to refer to the whole life of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM	13	1	gkmd	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίαις & ἐξουσία & οὖσαι	1	Let every soul be obedient to	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **authorities** and **authority**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to those who are authorized to govern … authorized person … existing ones who are authorized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	13	1	wii2	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ & ἔστιν ἐξουσία, εἰ μὴ ὑπὸ Θεοῦ	1	there is no authority unless it comes from God	If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “all authority comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ROM	13	1	j3lr	figs-activepassive	αἱ δὲ οὖσαι ὑπὸ Θεοῦ τεταγμέναι εἰσίν	1	The authorities that exist have been appointed by God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and God appointed the existing authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	13	2	ezg5	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1		**So then** indicates that what follows in this verse summarizes ideas that were previously expressed. **So then** here introduces the result of what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “Since this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	13	2	ui8y	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ, τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ διαταγῇ & ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται	1	that authority	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **authority**, **command**, and **judgment**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “those who are authorized … what God has commanded … will cause themselves to be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	13	2	vc3u	writing-pronouns	οἱ δὲ ἀνθεστηκότες	1	that authority	Here, **it** refers to **that authority** stated earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the ones who have opposed that authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	13	2	dsa3	figs-activepassive	ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται	1	those who oppose it will receive judgment on themselves	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will cause God to bring judgment on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	13	2	y21s	figs-metaphor	ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται	1	those who oppose it will receive judgment on themselves	Here Paul speaks of **judgment** as if it were an object that one could **bring** and put **on** someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will cause God to judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	13	3	m3yf	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	For	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	13	3	c2xa	figs-abstractnouns	φόβος & τὴν ἐξουσίαν & τὸ ἀγαθὸν & ἕξεις ἔπαινον	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **terror**, **authority**, **good**, and **praise**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “terrifying … whom God has authorized … good things … you will be praised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	13	3	jt2z	figs-explicit	τῷ ἀγαθῷ ἔργῳ, & τῷ κακῷ	1	to good deeds … to evil deeds	Here, **the good deed** and **the evil deed** refer to the people who do those deeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those who do the good deed … to those who do the evil deed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	13	3	z4sq	figs-rquestion	θέλεις δὲ μὴ φοβεῖσθαι τὴν ἐξουσίαν?	1	Do you desire to be unafraid of the one in authority?	Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Now this is how you can not fear the authority:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	13	3	nohi	figs-activepassive	ἕξεις ἔπαινον	1	Do you desire to be unafraid of the one in authority?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the authorities will praise you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	13	3	ahl9	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐξ αὐτῆς	1	you will receive his approval	Here, **from** indicates the reason why **you will have praise**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	13	4	w4s0	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	he does not carry the sword for no reason	The word **for** indicates that what follows explains what came before this word. Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	13	4	j4kb	writing-pronouns	ἐστιν & οὐ & φορεῖ & ἐστιν	1		In this verse the pronoun **he** refers to a person who rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ruler is … the ruler does not carry … the ruler is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	13	4	zgz2	figs-abstractnouns	Θεοῦ & διάκονός & τὸ ἀγαθόν & τὸ κακὸν & Θεοῦ & διάκονός & ὀργὴν & τὸ κακὸν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **servant**, **good**, **evil**, and **wrath**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “one who serves God … doing good … evil things … one who serves God … what is wrathful … evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	13	4	quy4	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	2		The word **for** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **for** introduces the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	13	4	ink8	figs-litotes	οὐ & εἰκῇ τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ	1	he does not carry the sword for no reason	Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he carries the sword for a very good reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ROM	13	4	s3vz	figs-metonymy	οὐ & τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ	1	carry the sword	Here, **the sword** refers to a ruler’s authority to punish wicked people, which could include killing them with a sword. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he does not have the authority to punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	13	4	vx6b	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	3		The word **for** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **for** indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “in fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	13	4	d61t	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ὀργὴν	1	an avenger for wrath	Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the purpose of **an avenger**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	13	4	au7j	figs-metonymy	ὀργὴν	1	an avenger for wrath	See how you translated **wrath** in [1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	13	4	cq0x	figs-metaphor	ὀργὴν τῷ τὸ κακὸν πράσσοντι	1		Paul speaks of **wrath** as if it were an object that could be put **on** a person. He means that every evil person will experience wrathful punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “wrath that will be experienced by the one who practices the evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	13	5	jqz7	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1		See how you translated this word in [1:24](../01/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	13	5	sxq1	figs-activepassive	ὑποτάσσεσθαι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to subject yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	13	5	aq7p	figs-explicit	ὑποτάσσεσθαι	1		Paul implies that his readers should **be subjected** to the rulers described in [verses 1–4](../13/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to be subjected to rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	13	5	q81v	figs-ellipsis	διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν	1	not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “because of the wrathful deeds they can do to you, but also because your conscience knows that you should do submit to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	13	5	ykg9	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ὀργὴν & τὴν συνείδησιν	1	not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wrath** and **conscience**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is wrathful … what you know is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	13	5	bs1u	figs-metonymy	τὴν ὀργὴν	1	not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience	See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	13	6	x5i2	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	13	6	r1jy	writing-pronouns	διὰ τοῦτο	1	Because of this	Here, **this** could refer to: (1) “the wrath” and “the conscience” mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “because of the wrath and your conscience” (2) “the wrath” and “the conscience” mentioned in the previous verse, and the fact that rulers **are servants of God**. Alternate translation: “because of the wrath and your conscience, and because rulers are servants of God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	13	6	hy4f	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	2	For they are	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. Here, **for** indicates that what follows is another reason why Christians should **pay taxes**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	13	6	ib5x	writing-pronouns	εἰσιν	1		Here, **they** refers to the rulers described in [verses 1–4](../13/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the rulers are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	13	6	gh12	figs-abstractnouns	λειτουργοὶ & Θεοῦ	1		See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	13	6	e8ey	figs-distinguish	εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο προσκαρτεροῦντες	1		This clause gives additional information about the rulers, who are called **servants of God** in the previous clause. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection between these clauses more explicit. Alternate translation: “and these rulers are the ones persisting in this very thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	13	6	xmsa	figs-explicit	αὐτὸ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this very thing** refers to serving God by ruling over people, as is indicated by Paul calling them **servants of God** in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this service” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	13	7	z9cn	figs-abstractnouns	τὰς ὀφειλάς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **obligations**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what you are obligated to pay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	13	7	wg2l	figs-ellipsis	τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον; τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος; τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν	1	Tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due; fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due.	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “pay tax to whom tax is due, pay toll to whom toll is due, show fear to whom fear is due, show honor to him to whom honor is due” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	13	7	jg3u	figs-genericnoun	τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον; τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος	1	Tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due; fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due.	Paul is speaking of taxes and tolls in general, not of one particular **tax** and **toll**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “taxes to whom taxes, tolls to whom tolls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
ROM	13	7	s2nf	translate-unknown	τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος	1	toll	The word **toll** refers to a specific kind of tax that must be paid in addition to regular taxes. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of tax, you could use a general expression for additional taxes. Alternate translation: “government fees to whom government fees” or “revenues to whom revenues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ROM	13	7	ao8q	figs-abstractnouns	τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **fear** and **honor**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “fear to whomever should be feared, honor to whomever should be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	13	7	nwi2	figs-metaphor	τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν	1	fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due	Here Paul refers to fearing and honoring those who deserve to be feared and honored as if someone is paying them **fear** and **honor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fear those who should be feared, honor those who should be honored” or “respect those whom you ought to respect, honor those whom you ought to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	13	8	a69g	figs-doublenegatives	μηδενὶ μηδὲν ὀφείλετε	1		If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Do not owe anyone anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ROM	13	8	ay3n	figs-metaphor	μηδενὶ μηδὲν ὀφείλετε, εἰ μὴ τὸ ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν	1	except to love one another	Here Paul speaks of loving other believers as if it were a debt owed to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Owe nothing to anyone, but love one another as if it were a debt that you owed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	13	8	dptn	figs-explicit	τὸ ἀλλήλους	1	except to love one another	Here, **one another** refers to other Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	13	8	auu3	grammar-collectivenouns	νόμον	1	except to love one another	See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	13	9	qcri	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why loving others fulfills the law, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is true since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	13	9	r7kd	writing-quotations	τὸ	1		Here Paul uses **this** to indicate a quotation from the law that is written in the Old Testament ([Exodus 20:13–15](../exo/20/13.md), [17](../exo/20/17.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “God had said in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	13	9	t0os	figs-quotemarks	οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ κλέψεις, οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις	1		These clauses are a quotation from [Exodus 20:13–15](../exo/20/13.md), [17](../exo/20/17.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	13	9	ng84	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἴ τις ἑτέρα ἐντολή	1		Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “if there is any other commandment, and there is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	13	9	mgc9	figs-explicit	τις ἑτέρα ἐντολή	1		Here, **any other commandment** refers to **any** of the commandments that God gave the Israelites other than those that Paul has just mentioned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “there is any other commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	13	9	jva8	figs-abstractnouns	ἐντολή	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **commandment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “thing God has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	13	9	x8i1	figs-activepassive	ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ, ἀνακεφαλαιοῦται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this word summed it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	13	9	ytof	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ	1		Here Paul uses **word** to refer to a commandment that is made up of words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in this commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	13	9	ylb1	writing-quotations	ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ	1		Here Paul uses **this word** to indicate a quotation from the law that is written in the Old Testament ([Leviticus 19:18](../lev/19/18.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “in this commandment in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	13	9	so4u	figs-quotemarks	ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Leviticus 19:18](../lev/19/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	13	10	vy62	figs-personification	ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλησίον κακὸν οὐκ ἐργάζεται	1	Love does not harm one’s neighbor	Here Paul speaks of love as if it were a person who could do some kind of **work**. He means that people who love other people do not do **evil** things to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “People who love do not work evil to a neighbor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	13	10	xa4n	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλησίον & κακὸν & πλήρωμα & νόμου & ἡ ἀγάπη	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love**, **evil**, and **fulfillment**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “Loving a neighbor … what is evil … loving others fulfills the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	13	10	l92e	grammar-collectivenouns	νόμου	1		See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
ROM	13	11	okty	figs-ellipsis	καὶ τοῦτο	1		Paul is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “And do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	13	11	dxm0	writing-pronouns	τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers back to all the commands Paul stated in [12:1](../12/01.md)–[13:10](../13/10.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these commands that I have given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	13	11	cdwh	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδότες τὸν καιρόν	1		This clause indicates one reason for Paul’s readers to obey the commands he gave in [12:1](../12/01.md)–[13:10](../13/10.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “since you know the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	13	11	vd49	figs-distinguish	τὸν καιρόν, ὅτι ὥρα ἤδη	1	we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep	Here, **that** indicates that what follows in this clause is a description of **the time** stated in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the connection between these clauses more explicit. Alternate translation: “that it is already the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	13	11	gvlw	figs-metonymy	ὥρα	1	we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep	Here, **hour** refers to a point in time when something happens. It has the same meaning as **time** in the previous clause. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the point in time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	13	11	b6l3	figs-metaphor	ὑμᾶς ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι	1	we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep	Paul speaks of the need for the Roman believers to be spiritually vigilant as if they needed to wake up from being asleep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for you to be spiritually vigilant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	13	11	acg2	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates a reason why Paul’s readers should **awake from sleep**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do this since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	13	11	s3p9	figs-abstractnouns	ἡμῶν ἡ σωτηρία	1	we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “our being saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	13	11	jgib	figs-explicit	ἡμῶν ἡ σωτηρία	1		Here Paul uses **salvation** to refer to the future event when Christ returns and Christians receive the full blessings of their **salvation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the completion of our salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	13	11	sj56	figs-metaphor	ἐγγύτερον	1		Here Paul speaks of **our salvation** as if it were an object that could become **nearer** to a person. He means that **our salvation** will occur soon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is going to happen sooner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	13	11	ra5t	figs-explicit	ὅτε ἐπιστεύσαμεν	1		This phrase indicates the time at which Paul’s Christian readers first started believing in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when we first believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	13	11	rhdr	figs-ellipsis	ἐπιστεύσαμεν	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	13	12	ahn4	figs-metaphor	ἡ νὺξ	1	The night has advanced	**The night** here refers the time period when people do evil deeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This time when people act sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	13	12	dioj	figs-metaphor	προέκοψεν	1	The night has advanced	Here, **advanced** refers to the **night** being almost over. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon be over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	13	12	p7xp	figs-explicit	ἡ & ἡμέρα	2	the day has come near	Paul speaks of the time when Jesus will return to earth as **the day**. This event is referred to as “the day of the Lord” elsewhere in the Bible and is related to Paul’s reference to a future “salvation” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time when Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	13	12	v3m1	figs-metaphor	ἤγγικεν	1	the day has come near	Here Paul speaks of **the day** as if it were an object that could **come near** a person. He means that the time when Jesus returns will be soon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is going to happen soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	13	12	b4ed	figs-exclusive	ἀποθώμεθα & ἐνδυσώμεθα	1	the day has come near	In this verse **us** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	13	12	bb8t	figs-metaphor	ἀποθώμεθα οὖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους	1	Let us therefore put aside the works of darkness	Here, **put off** means to stop doing something, and **the works of the darkness** refers to evil deeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let us therefore stop doing evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	13	12	o888	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους	1	Let us therefore put aside the works of darkness	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **works** that are characteristic of **the darkness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works that are characteristic of the darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	13	12	y5n4	figs-metaphor	ἐνδυσώμεθα	1	let us put on the armor of light	Here, **put on** means to start doing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let us therefore start doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	13	12	rjz0	figs-possession	τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **weapons** that are characteristic of **the light**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the weapons that are characteristic of the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	13	12	dw5m	figs-metaphor	τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός	1	let us put on the armor of light	Here, **weapons** refers to what Christians do to oppose evil, and **the light** refers to good deeds, which is in contrast to **the darkness** in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the good deeds used for opposing evil” or “the good deeds that are like weapons for fighting evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	13	13	gv4q	figs-exclusive	περιπατήσωμεν	1	Let us walk	Here, **us** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	13	13	ketz	figs-metaphor	εὐσχημόνως περιπατήσωμεν	1	Let us walk appropriately, as in the day	Here Paul uses **walk** to refer to how people behave or lives their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let us behave decently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	13	13	e6ij	figs-metaphor	ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here Paul refers to the unashamed way that Christians are supposed to behave as if they were walking during **the day**, when people can see what they do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as if everyone can see what we are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	13	13	svuf	figs-ellipsis	μὴ κώμοις καὶ μέθαις, μὴ κοίταις καὶ ἀσελγείαις, μὴ ἔριδι καὶ ζήλῳ	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “not walking in drunken celebrations or drunkenness; not walking in sexual immorality and uncontrolled lust, not walking in strife and jealousy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	13	13	wd5c	figs-abstractnouns	κώμοις & μέθαις & κοίταις & ἀσελγείαις & ἔριδι & ζήλῳ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **celebrations**, **drunkenness**, **immorality**, **lust**, **strife**, and **jealousy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in being drunk while celebrating … being drunk … in acting sexually immorally … lusting uncontrollably … in quarreling with others … being jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	13	13	qes3	figs-doublet	κοίταις καὶ ἀσελγείαις	1	in sexual immorality or in uncontrolled lust	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize all kinds of sexual sins. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “in every kind of sexually immoral act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM	13	14	emp4	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	in sexual immorality or in uncontrolled lust	**But** here indicates that what follows is in strong contrast to what was said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Instead of doing those things,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM	13	14	sir6	figs-metaphor	ἐνδύσασθε τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν	1	put on the Lord Jesus Christ	Paul speaks of **Christ** as if he were clothing that someone could **put on**. He means that people should behave like **Jesus** behaves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “act like the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	13	14	j795	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν μὴ ποιεῖσθε, εἰς ἐπιθυμίας	1	put on	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **forethought** or **desires**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “do not think ahead with regard to what the flesh desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	13	14	xre7	figs-metaphor	τῆς σαρκὸς	1	make no provision for the flesh	Here Paul uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to sinful human nature. See how you translated a similar use of **flesh** in [7:18](../07/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	14	intro	kt8c			0		# Romans 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)<br>    * How to act toward God (12:1–2)<br>    * How to serve the church (12:3–8)<br>    * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)<br>    * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)<br>    * How to act toward government (13:1–7)<br>    * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)<br>    * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)<br>    * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)<br>    * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verse 11](../14/11.md) of this chapter, which Paul quotes from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Weak in faith<br><br>Paul teaches that Christians can have real faith, and yet at the same time be “weak in faith” regarding some situations. This describes Christians whose faith is immature and who feel guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Dietary restrictions<br><br>In the law of Moses, God forbade the Jews from eating the meat of some animals which God said were unclean. However, since Christians have been “made dead to the law” ([7:4](../07/04.md)), they are free to eat what they want. The Roman church to which Paul wrote this letter was made up of both Jews and Gentiles. Some of the Jewish believers were offended by the non-Jewish believers eating foods that God had previously forbidden in the law of Moses. The non-Jewish believers were also judging the Jewish believers for not eating those foods. Paul uses this situation to teach that Christians must use their freedom in a way that honors the Lord and shows love to other believers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Inclusive language<br><br>In this chapter the pronouns “we” and “us” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	14	1	jf8v	figs-metaphor	ἀσθενοῦντα τῇ πίστει	1	weak in faith	Here, **weak in the faith** refers to someone who does not have a mature **faith**, but feels guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. The word **weak** here does not refer to physical weakness. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whose faith is not mature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	14	1	bdy7	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ πίστει & διακρίσεις	1	weak in faith	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **judgments**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in what he believes … judging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	14	1	p697	figs-ellipsis	μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν	1	without giving judgment about arguments	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “not accepting that one for passing judgments on opinions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	14	1	i45s	grammar-connect-logic-goal	μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν	1	without giving judgment about arguments	Here, **for** indicates that this clause is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “not for the purpose of passing judgments on opinions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	14	2	tuf5	figs-genericnoun	ὃς	1	One person has faith to eat anything	**One person** here does not refer to one particular person. It refers to any person who believes he can eat any food without sinning against God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “One type of person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
ROM	14	2	ii8g	figs-ellipsis	ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα	1	One person has faith to eat anything	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “One person believes that God has permitted people to eat any type of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	14	2	n2n6	figs-metaphor	ὁ & ἀσθενῶν	1	another who is weak eats only vegetables	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	14	2	yhhy	figs-explicit	λάχανα ἐσθίει	1	another who is weak eats only vegetables	Here Paul implies that this person **eats** only **vegetables**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	3	n0xd	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐσθίων, τὸν μὴ ἐσθίοντα μὴ ἐξουθενείτω; ὁ δὲ μὴ ἐσθίων, τὸν ἐσθίοντα μὴ κρινέτω	1		Here, **the one eating** refers to the person mentioned in the previous verse who believes that he can eat any kind of food, and **the one not eating** refers to the person called “the one being weak” in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let the one who eats any type of food not despise the one who does not eat every type of food, and let the one who does not eat every type of food not judge the one who eats every type of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	3	pqrp	writing-pronouns	ὁ Θεὸς & αὐτὸν προσελάβετο	1		Although the pronoun **him** is singular, here it refers to both **the one eating** and **the one not eating**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has accepted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	14	4	q9bx	figs-rquestion	σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην?	1	Who are you, you who judge a servant belonging to someone else?	Paul is using a question to emphasize that Christians should not judge each other. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have no right to judge a household slave belonging to another!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	14	4	xq7r	figs-youcrowd	σὺ	1	you, who judges	Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **you** here is singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM	14	4	vaym	figs-metaphor	ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην	1	you, who judges	Paul speaks of any Christian as if he were a **household slave** who belongs **to another**. He means that all Christians belong to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone who belongs to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	14	4	ba38	figs-metaphor	τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ	1	It is before his own master that he stands or falls	Paul speaks of God as if he were a **master** who owns slaves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “To God, who is his master,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	14	4	cp9y	figs-metaphor	τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ στήκει ἢ πίπτει. σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν	1	But he will be made to stand, for the Lord is able to make him stand	This could mean: (1) **stands** and **stand** refer to pleasing God, and **falls** refers to not pleasing God. Alternate translation: “He pleases or does not please his own master. But he will be made to please God, for the Lord is able to make him be pleasing” (2) **stands** and **stand** refer to being accepted by God at the final judgment, and **falls** refers to being condemned by God at the final judgment. Alternate translation: “He will either be approved or condemned by his own master. But he will be approved by God, for the Lord is able to approve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	14	4	togo	figs-activepassive	σταθήσεται	1	It is before his own master that he stands or falls	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will make him stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	14	4	ucto	figs-activepassive	σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “But the Lord will accept him because he is able to make the servant acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	14	5	x7j2		κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ’ ἡμέραν	1	One person values one day above another. Another values every day equally	Alternate translation: “considers one day to be different from another day” or “considers one day to be more important than another day”
ROM	14	5	vm8j		κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν	1		Alternate translation: “considers all days to be the same” or “considers no day to be more important than another day”
ROM	14	5	m511	figs-explicit	ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ, πληροφορείσθω	1	Let each person be convinced in his own mind	Paul implies that each person should be **convinced** about what he thinks honors the Lord. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let each one be fully convinced in his own mind that what he does honors the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	5	y5ea	figs-activepassive	ἕκαστος & πληροφορείσθω	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let each one be completely certain” or “Let each one fully convince himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	14	6	pfn6	figs-explicit	ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν	1	He who observes the day, observes it for the Lord	**The one regarding** refers to the person in the previous verse who “judges day from day”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one who regards one day as more important than another day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	6	esu5	figs-ellipsis	ὁ ἐσθίων	1	he who eats	Here, **the one who eats** refers to the person in [verse 3](../14/03.md) who eats all kinds of food. Paul is leaving out a word that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from [verse 3](../14/03.md). Alternate translation: “the one eating every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	14	6	f9tm	grammar-connect-logic-goal	Κυρίῳ & Κυρίῳ & Κυρίῳ	1	eats for the Lord	In this verse the phrase **for the Lord** indicates the purpose for which these people act in these ways. They do so in order to benefit or honor the Lord. Use the most natural way in your language to express a purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of honoring the Lord … for the purpose of honoring the Lord … for the purpose of honoring the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	14	6	ad27	figs-metaphor	εὐχαριστεῖ & τῷ Θεῷ & καὶ εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ Θεῷ	1	He who does not eat	Here Paul speaks of expressing **thanks** as if words of gratitude were something that could be given to a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he thanks God … he also thanks God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	14	6	jh8j	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων	1	He who does not eat	Here, **the one who not eating** refers to the person in [verse 3](../14/03.md) who only eats vegetables. Paul is leaving out a word that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from [verse 3](../14/03.md). Alternate translation: “the one who eats does not eat every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	14	7	t6q7	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For none of us lives for himself	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	14	7	u9ar	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	none of us	Here, **us** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	14	7	txm3	figs-explicit	ἑαυτῷ & ἑαυτῷ	1	For none of us lives for himself	Here, **for himself** means to do something only to benefit oneself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of himself … for the benefit of himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	7	c9ls	figs-ellipsis	οὐδεὶς	2	none dies for himself	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “none of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	14	8	gbxd	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	none dies for himself	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	14	8	s3lb	figs-exclusive	ζῶμεν & ζῶμεν & ἀποθνῄσκωμεν & ἀποθνῄσκομεν & ζῶμεν & ἀποθνῄσκωμεν & ἐσμέν	1		In this verse **we** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	14	8	xf7x	figs-explicit	τῷ Κυρίῳ	-1		Here, **for the Lord** means to do something only to benefit **the Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of the Lord … for the benefit of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	8	r1hh	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is a logical conclusion. **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in [verses 14–20](../14/14.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	14	9	pbyn	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	14	10	xciu	figs-youcrowd	σὺ & κρίνεις & σου & σὺ & ἐξουθενεῖς & σου	1	why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother?	Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **you** and **your** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM	14	10	db9a	figs-rquestion	τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? ἢ καὶ σὺ τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν ἀδελφόν σου?	1	why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother?	Paul is using two questions here to emphasize that Christians should not judge each other. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have no right to judge your brother! And you also have no right to despise your brother!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM	14	10	al55	figs-gendernotations	τὸν ἀδελφόν	-1	brother	Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated “brothers” in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	14	10	b497	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Christians should not judge each other. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do not judge others due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	14	10	jq85	figs-metaphor	πάντες & παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	For we will all stand before the judgment seat of God	Here, **present ourselves before** refers to standing in front of a judge in order to be judged, and **the judgment seat of God** refers to the place where God judges. Paul means that all believers will be judged by God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we will all be judged by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	14	11	pldr	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γάρ	1	For it is written,	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	14	11	mr7r	writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1		See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	14	11	fel6	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	For it is written,	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something Isaiah wrote ([Isaiah 49:18](../isa/49/18.md) and [45:23](../isa/45/23.md)), you could indicate Isaiah as the subject. Alternate translation: “Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	14	11	lvwr	figs-quotemarks	ζῶ ἐγώ, λέγει Κύριος, ὅτι ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ	1		This sentence contains quotations from [Isaiah 49:18](../isa/49/18.md) and [45:23](../isa/45/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	14	11	yeb5	writing-pronouns	ζῶ ἐγώ & ἐμοὶ	1	For it is written,	In this sentence **I** and **me** refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As I, God, live … to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	14	11	dxdt	figs-infostructure	ζῶ ἐγώ, λέγει Κύριος	1	For it is written,	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “The Lord says, ‘As I live,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	14	11	tf76	figs-explicit	ζῶ ἐγώ	1	As I live	This phrase is used to start an oath or solemn promise. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate an oath. Alternate translation: “You can be certain that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	11	sb6q	figs-synecdoche	κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ	1	to me every knee will bend, and every tongue will confess to God	Paul uses the words **knee** and **tongue** to refer to the entire person who is doing these acts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person will bow down and every person will confess to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM	14	11	fokd	translate-symaction	κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ	1	As I live	This action was an expression of worship in this culture. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:4](../11/04.md). Alternate translation: “every person will worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ROM	14	11	glhx	figs-ellipsis	ἐξομολογήσεται	1	As I live	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will confess that I am Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	14	11	vngp	figs-123person	τῷ Θεῷ	1		The Lord uses the word **God** to refer to himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ROM	14	12	q0fv	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἄρα οὖν	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	14	12	nsy8		περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, λόγον δώσει τῷ Θεῷ	1	will give an account of himself to God	Alternate translation: “must explain our actions to God”
ROM	14	12	zb6k	figs-gendernotations	περὶ ἑαυτοῦ	1	will give an account of himself to God	Although the term **himself** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “concerning oneself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	14	13	epi0	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother	The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is a logical conclusion. **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the result of what Paul said in [verses 10–12](../14/10.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “Because of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	14	13	ia62	figs-doublet	τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον	1	but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother	Here, **stumbling block** and **trap** mean basically the same thing. They both refer to tempting someone to sin. Paul uses them to emphasize what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “not to do or say anything at all that might cause a brother to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM	14	13	fgg7	figs-metaphor	τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα	1	but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother	See how you translated **stumbling block** in [11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	14	13	cx4s	figs-gendernotations	τῷ ἀδελφῷ	1	brother	Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [verse 10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	14	14	t7gc	figs-doublet	οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ	1	I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus	Here, **know** and **am persuaded** mean very similar things. Paul uses them to emphasize what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am completely certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ROM	14	14	qm09	figs-explicit	ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ	1	I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus	Here, **in** could indicate: (1) the means by which Paul was persuaded. Alternate translation: “by means of the Lord Jesus” (2) Paul being united with **Christ**. Alternate translation: “in union with the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	14	erfx	figs-explicit	οὐδὲν κοινὸν & κοινὸν & κοινόν	1	I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus	The next verse indicates that here Paul is specifically referring to **unclean** foods, which were foods that Jews were forbidden to eat according to the law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “no food is forbidden to be eaten … forbidden … it is forbidden food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	14	fuk1	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν κοινὸν δι’ ἑαυτοῦ	1	nothing is unclean by itself	If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything by itself is clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ROM	14	14	mjc5		δι’ ἑαυτοῦ	1	by itself	Alternate translation: “by its nature” or “because of what it is”
ROM	14	15	vd20	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	by itself	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul’s readers should obey the command he gave in [verse 13](../14/13.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: ““Do not place a stumbling block before your brother because, if on account of food,”” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	14	15	iw7w	figs-explicit	διὰ βρῶμα	1	If because of food your brother is hurt	This phrase refers to a Christian eating food that another Christians thinks is unclean, as mentioned in the previous verse and [verses 2–6](../14/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “over the matter of food” or “because of what you eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	15	tfix	figs-youcrowd	σου & περιπατεῖς & σου	1		Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **your** and **you** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of "you" in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM	14	15	ln42	figs-gendernotations	ὁ ἀδελφός	1	brother	Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [verse 10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	14	15	a4kj	figs-metaphor	λυπεῖται	1	brother	Here, **hurt** refers to experiencing emotional or spiritual offense or suffering. It does not refer to being physically injured. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is offended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	14	15	bj8v	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς	1	you are no longer walking in love	Here Paul uses **walking** to refer to how people behave or live their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See similar uses of “walk” in [6:4](../06/04.md), [8:4](../08/04.md), and [13:13](../13/13.md). Alternate translation: “you are no longer behaving according to love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	14	15	n099	figs-explicit	μὴ τῷ βρώματί σου ἐκεῖνον ἀπόλλυε, ὑπὲρ οὗ Χριστὸς ἀπέθανεν	1	you are no longer walking in love	Paul uses **destroy** here to refer to causing someone to stop trusting in Jesus, which will result in that person experiencing punishment forever in hell. See how you translated “destruction” in [9:22](../09/22.md). Alternate translation: “Do not cause that one from whom Christ died to stop trusting in Jesus and experience eternal destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	15	sn7w	figs-explicit	τῷ βρώματί σου	1	you are no longer walking in love	This phrase refers to a Christian eating food that another Christian thinks is unclean, as mentioned in the previous verse and [verses 2–6](../14/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “over the matter of food” or, between commas, “because of what you eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	16	zgzz	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		The word **So** indicates that what follows is a logical conclusion. **So** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in the previous verses. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	14	16	rvtd	figs-abstractnouns	ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is good for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	14	16	h3af	figs-explicit	τὸ ἀγαθόν	1		Here, **good** could refer to: (1) the **good** things that God gives Christians. Alternate translation: “good things” (2) the freedom that Christians have to eat any food they want to eat. Alternate translation: “your freedom to eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	16	gl48	figs-activepassive	μὴ βλασφημείσθω & ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν	1	So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not allow people to blaspheme your good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	14	17	v6jq	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. dd**For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	14	17	m0ya	figs-explicit	οὐ & ἐστιν	1		Here, **is not** indicates that what follows is what **the kingdom of God** does not consist of or is not concerned with. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not consist of” or “is not concerned with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	17	tyyq	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	14	17	j92k	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνη, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ χαρὰ	1	For the kingdom of God is not about food and drink, but about righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **righteousness**, **peace**, and **joy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is righteous and what is peaceful and what is joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	14	17	sdlj	figs-explicit	ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1		Here, **in the Holy Spirit** could refer to: (1) the means by which Christians experience **righteousness and peace and joy**. Alternate translation: “by the Holy Spirit” (2) Christians being united with **the Holy Spirit**. Alternate translation: “in union with the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	18	i2za	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	14	18	iqg3	figs-explicit	ἐν τούτῳ	1		Here, **this way** refers to the “righteousness and peace and joy” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in this righteous, peaceful, and joyful way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	18	am8m	figs-activepassive	δόκιμος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	approved by people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “men approve it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	14	18	gy7n	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	approved by people	Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	14	19	q5fk	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἄρα οὖν	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	14	19	xxgm	figs-metaphor	διώκωμεν	1		Here Paul refers to **the things of peace and the things of the building up** as if they were something that people could **pursue**. He is telling Christians to do these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let us commit to doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	14	19	sfpg	figs-possession	τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης & καὶ τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **things** that result in the **peace** and **the building up** of other Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the things that result in peace and the things that result in building up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	14	19	i3rv	figs-metaphor	τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους	1	let us pursue the things of peace and the things that build up one another	Here, Paul speaks of helping other Christians become more spiritually mature as if one were **building up** a building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things that help one another grow spiritually mature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	14	20	p65h	figs-explicit	μὴ & κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Do not destroy the work of God because of food	Here, **tear down** refers to undoing **the work** God has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not undo the work of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	20	zbd1	figs-explicit	ἕνεκεν βρώματος	1	Do not destroy the work of God because of food	This phrase refers to a Christian eating food that another Christian thinks is unclean, as mentioned in [verses 2–6](../14/02.md), [13–17](../14/13.md). See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 15](../14/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	20	r7u3	figs-explicit	πάντα μὲν καθαρά	1	Do not destroy the work of God because of food	Here, **things** refers to food and **clean** refers to something that God has permitted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All foods are indeed permitted by God to be eaten” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	20	l75q	writing-pronouns	κακὸν	1	Do not destroy the work of God because of food	Here, **it** refers to the act of eating a food that someone believes God has not permitted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “eating those things is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	14	20	dk72	figs-explicit	τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι	1	but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble	Here, **eats with a stumbling block** refers to tempting another believer to sin by eating food that the other believer thinks is sinful to eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the man to eat what causes another believer to stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	20	fz0m	figs-metaphor	προσκόμματος	1	but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble	See how you translated **stumbling block** in [11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	14	21	mrr4	figs-ellipsis	μηδὲ	2	It is good not to eat meat, nor to drink wine, nor anything by which your brother takes offense	Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “nor do anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	14	21	e1du	figs-youcrowd	σου	1	your	Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **your** here is singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM	14	21	iq9g	figs-gendernotations	ὁ ἀδελφός	1	brother	Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [verse 10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	14	21	m5nb	figs-metaphor	προσκόπτει	1	brother	Here, **stumbles** refers to another believer being tempted to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is tempted to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	14	21	k1bn	translate-textvariants	ἢ σκανδαλίζεται, ἢ ἀσθενεῖ	1	your	These words are found in some traditional versions of the Bible, but they are not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. ULT and UST indicate this by putting these words in brackets. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including this verse if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you indicate in some way that this verse may not be original, such as by putting it in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ROM	14	21	o6kn	figs-activepassive	σκανδαλίζεται, ἢ ἀσθενεῖ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that offends him or makes him weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	14	21	mnon	figs-metaphor	ἀσθενεῖ	1		Here, **weak** refers to being spiritually immature. See how you translated “weak in the faith” in [verse 1](../14/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	14	22	u1cf	figs-abstractnouns	σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις	1	The faith you have	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The things that you yourself believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	14	22	hjk9	figs-explicit	σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις	1	The faith you have	Here, **faith** refers to what Christians believe that God permits them to do, as mentioned in [verses 1–6](../14/01.md). If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The beliefs that your yourself have about what God permits you do to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	22	b3hi	figs-youcrowd	σὺ & ἔχεις & σεαυτὸν	1		Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **you** and **yourself** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
ROM	14	22	tkse	figs-explicit	κατὰ σεαυτὸν ἔχε ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This clause refers to keeping one’s beliefs between oneself and God, rather than telling other people about them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep it between yourself and God” or “keep it between you and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	22	bi7e	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here Paul speaks of people keeping what they believe **before God** as if they were standing in front of God. Paul means that people should keep private their beliefs about what God permits them to do, as if God is the only one who knows about those beliefs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	14	22	r53r	figs-explicit	ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτὸν	1	Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves	Here, **judge** refers to feeling guilty or condemning oneself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the one who does not feel guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	22	odxh	figs-gendernotations	ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει	1	Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves	Although the terms **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “oneself in what one approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	14	22	r8a1		ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει	1	Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves	Alternate translation: “with respect to what he approves” or “in regard to what he approves”
ROM	14	23	zexs	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		Here, the word But introduces a contrast. **But** here indicates that what follows is in strong contrast to what was said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM	14	23	s1ph	figs-activepassive	ὁ & διακρινόμενος, ἐὰν φάγῃ, κατακέκριται	1	He who doubts is condemned if he eats	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The person doing the action could be: (1) God. Alternate translation: “God condemns the one who passes judgment if he eats” (2) the person who eats. Alternate translation: “the one who passes judgment condemns himself if he eats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	14	23	wa8s	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ & διακρινόμενος	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the one who judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	14	23	dkcw	figs-explicit	ὁ & διακρινόμενος	1		This phrase refers to a person who has determined that eating certain foods is prohibited by God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who judges that it is not right to eat certain foods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	23	b6t9	figs-explicit	ἐὰν φάγῃ	1		Paul implies that the person **eats** what that person believes God has forbidden to be eaten. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if he eats what he thinks God has forbidden him to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	23	l9ga	writing-pronouns	οὐκ	1		Here, **it** refers to eating food that someone believes God has forbidden to eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “eating what one thinks is forbidden to eat is not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	14	23	yr44	figs-explicit	ἐκ πίστεως	-1		In this verse **from** refers to what a person bases their actions on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “based on faith … based on faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	23	z696	figs-abstractnouns	πίστεως & πίστεως	1		See how you translated the abstract noun **faith** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	14	23	u80o	figs-explicit	πᾶν	1		Here, **all** refers to anything that a person does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all that a person does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	14	23	u9p2	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτία	1	whatever is not from faith is sin	See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 
ROM	15	intro	ae9u			0		# Romans 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)<br>    * How to act toward God (12:1–2)<br>    * How to serve the church (12:3–8)<br>    * How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)<br>    * How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)<br>    * How to act toward government (13:1–7)<br>    * How to act toward other people (13:8–10)<br>    * Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)<br>    * Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)<br>    * Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)<br>    * Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)<br>8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)<br>    * Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)<br>    * Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 9–11](../15/09.md) and [21](../15/21.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Some translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 12](../15/12.md).<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Able and unable<br><br>In [verses 1–6](../15/01.md) Paul concludes his teaching from Chapter 14 about how Christians with different degrees of spiritual maturity should act toward each other. He refers to some Christians as those who are “weak in faith” ([14:1](../14/01.md)) or “unable” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). These phrases describe Christians who have immature faith and feel guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. By contrast, he refers to spiritually mature Christians as those who are “able” ([15:1](../15/01.md)). Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith and neither should judge the other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Forms of ‘You’<br><br>In this chapter, with three exceptions, the words “you” and “your” are plural and refer to Paul’s Christian readers, whom he calls “brothers” in [verses 14](../15/14.md) and [30](../15/30.md). Notes will discuss the use of singular forms of “you” and “your” in [verses 3](../15/03.md) and [9](../15/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])<br><br>### Inclusive language<br><br>In this chapter the pronouns “we,” “us,” “our,” and “ourselves” refer inclusively to Paul’s Christian readers. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 14](../15/14.md) and [30](../15/30.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	15	1	u19s	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς & ἑαυτοῖς	1	Now	Here and throughout this chapter the pronouns **we** and **ourselves** refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	15	1	u73x	figs-explicit	ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ	1	we who are strong	Here, **we, being able** refers to Paul and other people who have mature faith. See the discussion about this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we, having mature faith” or “we, being spiritually strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	15	1	h18p	figs-metaphor	τὰ ἀσθενήματα & βαστάζειν	1	we who are strong	Paul speaks of **weaknesses** as if they were objects that a person could **bear**. He means that mature Christians should patiently help spiritually weak Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “help overcome the weaknesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	15	1	kuhe	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ ἀσθενήματα	1	we who are strong	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weaknesses**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the weak qualities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	15	1	cv61	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀδυνάτων	1	of the weak	Here, **the ones who are unable** refers to Christians who are not spiritually mature. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the ones who have immature faith” or “of the ones who are spiritually weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	15	2	bkon	figs-explicit	τῷ πλησίον	1		Here, **neighbor** refers to other Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his fellow Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	15	2	kz0t	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς & πρὸς	1	in order to build him up	Here, **for** and **toward** indicate that what follows are purposes for pleasing one’s **neighbor**. Use the most natural way in your language for indicating a purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of … and for the purpose of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	15	2	z2k8	figs-metaphor	οἰκοδομήν	1	in order to build him up	See how you translated **building up** in [14:19](../14/19.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	15	3	jqul	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is an example of pleasing others, as Paul mentioned in the previous verse. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For example,” or “As an illustration,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	15	3	h571	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	15	3	y6fe	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something David wrote, you could indicate David as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	15	3	bcz1	figs-explicit	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	it was just as it is written	In the quotation that follows, Paul quotes [Psalm 69:9](../psa/069/009.md) in which David records **Christ** (the Messiah) speaking to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as it is written that the Messiah said to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	15	3	nlu9	figs-quotemarks	οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ	1	it was just as it is written	This sentence is a quotation of [Psalm 69:9](../psa/069/009.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	15	3	ulis	figs-abstractnouns	οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ	1	it was just as it is written	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **insults**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The insulting words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	15	3	qni7	figs-metaphor	οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ	1	The insults of those who insulted you fell on me	Paul quotes David referring to insults against God also affecting Christ as if those insults were objects that **fell** on him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The insults of those who insult you are also insults against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	15	4	h6qm	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows emphasizes the importance of the scriptural quotation in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	15	4	txd4	figs-activepassive	ὅσα & προεγράφη & ἐγράφη	1	For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whatever the prophets wrote previously, they wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	15	4	pgdw	figs-explicit	ὅσα & προεγράφη	1		Paul is referring to what **was previously written** in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what was previously written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	15	4	q3jp	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς & ἵνα	1		Here, **for** and **in order that** indicate that what follows are purposes for the Scriptures. Use the natural form in your language for indicating purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of … for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	15	4	dx6h	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν	1	For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **instruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for instructing us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	15	4	wk5h	figs-infostructure	ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν	1	For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “in order that we would have the hope through the patience and through the encouragement of the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	15	4	i0z9	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ὑπομονῆς & τῆς παρακλήσεως & τὴν ἐλπίδα	1	For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **patience**, **encouragement**, and **hope**, you could express the same ideas in another way. See how you translated **patience** in [2:4](../02/04.md), **encouragement** in [12:8](../12/08.md), and **hope** in [5:4](../05/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	15	4	g6r1	figs-personification	διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν	1	through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope	Here Paul speaks about **the Scriptures** as if they were a person who could have **patience** and be encouraging. He means that God uses **the Scriptures** to show his **patience** and **encouragement**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through the patience and through the encouragement that God gives in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	15	5	y97a	figs-possession	ὁ & Θεὸς τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** as being characterized by **patience** and **encouragement**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God who is characterized by patience and encouragement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	15	5	u2zm	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ὑπομονῆς & τῆς παρακλήσεως	1		See how you translated **patience** and **encouragement** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	15	5	ip4l		τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις	1		Alternate translation: “to agree with each other”
ROM	15	5	g5xm	figs-explicit	κατὰ Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν	1		This could refer to: (1) the example of **Christ**. Alternate translation: “according to the example of Christ Jesus” (2) the will of **Christ**. Alternate translation: “according to the will of Christ Jesus” (3) both the example and will of **Christ**. Alternate translation: “according to Christ Jesus’ will and example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	15	6	lp5m	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	praise with one mouth	Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the unity that he prayed for in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	15	6	smvb		ὁμοθυμαδὸν	1	praise with one mouth	Alternate translation: “with the same purpose”
ROM	15	6	uz1z	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι, δοξάζητε	1	praise with one mouth	Here, **glorify with one mouth** refers to being united while praising God aloud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “you might be united while praising God” or “you might praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	15	6	nvq8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
ROM	15	7	prx1	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1	receive one another	The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is a logical conclusion. **Therefore** here introduces the conclusion of what Paul has said in [14:1](../14/01.md)–[15:6](../15/06.md). See how you translated this word in [1:24](../01/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	15	7	z941	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	receive one another	Here, **to** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Christians should accept each other as Christ accepted Christians. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	15	8	ae6k	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	15	8	gbh8	writing-pronouns	λέγω	1	For I say	The pronoun **I** refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	15	8	refk	figs-abstractnouns	διάκονον & ἀληθείας & τὰς ἐπαγγελίας	1		See how you translated the abstract nouns **servant** in [13:4](../13/04.md), **truth** in [2:8](../02/08.md), and “promises” in [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	15	8	k4my	figs-metonymy	περιτομῆς	1	Christ has been made a servant of the circumcision	Here, **the circumcision** refers to the people who have been circumcised: the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	15	8	rtbo	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ βεβαιῶσαι	1		Here, **to** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating a purpose for which **Christ** became a **servant of the circumcision**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of confirming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	15	8	prp8	figs-possession	τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the promises** that God made to **the fathers**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the promises given to the fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	15	8	gu7z	figs-metaphor	τῶν πατέρων	1	the promises given to the fathers	See how you translated this phrase in [9:5](../09/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	15	8	dxz1	figs-activepassive	τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the promises that God gave to the ancestors of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	15	9	k5q7	grammar-connect-logic-goal	τὰ δὲ ἔθνη	1	and for the Gentiles to glorify God for his mercy	Here, **and** indicates that what follows is a second reason why Christ became a “servant of the circumcision.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “and also for the purpose of the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	15	9	el62	figs-abstractnouns	ἐλέους	1		See how you translated **mercy** in [9:23](../09/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	15	9	kebq	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	15	9	xgc4	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	As it is written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something David wrote ([Psalm 18:49](../psa/018/049.md)), you could indicate David as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” or “just as God said through David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	15	9	tfh8	figs-quotemarks	διὰ τοῦτο ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι ἐν ἔθνεσι, καὶ τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ	1	As it is written	This sentence is a quotation of [Psalm 18:49](../psa/018/049.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	15	9	em5q	figs-metonymy	τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	sing praise to your name	Here, **your name** refers to God himself. If it might be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	15	10	az24	figs-explicit	καὶ πάλιν	1	Again it says	Here, **again** indicates that what follows is another quotation from Scripture that expresses the same idea of the quotation in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	15	10	iprn	writing-quotations	λέγει	1	Again it says	This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of something Moses said in an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 32:43](../deu/32/43.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	15	10	qt5h	figs-quotemarks	εὐφράνθητε, ἔθνη, μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	Again it says	This sentence is a quotation from [Deuteronomy 32:43](../deu/32/43.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	15	10	x4kg	writing-pronouns	μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	with his people	Here, **his** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	15	11	xw7t	writing-quotations	καὶ πάλιν	1		This phrase indicates that what follows is another quotation from Scripture ([Psalm 117:1](../psa/117/001.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And also in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	15	11	gk0i	figs-quotemarks	αἰνεῖτε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τὸν Κύριον; καὶ ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ λαοί	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 117:1](../psa/117/001.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	15	12	inaw	writing-quotations	καὶ πάλιν Ἠσαΐας λέγει	1	root of Jesse	This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of something **Isaiah** said in an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 11:10](../isa/11/10.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And also in the Scriptures, Isaiah says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	15	12	u5kr	figs-pastforfuture	Ἠσαΐας λέγει	1	root of Jesse	Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Isaiah said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
ROM	15	12	lpf6	figs-explicit	ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί & ὁ ἀνιστάμενος & αὐτῷ	1	root of Jesse	These three expressions all refer to the same person, the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The root of Jesse … he is the one who rises … that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	15	12	fta5	figs-metaphor	ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί	1	root of Jesse	Paul quotes Isaiah referring to a descendant of **Jesse** as if that person were a **root** or shoot that had grown out of a plant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	15	12	lgr5	figs-idiom	ὁ ἀνιστάμενος	1	root of Jesse	Paul quotes Isaiah using **rising** to refer to someone becoming a king. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a comparable idiom or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who becomes king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	15	13	t3dd	figs-possession	ὁ & Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** as the source of **hope**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God who gives hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	15	13	u77u	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἐλπίδος & χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης & ἐλπίδι & δυνάμει	1	May fill you with all joy and peace	See how you translated the abstract nouns **hope** in the previous verse, **joy** and **peace** in [14:17](../14/17.md), and **power** in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	15	13	w7wn	figs-metaphor	ὁ & Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης	1	May fill you with all joy and peace	Paul refers to people experiencing **joy** and **peace** as if they were things that could **fill** someone. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “may the God of hope allow you to experience all joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	15	13	zmno	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ πιστεύειν	1	May fill you with all joy and peace	Here, **in** indicates that **believing** is the means by which people will experience **all joy and peace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	15	13	aee3	figs-ellipsis	τῷ πιστεύειν	1		Paul is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “in believing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	15	13	a6rk	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς	1		Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that you might abound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	15	13	k3y1		εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς	1		Alternative translation: “so that you will have this hope with abundance”
ROM	15	14	h98x	figs-activepassive	πέπεισμαι & καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has also persuaded me myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	15	14	g16z	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς ἐγὼ & αὐτοὶ & ἐστε	1		Paul uses the words **myself** and **yourselves** to emphasize how certain he is that his readers are good and knowledgeable Christians. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I indeed … you are indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
ROM	15	14	d878	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	15	14	jne2	figs-metaphor	αὐτοὶ μεστοί ἐστε ἀγαθωσύνης	1	brothers	Paul refers to people experiencing **goodness** as if it were something that could make someone **full**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “you yourselves fully experience goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	15	14	ext0	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγαθωσύνης & γνώσεως	1	brothers	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **goodness** and **knowledge**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of what is good … that is knowable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	15	14	wit1	figs-activepassive	πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως	1	brothers	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having filled you with all knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	15	14	fkec	figs-metaphor	πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως	1	brothers	Here Paul refers to people having **knowledge** as if it were something that someone could be**filled with**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “having all knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	15	14	qhv3	figs-hyperbole	πάσης γνώσεως	1	filled with all knowledge	Here, **all** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to emphasize how much **knowledge** these people have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “abundant knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ROM	15	15	j9yk	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ μέρους	1		Here, **in part** refers to some parts of this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in some parts of this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	15	15	fuw3	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ὡς ἐπαναμιμνῄσκων ὑμᾶς	1		This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Paul wrote certain things in this letter. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	15	15	n2gr	figs-activepassive	τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the grace given me by God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace that God gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	15	15	nln5	figs-explicit	τὴν χάριν	1		Here, **grace** refers to God graciously choosing Paul to be an apostle. See how you translated the similar phrase in [12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	15	16	coxw	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ εἶναί με	1		Here, **in order for** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which God graciously gave Paul authority, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that I would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	15	16	zgo0	figs-abstractnouns	λειτουργὸν	1		See how you translated **servant** in [13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	15	16	wiw1	figs-metaphor	ἱερουργοῦντα τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα & ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable	Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel to the Gentiles as if he is a priest who serves **the gospel** by making an **offering** to God. He speaks of **the Gentiles** who become Christians as a result of his preaching as if they were **the offering** that he makes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “preaching the gospel so that the Gentiles who believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	15	16	hert	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable	Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which Paul preaches the gospel to the Gentiles. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	15	16	veeq	figs-possession	ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the offering** that consists of **the Gentiles**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the offering, that is, the Gentiles,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	15	16	ah87	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ προσφορὰ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **offering**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	15	16	lztb	figs-activepassive	ἡγιασμένη ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the Holy Spirit sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	15	17	s7ns	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is a logical conclusion. **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the result of what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “Because of these things” or "As a result of these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	15	17	mtjb	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	15	17	lpc0	figs-metaphor	ἔχω & καύχησιν	1		Here, Paul speaks of **a boast** as if it were an object someone can **have**. He means that he is rightfully able to **boast**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I can boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	15	18	b3q2	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	15	18	lu97	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ & τολμήσω τι λαλεῖν, ὧν οὐ κατειργάσατο Χριστὸς δι’ ἐμοῦ	1	by the power of signs and wonders	If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I will only dare to speak what Christ produced through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
ROM	15	18	by9s		εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν	1	for the obedience of the Gentiles	Here, **for** indicates the result of **what Christ produced through** Paul. Use the natural way in your language to express a result. Alternate translation: “that resulted in the obedience of the Gentiles”
ROM	15	18	zdk4	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν & ἔργῳ	1	for the obedience of the Gentiles	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **obedience** and **deed**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how the Gentiles obey … what is done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	15	18	yua7	figs-explicit	ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν	1	for the obedience of the Gentiles	Here, **obedience** refers to **the Gentiles** obeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles to obey what God commanded in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	15	18	xds3	figs-explicit	λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ	1	These are things done by word and action	Here, **word and deed** could refer to: (1) what Paul had said and done that resulted in **the Gentiles** trusting in Christ. Alternate translation: “by my words and actions” (2) how **the Gentiles** displayed their **obedience**. Alternate translation: “by their words and actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	15	18	pqtq	figs-metonymy	λόγῳ	1	These are things done by word and action	Here Paul uses the term **word** to describe what he had said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	15	19	oxsn	figs-explicit	ἐν δυνάμει σημείων καὶ τεράτων	1		This clause indicates an additional means by which Christ produced through Paul “the obedience of the Gentiles” that is referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and by means of the power of signs and wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	15	19	g8bk	figs-hendiadys	σημείων καὶ τεράτων	1	signs and wonders	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **wonders** describes the character of the miraculous **signs** that **the Spirit** enabled Paul to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of wonderful miraculous signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ROM	15	19	wxml	figs-explicit	ἐν δυνάμει Πνεύματος Θεοῦ	1	signs and wonders	This clause indicates that **the Spirit of God** empowered Paul’s “word and deed” and **signs and wonders** to result in non-Jews trusting in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “empowered by the Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	15	19	c8ff	translate-names	τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ	1	so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum	The word **Illyricum** is the name of a Roman province that was close to Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM	15	19	f60i	figs-idiom	πεπληρωκέναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Paul speaks of preaching the gospel throughout an entire area as if he had **fulfilled the gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have thoroughly proclaimed the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	15	20	x9xm	figs-ellipsis	φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι	1	In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I am counting it an honor to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	15	20	n5fm	figs-abstractnouns	φιλοτιμούμενον	1	In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **honor**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “counting it honorable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	15	20	r9t1	figs-explicit	εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός	1		The clause **not where Christ has been named** indicates the kind of places where Paul would not **proclaim the gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this more explicit. Alternate translation: “to proclaim the gospel in places other than where Christ has been named” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	15	20	gpcl	figs-activepassive	ὠνομάσθη Χριστός	1	In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people have named Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	15	20	i4sx	figs-idiom	ὠνομάσθη Χριστός	1	In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel	Here, **has been named** refers to speaking someone’s name. It does not refer to giving someone a name. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Christ’s name has been spoken” or “Christ’s name has been heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	15	20	kt3r	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ	1	I might not build upon another man’s foundation	Paul speaks of his work of preaching the gospel and making disciples as if he were building a house on a **foundation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I might not continue doing the work that another man has already begun” or “I might not be like someone who builds upon another man’s foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	15	21	dcs1	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1		The word But introduces a contrast**. Here, But** indicates that what follows is the opposite of what Paul said in the last clause of the previous verse. Use the best way in your language to indicate a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM	15	21	zyps	figs-explicit	ἀλλὰ καθὼς γέγραπται	1		In this verse Paul quotes Scripture to state that he preaches the gospel to those who have never heard it, which he also stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Instead of doing that, I aspire to preach the gospel where it has not been preached before. Doing so is just as it is written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	15	21	rb5r	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
ROM	15	21	wy8k	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something Isaiah wrote, you could indicate Isaiah as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	15	21	ocug	figs-quotemarks	οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψονται, καὶ οἳ οὐκ ἀκηκόασιν, συνήσουσιν	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 52:15](../isa/52/15.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
ROM	15	21	zbeu	figs-parallelism	οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψονται, καὶ οἳ οὐκ ἀκηκόασιν, συνήσουσιν	1		These two clauses mean the same thing. Isaiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that non-Jewish people will hear about the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Those who have not heard about him will certainly understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM	15	21	u8d6	figs-activepassive	οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Those to whom no tidings of him came	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those to whom no one had reported concerning him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	15	21	m1f0	figs-explicit	ὄψονται & συνήσουσιν	1	Those to whom no tidings of him came	Isaiah implies that the non-Jewish people who never heard about the Messiah will **understand** who the Messiah is and what he has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “will see who the Messiah is … will understand who he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	15	21	eihc	figs-metaphor	ὄψονται	1	Those to whom no tidings of him came	Paul quotes Isaiah using **see** to refer to perceiving something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “will perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	15	22	f1fq	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1		The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is a logical conclusion. Here, **Therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of Paul’s desire to preach the gospel in places where people have never heard it before. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation (without a comma following): “For this reason” or “This is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	15	22	ex5j	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην	1	I was also hindered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those things also prevented me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	15	22	uf9y	figs-yousingular	ὑμᾶς	1	I was also hindered	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the believers in Rome to whom Paul was writing this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers who are in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ROM	15	23	hgiv	grammar-connect-logic-result	μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις, ἐπιποθείαν δὲ ἔχων τοῦ ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ ἱκανῶν ἐτῶν	1	I no longer have any place in these regions	These clauses are two reasons why Paul hopes to see the Roman believers, as stated in the next verse. If you keep this verse and the next verse as one sentence in your translation, then you could use the most natural way in your language to indicate reasons. However, if you translate this verse and the next verse as separate sentences, then you could show that these clauses are reasons by indicating result in the next verse, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “because I no longer have a place in these regions, and because I have a longing from a considerable number of years to come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	15	23	b6kl	figs-explicit	μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις	1	I no longer have any place in these regions	Paul uses this clause to imply that there were no more places in his area where people had not heard about Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “there are no more places in these regions where people have not heard about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	15	23	slf1	figs-yousingular	ὑμᾶς	1	I no longer have any place in these regions	See how you translated **you** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
ROM	15	24	si59	translate-names	τὴν Σπανίαν	1	Spain	At that time, **Spain** was a Roman province west of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM	15	24	c6wq	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	διαπορευόμενος	1	in passing	This clause indicates something that would happen at the same time as the next clause. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “while passing through” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
ROM	15	24	ww2v	figs-explicit	διαπορευόμενος	1	in passing	Paul implies that he would be **passing through** Rome on his way to **Spain**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “passing through Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	15	24	rzie	figs-activepassive	ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ, ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for you to send me ahead to there, if you might first satisfy me for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	15	24	hlc3	figs-euphemism	ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ	1		Here, **sent ahead** refers to receiving supplies needed for a journey. This is a polite way of asking for food or money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “to be given some provisions for my journey to there by you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
ROM	15	24	wg6d		ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ	1	I have enjoyed your company	Alternate translation: “if I might first enjoy being with you for a while”
ROM	15	25	z3e5	grammar-connect-logic-goal	διακονῶν τοῖς ἁγίοις	1		This clause is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for him **traveling to Jerusalem**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of ministering to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	15	26	mjvr	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul is going to minister to the saints in Jerusalem, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation (without a comma following): “I am going to Jerusalem because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	15	26	vn1r	figs-synecdoche	εὐδόκησαν & Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα	1	it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia	Paul uses **Macedonia** and **Achaia** here to refer to the Christians who lived in those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were well-pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM	15	26	n0fb	figs-abstractnouns	κοινωνίαν τινὰ ποιήσασθαι	1	it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **contribution**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to contribute a certain amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	15	27	w5ap	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γάρ	1	Indeed they were please to do this	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	15	27	px7a	writing-pronouns	εὐδόκησαν & ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν	1	Indeed they were please to do this	The two occurrences of **they** in this verse refer to the Christians in Macedonia and Achaia, whom Paul mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased … those people are obligated to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	15	27	tfz1	writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν & αὐτῶν & αὐτοῖς	1	indeed, they are their debtors	In this verse, **them** and **their** refer to the Christians in Jerusalem. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Jerusalem … their … those believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	15	27	ipij	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason the believers in Macedonia and Achaia **are obligated** to help the believers in Jerusalem. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	15	27	en7l	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1	if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them	Paul uses **if** as if the rest of the verse were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
ROM	15	28	jj6t	writing-pronouns	τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to Paul traveling to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this trip to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	15	28	zz8u	figs-metaphor	σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν καρπὸν τοῦτον	1		Paul speaks of the money he is taking to Jerusalem as if it were**fruit**, and he speaks of his delivery of the money as if he were sealing it for the poor believers in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having safely delivered this offering to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	15	28	gz16	figs-metonymy	δι’ ὑμῶν	1		Paul uses **you** here to refer to the place where those people lived, which is Rome. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through the area where you live” or “through where you are in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	15	28	ywlm	translate-names	Σπανίαν	1		See how you translated **Spain** in [verse 24](../15/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM	15	29	wod6	figs-explicit	ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ, ἐλεύσομαι	1		This could mean: (1) Paul and the believers in Rome will experience Christ’s blessing. Alternate translation: “I will come and we will experience the fullness of the blessing of Christ” (2) Paul will bring Christ’s blessing to the believers in Rome. Alternate translation: “I will bring the fullness of the blessing of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	15	29	ylq8	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **fullness** and **blessing**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the full experience of how Christ blesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	15	29	st5e	figs-metaphor	ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ	1		Here Paul speaks of abundantly experiencing **the blessing of Christ** as if it were something that a person could receive in a full amount. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the abundant experience of the blessing of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	15	30	v9iy	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	15	30	scg1	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		The two occurrences of **by** in this verse indicate that what follows each one are the bases for Paul to **urge** his readers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the basis of our Lord Jesus Christ and on the basis of the love of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	15	30	wq9l	figs-possession	τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		This could refer to: (1) **the love** that **the Spirit** gives to Christians. Alternate translation: “the love from the Spirit” (2) **the love** that belongs to **the Spirit**. Alternate translation: “the Spirit’s love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	15	30	a5g4	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος & ταῖς προσευχαῖς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love** and **prayers**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how you love from the Spirit … what you pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	15	30	fy1v	figs-metaphor	συναγωνίσασθαί μοι	1	to strive together with	Paul speaks of praying fervently as if it were a struggle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to pray intensely together with me” or “to pray intensely with me as if striving together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	15	31	q3v8	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἵνα & καὶ	1	to strive together with	Both occurrences of **so that** in this verse could indicate: (1) the contents of what they should pray. Alternate translation: “that … and that” (2) the purposes for praying. Alternate translation: “in order that … and in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	15	31	u7st	figs-activepassive	ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπειθούντων	1	I may be rescued from those who are disobedient	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God might deliver me from the disobedient ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	15	31	gq4x	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀπειθούντων	1	I may be rescued from those who are disobedient	Here, **the disobedient ones** refers to the Jews **in Judea** who disobeyed God by refusing to believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the unbelieving Jews” or “those Jews who do not trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	15	31	nw5h	figs-euphemism	διακονία μου	1	and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers	Here, **my service** refers to the money that Paul was going to bring to the poor believers in Jerusalem from the believers in Macedonia and Achaia. This is a polite way of referring to bringing money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “the money I bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
ROM	15	31	li3i	figs-metonymy	εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ	1	and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers	Here, **for Jerusalem** means “for the poor of the saints in Jerusalem,” as mentioned in [verse 26](../15/26.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the poor saints in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	15	32	fe4d	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἵνα	1	and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers	See how you translated **so that** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	15	32	erby	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν χαρᾷ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “while being joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	15	32	ekou	figs-abstractnouns	θελήματος Θεοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	15	32	sgcl	figs-activepassive	συναναπαύσωμαι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and might refresh myself together with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	15	33	s947	figs-possession	ὁ & Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης	1	May the God of peace be with	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** who gives **peace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God who gives peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	15	33	ubtx	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς εἰρήνης	1	May the God of peace be with	See how you translated **peace** in [1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	16	intro	qy96			0		# Romans 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)<br>    * Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)<br>    * Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)<br>    * Paul commends Phoebe (16:1–2)<br>    * Paul greets Christians in Rome (16:3–16)<br>    * Paul warns against false teachers (16:17–20)<br>    * Paul greets more Christians in Rome (16:21–24)<br>    * Doxology (16:25–27)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Letter writing and sending<br><br>In this culture, someone who wanted to send a letter often spoke what they wanted to say, and a scribe would write it down for them. Then, they would send the letter with a messenger, who would read the letter to the person or people to whom it was addressed. In this chapter, Tertius mentions that he is the scribe writing the letter for Paul ([16:22](../16/22.md)). Paul begins this chapter by recommending Phoebe to the believers in Rome who receive this letter. This could indicate that Phoebe was the messenger who delivered the letter to them.<br><br>### Greetings<br><br>In this culture, it was common for those who sent letters to include greetings to and from others in their letters. In this way, many people could greet each other but only send one letter. In [verses 3–16](../16/03.md) and [21–23](../16/21.md) Paul includes greetings to and from people whom he and the Romans knew. Express these greetings in a natural form in your language.
ROM	16	1	sg6a	writing-pronouns	συνίστημι	1		The pronoun **I** here and throughout this chapter refers to Paul, except for [verse 22](../16/22.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, commend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	16	1	sry4	translate-names	Φοίβην	1	Phoebe	The word **Phoebe** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM	16	1	q86q	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	our	In this verse and throughout this chapter **our** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **our** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM	16	1	b81z	figs-metaphor	τὴν ἀδελφὴν	1	our	Paul speaks of **Phoebe** as if she were the physical **sister** of him and his Christian readers. He means she has a brother-sister relationship with all Christians because she trusts in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our spiritual sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	16	1	mbn3	figs-abstractnouns	διάκονον	1	our	See how you translated the abstract noun **servant** in [13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	16	1	q669	translate-names	Κενχρεαῖς	1	Cenchrea	The word **Cenchrea** was the name of a city in Greece. See how **Cenchrea** is translated in [Acts 18:18](../act/18/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM	16	2	cwx1	figs-explicit	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	you may receive her in the Lord	Here, **in the Lord** refers to Phoebe being a fellow believer in **the Lord** Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as someone who believes in the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	16	2	yic3		ἀξίως τῶν ἁγίων	1	in a manner worthy of the saints	Alternate translation: “in the way that believers should welcome other believers”
ROM	16	2	g7of	grammar-connect-logic-goal	καὶ	1	in a manner worthy of the saints	Here, **and** indicates that what follows is a second purpose for Paul to commend Phoebe to the believers in Rome. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and in order that you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	16	2	qp4w	figs-metaphor	παραστῆτε αὐτῇ	1	stand by her	Here, **stand by** refers to helping someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might assist her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	16	2	i0fm	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	stand by her	**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants the Roman believers to help Phoebe. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason I want you to do this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	16	2	inh1	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ & προστάτις πολλῶν ἐγενήθη καὶ ἐμοῦ αὐτοῦ	2	has become a helper of many, and of myself as well	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **benefactor**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has also benefited many, and myself as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	16	3	na1k			0	General Information:	As was customary in his culture, in [verses 3–16](../16/03.md) Paul begins to conclude the letter by extending greetings to the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “I enthusiastically ask to be remembered to” or “I send regards to”
ROM	16	3	xigr	figs-imperative	ἀσπάσασθε	1		**Greet** here and throughout [verses 3–16](../16/03.md) is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. Alternate translation: “Make it your habit to greet” or “Make it your practice to greet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ROM	16	3	c5lg	translate-names	Πρίσκαν καὶ Ἀκύλαν	1	Priscilla and Aquila	The word **Prisca** is the name of a woman who is also called “Priscilla” in [Acts 18:2](../act/18/02.md). **Aquila** is the name of her husband. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM	16	3	fsk1	figs-explicit	τοὺς συνεργούς μου	1	my fellow workers in Christ Jesus	Here, **fellow workers** refers to people who work together with Paul to tell other people about Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who worked with me to preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	16	3	uo3a	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in Christ Jesus	Here, **in Christ Jesus** could refer to: (1) the kind of work that **Prisca and Aquila** did with Paul. Alternate translation: “in the service of Christ Jesus” (2) being united with Christ, as this phrase is used in [3:24](../03/24.md); [6:11](../06/11.md), [23](../06/23.md); [8:1–2](../08/01.md), [39](../08/39.md); and [15:17](../15/17.md). Alternate translation: “who are united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	16	4	ilnn	figs-distinguish	οἵτινες ὑπὲρ τῆς ψυχῆς μου, τὸν ἑαυτῶν τράχηλον ὑπέθηκαν, οἷς οὐκ ἐγὼ μόνος εὐχαριστῶ, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ ἐκκλησίαι τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	in Christ Jesus	This verse interrupts the main part of the sentence in [verses 3–5](../16/03.md) in order to give further information about Prisca and Aquila. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this verse as its own sentence and repeat the main verb of the previous verse in the next verse, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	16	4	fye8	figs-idiom	τὸν ἑαυτῶν τράχηλον ὑπέθηκαν	1		This phrase refers to doing something that would put someone in danger of being executed. Romans often executed people by chopping their heads off at the neck with an axe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “risked having their heads chopped off by the Roman authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM	16	4	xmf8	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ & εὐχαριστῶ	1		Here Paul speaks of expressing **thanks** as if they were something that he could **give** to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am thankful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	16	5	i32d	figs-infostructure	καὶ τὴν κατ’ οἶκον αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίαν	1	Greet the church that is in their house	This clause continues the sentence that Paul began in [verse 3](../16/03.md) and interrupted in the previous verse. If you made the previous verse into its own sentence, then here you will need to add the main verb from [verse 3](../16/03.md). Alternate translation: “and greet the church based in their house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	16	5	d6i0	writing-pronouns	οἶκον αὐτῶν	1		The pronoun **their** here refers to Prisca and Aquila. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the house of Prisca and Aquila” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	16	5	qqdg	figs-imperative	ἀσπάσασθε	1		See how you translated **Greet** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ROM	16	5	bn9z	translate-names	Ἐπαίνετον	1	Epaenetus	The word **Epaenetus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM	16	5	d1f1	figs-metaphor	ἀπαρχὴ τῆς Ἀσίας εἰς Χριστόν	1	firstfruit of Asia to Christ	Paul speaks of **Epaenetus** as if he were **fruit** that he had harvested. He means that **Epaenetus** was the first person in **Asia** who believed in **Christ** as a result of Paul’s preaching. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the first person in Asia to believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	16	6	ew2z	translate-names	Μαρίαν	1	Mary	The word **Mary** is the name of a woman. Several women in the Bible are named **Mary** because it was a common Jewish name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM	16	7	tzk4	translate-names	Ἀνδρόνικον	1	Andronicus	The word **Andronicus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM	16	7	z9uk	translate-names	Ἰουνίαν	1	Junias	**Junias** could refer to: (1) a woman named Junia, in which case **Andronicus and Junias** might be a married couple like Prisca and Aquila. See the UST. (2) the shortened form of Junianus, a man’s name, which is less likely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM	16	7	ycr0	figs-explicit	τοὺς συγγενεῖς μου	1	Junias	Here, **kinsmen** could refer to: (1) Jewish Christians. Alternate translation: “my Jewish Christian kinsmen” (2) Christian relatives of Paul. Alternate translation: “my Christian relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	16	7	gce3	figs-activepassive	οἵτινές εἰσιν ἐπίσημοι ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις	1	They are prominent among the apostles	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the apostles know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	16	7	nvw5	figs-distinguish	οἳ	1	They are prominent among the apostles	Here, **who** indicates that what follows is further information about **Andronicus and Junias**. It is not information about **the apostles**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation (as a new sentence): “These two people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	16	7	ylvm	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ	1	They are prominent among the apostles	Here, **in Christ** refers to being united with Christ. See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	16	8	h976	translate-names	Ἀμπλιᾶτον	1	Ampliatus	The word **Ampliatus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM	16	8	alh2	figs-explicit	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1		See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [verse 2](../16/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	16	9	bd5l	translate-names	Οὐρβανὸν & Στάχυν	1	Urbanus … Stachys	The words **Urbanus** and **Stachys** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM	16	9	if0q	figs-explicit	τὸν συνεργὸν ἡμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	16	10	k55t	translate-names	Ἀπελλῆν & Ἀριστοβούλου	1	Apelles … Aristobulus	The words **Apelles** and **Aristobulus** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM	16	10	q96n	figs-activepassive	τὸν δόκιμον ἐν Χριστῷ	1	the approved in Christ	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Christ has approved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	16	11	gt6r	translate-names	Ἡρῳδίωνα & Ναρκίσσου	1	Herodion … Narcissus	The words **Herodion** and **Narcissus** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM	16	11	iifk	figs-explicit	τὸν συγγενῆ	1	Herodion … Narcissus	See how you translated “kinsmen” in [verse 7](../16/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	16	11	ket9	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	who are in the Lord	Here, **in the Lord** refers to being united to Christ and has the same meaning as “in Christ” in [verse 7](../16/07.md) and [3:24](../03/24.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “united to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	16	12	sq9n	translate-names	Τρύφαιναν & Τρυφῶσαν & Περσίδα	1	Tryphaena … Tryphosa … Persis	The words **Tryphaena**, **Tryphosa**, and **Persis** are names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM	16	12	vkh4	figs-explicit	ἐν Κυρίῳ	-1		See how you translated a similar use of **in the Lord** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	16	13	zmf4	translate-names	Ῥοῦφον	1	Rufus	The word **Rufus** is the name of a man. See how this name is translated in [Mark 15:21](../mrk/15/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM	16	13	zy3x	figs-activepassive	τὸν ἐκλεκτὸν ἐν Κυρίῳ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom God has elected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	16	13	hqf6	figs-metaphor	τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐμοῦ	1	his mother and mine	Paul speaks of the **mother** of **Rufus** as if she were his own **mother**. He means that she treated him as if he were her own child. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his mother, whom I also think of as my mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	16	14	dwh9	translate-names	Ἀσύγκριτον, Φλέγοντα, Ἑρμῆν, Πατροβᾶν, Ἑρμᾶν	1	Asyncritus … Phlegon … Hermes … Patrobas … Hermas	These are names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM	16	14	ck2w	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφούς	1	brothers	See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	16	14	il54	figs-explicit	τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς ἀδελφούς	1		Here, **with them** implies that these people meet together as a church. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the brothers who meet with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	16	15	ye9j	translate-names	Φιλόλογον & Νηρέα & Ὀλυμπᾶν	1	Philologus … Nereus … Olympas	The words **Philologus**, **Nereus**, and **Olympas** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM	16	15	n2rx	translate-names	Ἰουλίαν	1	Julia	The word **Julia** is the name of a woman. She was probably the wife of **Philologus**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM	16	15	j4uu	figs-explicit	τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς πάντας ἁγίους	1	Julia	See how you translated **with them** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	16	16	nxka	figs-imperative	ἀσπάσασθε	1		See how you translated **Greet** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
ROM	16	16	g2z1	translate-unknown	φιλήματι ἁγίῳ	1	a holy kiss	Here, **a holy kiss** describes a **kiss** that believers would give to other believers (that is why it is **holy**). In Paul’s culture, this was an appropriate way to greet someone with whom one was very close, such as a family member or a good friend. You could use a greeting that is used by close friends or family members and clarify that here it is used in a **holy** or Christian way. Alternate translation: “with a Christian hug” or “in warm way that is appropriate for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ROM	16	16	t1q4	figs-hyperbole	ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς αἱ ἐκκλησίαι πᾶσαι τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	All the churches of Christ greet you	**All** here could refer to: (1) all the **churches** that were in the area where Paul was working when he wrote this letter. Alternate translation: “All the churches of Christ in this region” (2) all the **churches** that Paul had authority over or represented. Alternate translation: “All the churches of Christ that I represent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ROM	16	17	wx6r	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	16	17	ztv5	figs-abstractnouns	τὰς διχοστασίας & τὰ σκάνδαλα & τὴν διδαχὴν	1	to think about	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **divisions**, **obstacles**, and **teaching**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what divides … what obstructs … what is taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	16	17	n59l	figs-explicit	τὰς διχοστασίας & ποιοῦντας	1	who are causing the divisions and obstacles	This phrase refers to causing believers to argue with each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who are causing believers to argue with one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	16	17	atil	figs-metaphor	τὰ σκάνδαλα	1		See how you translated “trap” in [11:9](../11/09.md) and [14:13](../14/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	16	17	j9x7	figs-explicit	παρὰ τὴν διδαχὴν ἣν ὑμεῖς ἐμάθετε	1	They are going beyond the teaching that you have learned	This clause could refer to: (1) the **traps**. Alternate translation: “which are contrary to the teaching that you have learned” (2) the means by which these people are **causing divisions and traps**. Alternate translation: “by doing what is contrary to the teaching that you have learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	16	17	b318	figs-metaphor	ἐκκλίνετε ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	Turn away from them	Here, **turn away** refers to avoiding someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “avoid them completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	16	18	yij5	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM	16	18	fpvs	writing-pronouns	τοιοῦτοι	1		Here, **these** refers to “those who are causing division and traps,” who are mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “such as those causing such divisions and traps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM	16	18	azob	figs-explicit	τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν Χριστῷ οὐ δουλεύουσιν	1		Here, **enslaved to our Lord Christ** refers to living under the control of **our Lord Christ**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are not living in submission to our Lord Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	16	18	ea6h	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ	1	but their own stomach	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but they are enslaved to their own stomach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM	16	18	nxn4	figs-metonymy	τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ	1	but their own stomach	Here, **stomach** could refer to: (1) physical desires, especially the desires to eat or drink. Alternate translation: “to their own physical desires” (2) pleasing oneself. Alternate translation: “to their own pleasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	16	18	gddw	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τῆς χρηστολογίας καὶ εὐλογίας	1	but their own stomach	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **speech** and **flattery**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “through speaking smoothly and flatteringly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	16	18	c2je	figs-metonymy	τὰς καρδίας	1	they deceive the hearts of the innocent	See how you translated “heart” in [1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM	16	19	vqml	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows this word explains what came before it. **For** here indicates that was follows is one reason why Paul’s readers should obey the command to “watch out for” and “turn away from” false teachers. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Watch out for and turn away from these people since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM	16	19	imc7	figs-personification	ἡ & ὑμῶν ὑπακοὴ, εἰς πάντας ἀφίκετο	1	For your obedience reaches everyone	Here Paul speaks of the Roman believers’ **obedience** as if it were a person who could go to people. He means that many people had heard about their **obedience**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your obedience has been heard about by everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM	16	19	o1b9	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ & ὑμῶν ὑπακοὴ & τὸ ἀγαθόν & τὸ κακόν	1		See how you translated **obedience** in [5:19](../05/19.md) and **good** and **evil** in [7:19](../07/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	16	19	gj2r	figs-hyperbole	πάντας	1	For your obedience reaches everyone	Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show that many believers had heard about the **obedience** of the Roman believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
ROM	16	20	bnni	figs-possession	ὁ & Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης	1		See how you translated this phrase in [15:33](../15/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	16	20	s3cq	figs-metaphor	συντρίψει τὸν Σατανᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν	1	The God of peace will soon crush Satan under your feet	Here Paul speaks of the Roman believers having victory over **Satan** as if they would **crush** him **under** their **feet**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will cause you to have complete victory over Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	16	20	qpr7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τάχει. ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **haste** and **grace**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “hastily. May the Lord Jesus Christ act graciously toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	16	20	btor		ἐν τάχει	1		The phrase translated as **with haste** can also refer to something happening after a short time period. Alternate translation: “in a short time” or “soon”
ROM	16	20	oo2r	translate-blessing	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1		As was customary in his culture, Paul closes his letter with a blessing for the Roman believers. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May you experience kindness from our Lord Jesus Christ” or “I pray that you will have grace from our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
ROM	16	21	z4g3	figs-explicit	ὁ συνεργός μου	1		See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	16	21	ku15	translate-names	Λούκιος & Ἰάσων & Σωσίπατρος	1	Lucius, Jason, and Sosipater	The words **Lucius**, **Jason**, and **Sosipater** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM	16	21	km7u	figs-explicit	οἱ συγγενεῖς μου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 7](../16/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	16	21	wvzj		ἀσπάζεται ὑμᾶς	1		As was customary in this culture, Paul concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “send you their greetings” or “ask to be remembered to you”
ROM	16	22	pijj	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ, Τέρτιος, ὁ γράψας τὴν ἐπιστολὴν	1		This clause means that **Tertius** wrote down the words that Paul told him to write in this letter. In ancient times it was common for people to use scribes to physically  write dictated letters for them. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “I, Tertius, am the person who wrote down what Paul told me to write in this epistle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	16	22	g8li	figs-123person	ἀσπάζομαι ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ, Τέρτιος, ὁ γράψας τὴν ἐπιστολὴν, ἐν Κυρίῳ	1		**I** here refers to **Tertius**, who writes this verse. Unlike elsewhere in this letter, it does not refer to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the third person in this verse. Alternate translation: “Tertius, who wrote this epistle, greets you in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ROM	16	22	xu3q	translate-names	Τέρτιος	1	Tertius, who write this epistle	The word **Tertius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM	16	22	nx4g	figs-explicit	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	greet you in the Lord	See how you translated the similar use of **in the Lord** in [verse 2](../16/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	16	23	sw7r	translate-names	Γάϊος & Ἔραστος & Κούαρτος	1	Gaius … Erastus … Quartus	The words **Gaius**, **Erastus**, and **Quartus** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ROM	16	23	j9u7	figs-explicit	ὁ ξένος μου, καὶ ὅλης τῆς ἐκκλησίας	1	the host	This phrase indicates that the home of **Gaius** was where Paul and his fellow believers gathered to worship. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who hosts me and the whole church in his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	16	23	m5hg	figs-explicit	ὁ οἰκονόμος	1	the treasurer	Here, **steward** refers to the person who takes care of the money for **the city** in which Paul is staying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the treasurer” or “the one who administrates the finances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	16	23	fnet	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφός	1	the treasurer	Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated **brother** in [14:10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
ROM	16	24	ct9t	translate-textvariants	Ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν. Ἀμήν	1	the treasurer	This verse is not in the best earliest manuscripts. It seems to be an accidental repetition of the last part of [verse 20](../16/20.md). It has been included in the ULT, but it is marked off with square brackets (\\[ \\]) at the beginning and end. If possible, do not include this addition in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
ROM	16	25	xma1			0		[Verses 25–27](../16/25.md) are one long sentence. If you divide this sentence into shorter sentences, then you will need to repeat part of [verse 27](../16/27.md) in [verse 25](../16/25.md), as the UST does.
ROM	16	25	v71l		δὲ	1	Now	**Now** here marks the closing section of the letter. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you could use it here.
ROM	16	25	xgkv	figs-explicit	τῷ & δυναμένῳ ὑμᾶς στηρίξαι	1		Here, **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God, who is able to establish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	16	25	pp5k	figs-metaphor	ὑμᾶς στηρίξαι	1	to strengthen you	Here Paul speaks of God strengthening a person’s faith as if God were establishing that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to make your faith strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM	16	25	kmw1	figs-possession	τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **gospel** message that he preached. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the gospel that I preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	16	25	yprj	figs-possession	τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **preaching** that is about **Jesus Christ**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the preaching about Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	16	25	wyyl	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ κήρυγμα & ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **preaching**, **revelation**, and **mystery**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is preached … what is revealed of what is mysterious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	16	25	vyj4	figs-explicit	κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου	1		Here, **according to** indicates that what follows is what Paul’s preaching is based on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the basis of the revelation of the mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM	16	25	s5ky	translate-unknown	μυστηρίου	1	according to the revelation of the mystery that had been kept secret for long ages	Here Paul uses the word **mystery** to refer to God’s plan to save people, which was revealed in the **gospel**. This does not mean that the idea is hard to understand, but rather, that God had not yet revealed it to people. If your language would not use **mystery** to refer to something that was concealed but has now been revealed, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of this concealed message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ROM	16	25	n6c1	figs-activepassive	κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the mystery that God has now revealed, yet had kept secret for long ages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	16	25	bgqm	figs-distinguish	χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου	1		This clause gives further information about **the mystery**, which is also the **gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to make this connection clear. Alternate translation: “which is what was kept secret for long ages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	16	26	d7r5	figs-distinguish	φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν	1		This clause gives further information about “the mystery,” which is also the “gospel” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to make this connection clear. Alternate translation: “but now that mystery has been revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
ROM	16	26	kgs8	figs-activepassive	φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but now God has revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	16	26	vrul	figs-infostructure	διά τε Γραφῶν προφητικῶν, κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου Θεοῦ εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως, εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθέντος	1		The word translated as **and** here indicates that the following four phrases are connected to the fifth phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “and having been made known through the prophetic writings, according to the command of the eternal God, to the obedience of faith, to all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
ROM	16	26	efyy	figs-abstractnouns	Γραφῶν προφητικῶν & ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου Θεοῦ εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **writings**, **command**, **obedience**, and **faith**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what was written by the prophets … what the eternal God commanded, to be obedient of what is faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM	16	26	fbr6	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως	1		Here, **to** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the obedience of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
ROM	16	26	lc6d	figs-possession	ὑπακοὴν πίστεως	1	to bring about the obedience of faith	See how you translated this phrase in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM	16	26	cvi3	figs-activepassive	γνωρισθέντος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having made known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM	16	27	kuyu		μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ	1		Alternate translation: “to God who alone is wise”
ROM	16	27	ua9d	figs-abstractnouns	ᾧ ἡ δόξα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “may people glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])